Home

3 - Central European University

1. 10 lo be gd 74 aise 6 4 Quick Copy screen 10 9 CO BJouick Copy me Sinplex Duplex SUAS 2 8 ont 7 Elia I 1 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Touch fj to display the Color settings Finishing and Auto Rotate OFF in the left panel ob tist Ready to copy Coples Y Blowick covy EO ME E ICAO Color Paper Simplex Duplex so coto lt a ara ai wt Con ay A gt i A ME os or yi sl ell Ki 13 04 2007 16 44 No Item Name Description 1 Message display area The status of the machine and details on operations are displayed 2 Functions settings display Tabs and buttons for displaying screens containing various functions are dis area played Touch a tab or button to display the corresponding screen for specifying the settings 3 Icon display area Icons indicating the status of jobs and the machine are displayed 4 Auto Rotate OFF button Touch to copy with the image not rotated to fit the orientation of the loaded paper 5 Separate Scan button Touch to scan the original in separate batches An original scanned in different batches can be treated as a single copy job 6 Finishing button Touch to specify settings for collating grouping stapling or hole punching 7 Toner supply indicators
2. 2104 1429 191 677 991 245 246 852 281 F F pes E E N Tr y Q N pe TERR E AR 31 PB SSN A D A H NY 1 3 qd ce l N j E 10 i rea tS A H cool 2 r UJ Co A cava tage a 8 E C353 C253 C253 DF 611 FS 519 SD 505 PC 405 MK 713 1429 Wace Reminder Y o Y jo mM bias C353 C253 C253 DF 611 FS 609 PC 405 MK 713 Unit mm Unit mm When the option is not installed be sure to allow a clearance of 200 mm or more at the back of this machine for the ventilation duct bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 5 Operation precautions To ensure the optimum performance of this machine observe the precautions described below Power source The power source requirements are as follows Voltage fluctuation Maximum 10 at 220 to 240 V AC e Frequency fluctuation Maximum 3 Hz at 50 Hz 60 Hz Use a power source with as little voltage or frequency fluctuations as possible Operating environment The environmental requirements for correct operation of the machine are as follows Temperature 10 C 50 F to 30 C 86 F with fluctuations of no more than 10 C 18 F within an hour e Humidity 15 to 85 with fluctuations of no more than 10 within an hour Storage of copies To store copies follow the recommendation listed below Cop
3. IP Address Fax This function enables fax transmission over an IP network gt Specify the destination host name or IP address to send a fax The differences between IP Address fax and G3 fax or Internet fax are as follows e The SMTP protocol is used for sending and receiving of the image data e Available only within an intranet enterprise networks e Unlike Internet fax no mail server is required e Available to send receive faxes in color Transmitting a fax by specifying an IP address or host name of the destination bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 9 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 3 Address Registration 3 Toregister the destination address of scanned faxed data use one of the following registration methods Using the touch panel of the machine Using PageScope Web Connection from a computer on the network 6 3 1 Address Book The following types of destination information can be registered in the Address Book For details on registering destinations in Address Book refer to One Touch User Box Registration on page 6 108 E Mail User Box Fax PC SMB e FTP WebDAV IP Address Fax Internet Fax Detail Destinations in Address Book cannot be registered by Web service Specify the destination by directly entering the adaress 6 3 2 Group A set of
4. 3 Touch Send to display the following screen 1 2 3 i Job List ca TP_FAX1 Tokyo Osaka Nagoya testi WebDAVI 4 7 6 5 No Part Name Description 1 Address Book Select a recipient from the registered destinations 2 Direct Input Enter and specify an unregistered destination directly If manual destination input is restricted by Security Settings in the Administrator mode Direct Input and Address search does not appear 3 Job History Select one from the fax destination history 4 Address Search Search the address from the address book 5 Application Specifies optional functions such as stamp and page print 6 Communication Settings Specifies settings for communication 7 File Type Specifies the file format and the encryption detail to be sent bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 6 Organizing user box documents The following outlines are the steps for organizing documents saved in public user boxes 1 Connect an external memory to the machine and then press the User Box key 2 Touch File Document User Box Le O Job List Select an operation SA Hane Status Job Details yl wll cl ki Gy 04 10 2007 13 21 M Menor 3 Select the desired user box and then touch OK Scan and save documents in a User Box Save Document 4 E Print or send documents saved in the User Box Edit n
5. 4 5 7 Per Page Setting The print type and paper tray can be specified for each page This function is convenient when changing the paper tray during a print job to print multiple pages The settings are added to the Per Page Setting list and can be used as necessary Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 15 Presets Standard ry Per Page Setting 13 e Paper View gt Detailed Information O Per Page Setting 8 1 2x11 gt 8 1 2x11 x1 Ba a EX f Printer Information Default Q C PDFv Preview Cancel E Print Function name Option Description Per Page Setting ON OFF Inserts paper between pages and switches the paper and tray for each page Add Creates a conditioned list Delete Deletes the list Edit Edits the conditioned list 4 30 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 5 8 Stamp Composition Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 H Presets Standard Stamp Composition FA m Paper View O Detailed Information 7 Copy Protect 8 1 2x11 Settings y y ci il 8 1 2x11 Date Time Settings _ Page Number Settings y x1 ES El _ Header Footer 4 Settings Printer Information Default O PDF v Preview Cancel Print Function name Option Description Copy Protect ON OFF Prints a special pattern to prevent copying You can specify items positions and
6. Broadcast Destinations E Mail E Mail Osaka Tokyo IP Addr Y Fax IP_FAX1 Nagoya I Fax Fax ifax1 testi mME Mail wxvz etc User Box box01 Search 4 Delete 81 Scan Settings Original Settings Settings U ml cll ki e 16 12 Y 100 04 22 2007 Memory On the Direct Input tab p 6 42 Communication Settings Sel ding method and then enter the desired destination Fax can be sent at any time using keypad ob History ITESM direct Input A Job List SEES Adare Searci Of f Hook Receive I Fax Broadcast Destinations Sending Method Internet Fax 4 IP Address Fax A User Box 4 PC SMB 4 Y Delete SALES Original Settings 16 12 Y 100 04 22 2007 E Memory Communication Settings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations On the Address Search tab p 6 53 Job List To search for a destination in the LDAP server choose Search or Advanced Search Fax can be sent at any time using keypad yt wll Search gduanped Communication Settings 04 22 2007 16 13 M E Memory 100 Specify scan settings p 6 56 original settings p 6 85 and communication settings p 6 89 To s
7. No Item Description 1 Displays the user box number and name 2 When seven or more documents are saved use the EN and keys to switch list displays 3 Delete Deletes selected documents 4 Edit Name Changes the name of the selected document 5 Move Specifies moving of the selected document 6 Copy Specifies copying of the selected document 7 Document De Enables checking of detailed information and a preview image of a document tails 8 Select All Selects all documents in the user box 9 Reset Resets all documents in the user box 10 Detail Switches the display format of the saved document View Thumbnail Thumbnail View Displays a thumbnail of the first page page number and the docu View ment name Detail View Displays the time stored user name and document name Touch the title of Time Stored to sort entries on the list in ascending descending order of the time stored 11 Displays the list of documents saved in the user box bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 39 5 Box Operations System User Box 1 Select the System User Box tab and a list of available system boxes appears 2 Select a box for document filing When you select the Bulletin Board User Box further select a box inside that box for document filing When you select Secure Print User Box enter the ID and password for a secure print document When you select the Annotation User
8. To separate each set of copies touch Yes under Offset 3 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 56 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 12 2 Separating copies by pages Group Setting Vv Vv Y 2 3 As the factory default Group is selected If finisher FS 519 is installed the output tray can be selected For details refer to Selecting the output tray on page 3 58 If offset sorting is selected while no finisher or separator is installed printed copies will be fed out and sorted in an alternating Ga and y pattern if the following conditions are met A4 or B5 size paper is used Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the Ga orientation in one paper tray and with the W orientation in another tray The Auto Paper setting is selected The Auto Paper setting is not selected when the Mixed Original setting is selected If offset sorting is selected while a finisher or a separator is installed printed copies are fed out and stacked on top of each other with each set shifted to separate it In the Basic screen touch Finishing O R Copies sob List Ready To Copy check Job Duplex Combine Auto Paper Ra e Status a Ar Auto Color 191 e ds MOB T Finishing Separate Scan Auto Rotate OFF lt yi wl cll ll 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 The Finishing screen appears Touch G
9. cancer JA ok 09 21 2007 23 03 M Memory 100 The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 137 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 10 Group Register multiple addresses as a group destination by grouping Up to 100 groups 00 to 99 can be registered using the Fax Scan mode For one group up to 500 address book destinations can be registered To register a new group touch New Job List elect item and enter setting No of Destinations 000 Utility gt Group gt New No Utility a One Touch ESTE User Box Reg Select Group 4 BE Registered Address Shared Group Create One h Destination mD g y ESTO New 09 21 2007 23 05 Mi Memory 100 Select Group Select a destination type and then select the destination to be registered in the group Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel elect destinations Cup to 500 to be registered in the group No of Destinations 000 DEF GHI JKL MNO PORS TUV WXYZ etc Create One Touch Fax Destination faxi 09 21 2007 23 05 Ki Memory 100 6 138 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Icon 3 Select the icon Utility y Create One Touch Destination y G
10. The Zoom screen appears Touch Auto Job List eady to copy Copies SCA PA E 13 full size E Fixed Zoon Set Zoom Ratio oy 115 4 122 4 141 4 B4 A3 aq ga 44 43 200 0 Check Details aroe BS Ad B5 B4 Sevece Pe 100 0 Do 866 816 70 7 A3 B 4 AS AG 0 Reduce PAI Ad ES E eo Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 42 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 8 2 Specifying the zoom ratio of the original Full Size setting A copy that is the same size as the original 100 is produced Y Touch to enlarge the zoom ratio and touch to reduce the zoom ratio in 0 1 increments 1 In the Basic screen touch Zoom Ready to copy Copies Duplex Combine 01 05 1 1 Hame Status Auto Paper Select Fe 4 vl wll cll xl DA The Zoom screen appears 2 Touch Full Size 3 E Copies wist Ready to copy Original Setting Density Application Duplexs Combine ze Er MA EJ ES Fixed Zoon Set Zoom Ratio 115 4 122 4 141 4 0 Check Details aroe BS Aa A4 B4 BS B oo 86 6 81 6 70 7 w CEJA S E eT8cERPe 100 0 vl vi ol lt i Feb 3 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 43 Copy Operations 3 8 3 Slightly reducing
11. To specify the communication settings touch Communication Settings O gt El 2 JS 0 Y t a FR Settimesouion Method E Mail Encryption Digital Signature vid a SE m gt yi sl ell ll 04 25 2007 16 12 El Close Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 25 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Position the original To check the advance preview press the Proof Copy key page 6 27 Press the Start key bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 7 6 7 1 Using Advanced Preview By pressing the Proof Copy key after positioning the original for fax or scan transmission the finishing status can be previewed on the control panel In the Preview screen direction of the scanned original can be checked and settings can be changed Q Detail Documents encrypted and loaded cannot be previewed Preview screen Preview View Pages Displays the scanned image View Pages WI vl mil cll kil PA Item Description Prev Page Next If stored document contains multiple pages touch Prev Page Next Page to move to the Page previous next page on the preview image Zoom The document can be viewed at full size or at a size of 2 4 or 8 times the normal size Select the display size and use the scroll bars in the right end and bottom end of the image
12. Note Remove White Background and Thin Line Support function is only for the PCL driver Excel Job Control and Remove White Background settings are not available for Windows XP Professional x64 Windows Vista x64 and Windows Server 2003 x64 Excel Job Control can be changed only when the printer driver setting dialog is displayed in the Printers Printers and Faxes for Windows XP Server 2003 window 4 18 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 3 Common settings Mac OS X The following describes the common settings that are displayed by the specific operations Output Method Layout Finish Paper Tray Output Tray Cover Sheet OHP Interleave Per Page Setting Stamp Composition and Quality for this machine specified in the Print dialog box Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 Presets Standard a al Output Method m Paper View gt Detailed Information M Collate 8 1 2x11 Offset Bs 8 1 2x11 Output Method U Print 5 User Authentication En _ Account Track a ER 4 Printer Information Detail Settings Default 2 PDFv Preview Cancel E Print Item Paper View Description A preview of the page layout as specified in the current settings is displayed and a preview im age of the print job can be checked Detailed Information Shows the current settings with text Printer Informati
13. bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 133 Copy Operations Touch the button for the desired setting Job List lect from the following Copies Check Job pplication gt Book Copy Repeat gt Book Copy ss D 100 0 a Book Erase SH Be Check Details E Center Erase MEE cs big Position Left Bind y yl sl ell ll 13 11 2006 21 03 Memory 100 If Separation Front Cover or Front and Back Cover is selected Binding Position appears Select the binding position of the original If desired specify a Book Erase function Touch the button for the erasing method touch and to specify the width of the area to be erased and then touch OK When using the keypad to specify the settings press the C clear key to erase the value and then type in the setting To cancel the Book Copy function touch No Center Erase screen e the keys or the preset paper size Copies tttons to specify the size of the wide paper pplication gt Book Copy gt Center Erase Yes A4 D 100 0 E i Check Details 13 11 2006 21 04 yI mll ell il Memory 100 What do the Book Erase functions do The shadow of the book binding and the shadow of the book edges can be erased from the copies The Frame Erase and Center Erase functions can be used together Vr How are settings specified for the Frame Erase function If the
14. Das Ger t ist nicht f r die Benutzung am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz gem BildscharbV vorgesehen bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 2 3 Caution notations and labels Safety precaution notations and labels appear on this machine at the following positions Be very careful that an accident does not occur when operations such as removing paper misfeeds are performed A WARNING ANATTENTION C A WARNUNG ASS a AATENCION AZE hz e BLACK SCHWARZ 5o AAWISO IA e NOIR 73y2 Label A0O7156100 AVISO A WARNING Do not burn used CAUTION toner cartridges It is illegal to copy certain types of documents Never copy such documents Toner expelled from the fire is dangerous Do not alter or remove any covers or panels attached to this machine otherwise you may be exposed to laser radiation High temperature Temp rature lev e Temperatura alta Mill wa AVORSICHT A CUIDADO ATTENZIONE A79 vd A Hei e Oberfisichel_ Alta temperatural Alta temperatura IEI were A CAUTION The area around the fusing unit is extremely hot Touching any part other than those indicated may result in burns CAUTION A ATTENTION A PRECAUCION AM AMM A WARNING A ATENCI N A tf amp AATTENTION AAWISO Aan A WARNUNG A AVISO ASS A WARNING Do not position the used waste toner box so that itis standing on
15. 5 Touch Login or press the Access key The Basic screen appears If account track settings have been applied the account track screen appears However if Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track has been set to Synchronize the account track screen does not appear if the users and accounts are synchronized 6 Make copies using the desired copy settings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 When you are finished printing press the Access key A message appears requesting confirmation to log off A Are you sure you want to log out User Name Usero1 Hane Status Job Details y PM chi enory toon 8 Touch Yes and then touch OK The user authentication screen appears A Note The user authentication settings can be used together with the account track settings If the Synchronize User Authentication amp Account Track parameter is set to Synchronize complete user authentication and then log on by using the account track screen User authentication settings can be specified using the User Authentication parameters in Administrator Settings mode available from the Utility mode Settings should be specified by the administrator bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 15 Copy Operations 3 2 6 Controlling each account s use of this machine Account Track If the account track settings
16. To cancel the Staple setting touch None Touch Position Setting C wus Ready to copy Copies check Job Finishing grg EPer 100 0 Check Details Output Tray Position Setting 4 vl ml cl xl PEN bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 61 Copy Operations Select the stapling position and then touch OK When the 2 Position Staple setting is selected document orientation Check Job ishing gt Position Setting E Corner Staple Top Left c Check Details vimi cAi FEA T JobList Srecify the position in relation to the Corner Staple Top Right Copies When the Corner Staple setting is selected pecify the position in relation to the cument orientation BuyeceoPer 100 0 Check Details 23 02 2007 23 07 vil mi ell ll Memory 100 Copies Touch Auto to automatically determine the stapling position according to the orientation of the loaded original If the original length is 297 mm or less the long side of the paper is stapled If the original length is more than 297 mm the short side of the paper is stapled If Auto is selected for the stapling position load the original with the top toward the back of the machine If the original is loaded in any other orientation the stapling will not be correctly positioned If Auto is selected the stapling position is set at the
17. 19 43 100 The Paper screen appears Select the paper tray loaded with the desired paper Gears Ready to copy copies Original Setting Bensits Application rarer E ES a A4 D 100 0 Settings e JO A4 D A4 D m 2 BSD vil wll cll kl reee AMA Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 41 Copy Operations 3 8 Specifying a Zoom setting The zoom ratio can be set in order to make a copy on paper with a size different than the original or to enlarge or reduce the size of the copy image As the factory default Full Size is selected The following procedures describe how to specify the Zoom setting A Note The Auto Zoom setting cannot be combined with the Auto Paper Setting 3 8 1 Automatically selecting the zoom ratio Auto Zoom Setting The most appropriate zoom ratio is automatically selected based on the size of the loaded original and the specified paper size Vv Vv 2 3 If the Auto Zoom setting is selected and an enlargement is to be copied on paper larger than the original load the original with the same orientation as the paper If the Auto Zoom was selected at the Auto Paper Select setting the Paper screen appears In the Basic screen touch Zoom op ust Ready to copy Copies Duplex Combi user Auto Paper Select 191 a Job Details vl ml cl ki enory toon
18. Press the Stop key to cancel the preview Printing will start Press the Start key To change settings touch View Pages View Status ovl mi ol ki Change the settings and then touch View Status For details on the View Pages screen refer to Preview screen on page 3 73 PrintWait Page Rotation Rotate current page Select pages to rotate J Change Setti ng View Pages vl wll cll Kl Press the Start key Start printing Q Detail When originals are scanned using the Program Jobs function the finishing image can be previewed after all the originals are scanned and Finish is touched For details on the Program Jobs function refer to Scanning originals with different settings and printing copies all together Program Jobs function on page 3 127 When originals are scanned with the insert pages specified the finishing image can be previewed both after the originals are scanned first and after the insert pages are scanned For details on the insert pages refer to Inserting copies of a different original for a specified page Insert Image function on page 3 127 When the Book Copy function or Booklet function is specitied the finishing status cannot be checked Print and check the finishing 3 78 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 16 Interrupting a copy job Interrupt mode The current jobs can be temp
19. SefectoPe 100 0 Check Details ink 3 GRATIS separate scan 23 02 2007 22 19 vil mll ell ll Menory 100 To cancel the Separate Scan setting touch Separate Scan again to deselect it bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 31 Copy Operations 3 Press the Start key After the original has been scanned the following message appears oad the next original Job List and then press Start Color Paper Zoon Come ine 0 0 a EN 10 When scanning of the current original is finished touch Finish ES Copy PrintHait Number of Sets o 1 EN KN Number of Originals Job Details 13 11 2006 17 49 vil mll cll ll Memory 99 Load the next batch of the original and then press the Start key Ifthe Separate Scan Output Method parameter is set to Batch Print touch Fi nish in the following screen which appears while the original is scanned with the ADF to continue to step 5 Job List Now scanning original s Color Pa per Zoom Auto Color 2A4 D 100 0 When scanning is complete touch Finish Duplex Combine Nare Status Copy PrintHait Number of Sets Number of Originals Po otis 13 11 2006 18 03 vil wll cll ll Memory 99 If the original cannot be loaded into the ADF place it on the original glass For details on the types of originals that can be l
20. Check Job 1 Stee COTA mS application 4 ASA Ej E Edit Color Book Copy Repeat y L g Stanp Conposition 4 Save in User Box SevecePe 100 0 vl mil cll xl IA 3 Touch User Box Job List elect desired User Box to save document Copies ou can also change the document name O ESTI amp Print Check Job gt Save in User Box SefeceoPe 100 0 il User Box 000000001 4 Box1 Document Name SharedDoc1 13 11 2006 22 25 vil mll ell ll Memory 100 A screen for selecting a user box appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 153 Copy Operations 4 5 Select the user box where the data is to be saved Touch the tab containing the desired user box and then button for the user box To type in a user box number to specify the user box touch Enter User Box No Itis not necessary to enter the password when saving data even if a password has been specified for the box Job List Select desired User Box to save document or Copies EAS enter the User Box number using the keypad Check Job E Public s J Ser Box 4 SefeceoPe 100 0 000000001 ap Box1 Check Details Enter User Box No 13 11 2006 22 17 vil mll ell ll Memory 100 MA TS Touching Search User Box displays the Search User Box screen User boxes can be searched for by the first letter of their name Touch etc or
21. Close First level menu Second level menu Third level menu Fourth level menu Line Settings p 6 89 Overseas TX p 6 89 ECM OFF p 6 89 V 34 OFF p 6 90 Check Dest amp Send p 6 90 Select Line p 6 90 E Mail Settings p 6 91 Document Name p 6 91 Subject p 6 91 From p 6 92 Body p 6 92 URL Notification Setting p 6 93 Communication Method Quick Memory TX p 6 94 Settings p 6 94 Polling RX Normal p 6 95 Bulletin p 6 96 Timer TX p 6 97 Password TX p 6 98 Polling TX Normal p 6 98 Bulletin p 6 99 F Code TX p 6 100 SUB Address Password E Mail Encryption p 6 100 Digital Signature p 6 100 Fax Header Settings p 6 101 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 37 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 Initial screen for fax scan operations 6 9 1 Screen layout 3 Touch Fax Scan to display the following screen Job List select flesired destinations No oF 000 Off Hook Broadcast Destinations mE Mail YUser Box Osaka Nagoya box01 amp 1 Fax ifax1 Search EA Original Settings E re ee Detail If manual destination input is restricted by Security Settings in Administrator mode Direct Input Address Search does not appear
22. Copies eri et Ol T 13 11 2006 Memory 20 37 100 yl mi cll ki The Chapter screen for editing appears Using the keypad specify the first page of the chapters i d Job List Check Job 88tgck Per 100 0 il f Enter ist page of chapters using the keypad Touch Sort to sort pages in ascending order Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert gt Chapters Check Details 26 02 2007 14 12 Memory 100 yl ml cll Ki Copies Copy Insert bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 125 3 Copy Operations There are two Chapter screens Touch and to display a different screen To arrange the page numbers in order starting with the lowest number touch Sort To remove a page number that has been specified touch the button for the page to be removed and then press the C clear key Under Original gt Copy select 1 Sided gt 2 Sided f the same page number is entered multiple times copying is not possible Delete repeated page numbers Ifthe specified page number is greater than the number of pages in the original that page number is ignored 5 Under Chapter Paper touch Copy Insert or None If None is selected all pages of the copy are printed on the same paper To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key To cancel the Chapters function touch No Job TRE E Enter is
23. Q Detail f user authentication is canceled personal and group user boxes become public user boxes f user authentication or account tracking is in place be sure to complete authentication by touching Login or press the ID key after entering the ID and password If user authentication has failed personal or group user boxes cannot be created f the optional fax kit is installed confidential reception F code transmission is available as a functional expansion for public personal group user boxes f Password Rules is enabled no password containing less than eight characters can be registered Ifyou have already registered a password containing less than eight characters change it to one using eight characters containing eight characters before enabling Password Rules bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 7 Box Operations Public Personal Group user boxes gt When registering or editing specify the following items Q Detail To change settings for a registered user box select the user box and touch Edit After touching Edit the user box number cannot be changed To delete a registered user box select the user box and touch Delete Screen 1 2 a Meer User Box Iber using the keypad Bookmark utility gt Public Personal User Box gt New fepack Sera gt User Box No 5 1 999999999 A a a A One Touch y Type ar Stored 04 10 2007
24. Save in User Box and Print Saves the document in a box and prints at the same time Proof Print After one copy of the document has been printed this machine stops printing temporarily Select this option to avoid misprinting a large volume of print jobs ID amp Print Saves the document to be printed in the ID amp Print User Box on this machine When printing user au thentication must be performed via the control panel of this machine User Authentica tion If the User Authentication settings have been speci fied on this machine you must specify a user name and password Account Track If the Account Track settings have been specified on this machine you must specify a division name and password Detail Settings Displays the functions for which the setting details have been specified bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 23 Print Operations Checking the Output Method setting details By clicking the Detail Settings button the Output Method functions for which detail settings have been specified are shown The settings can be shown by clicking the Expand All button By selecting a function and clicking the Settings button the dialog box for specifying the detailed settings for the selected function appears Detail Settings Settings Secure Print Save in User Box User Authentication Account Track Administrator Settings VV Vv y CE 5 Expa
25. 04 22 2007 ication destination tion Destination No Select from Address Book gt Direct Input 18 03 M 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 143 6 144 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Check Program Settings 1 To check the already registered program settings touch Check Program Settings 2 After checking the settings touch Close job List Select item you wish to check SaaS Check Scan Fax Program Settings Broadcast Destinations Check Address A Check Scan Settings Check Original Settings Check E Mail Check URL Notif Setting Di n esti natio vod Delete vilni cl xl 22 0 amp Check Program Settings Check Address 3 Check the specified address Job List ES Check Scan Fax Program Settings gt Check Address Name testi Broadcast Destinations 6 123456789 1 1 Delete vini cl ci 227 0 amp Check Program Settings Check Scan Settings 3 Check the specified scan settings Job List ENTES Check Scan Fax Program Settings gt Check Scan Settings Basic v RS ES gt Broadcast Destinations Original Type Simplex Duplex Resolution File Type Texts Photo 200x200 PDF printed Photo Density B5RBBsition dooo on 11 Delete Fine Multi Page vll nl cl xl 22 so amp bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Check
26. Lateral guides bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 23 3 Copy Operations 4 Select the paper type eady to copy Copies Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size 100 0 a Plain Paper rn E 60 iF special Parer Wide Paper BYE fae 4 vind cAi RA To print on colored paper envelopes or letterheads touch EB and then select the paper type eady to copy Copies Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size 100 0 E Letterhead Colored Paper a ey 60 Standard Size Check Details Custom Size Wide Paper 4 vl md ch ki ienory toon If A6Card ta is selected the paper type is automatically set to Thick 3 For details on selecting a setting for non standard size paper refer to Storing a non standard paper size Custom Size settings on page 3 100 For details on selecting a setting for wide paper refer to Selecting a setting for oversized paper Wide Paper settings on page 3 103 For details on special paper refer to Special paper on page 3 92 5 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears The Basic screen appears again 3 24 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations A Reminder Push the paper guides firmly up against the edges of the paper When loading postcards load them in the Ca orientation as shown in the illustration Do not
27. Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Binding Position gt If Separation Front Cover or Front Back Covers was selected touch Binding Position and then select the binding position Job List E Select the book binding position Scan Settings gt Book Copy gt Binding Position Broadcast Destinations AB Gua 1 Delete 1 Sbeck ga gt Settings y 04 22 2007 16 56 Mi vl ml cll xl Memory 100 6 70 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 10 Application Scan Size 3 Specify the size of paper for scanning Standard 3 To automatically detect the size of the first sheet of the original upon scanning touch Auto Toscan an original of a preset paper size such as A4 or B5 select the relevant paper size Select the original size of scanned document This is not applied to fax transmissions Sixth 0 58 D Zak D ik D can Settings gt Application gt Scan Size Broadcast Destinations Custom Size d Photo Size A 1 1 Delete EE yl mi cll ll 04 22 2007 16 56 M Memory 100 Custom Size 3 Enter the dimensions of a custom size that is not available as a preset size The size in the X direction can be set between 30 mm and 432 mm The size in the Y direction can be set between 30 mm and 297 mm Enter the original size using the keypad
28. Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Index 3 Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches job List SPecify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New WebDAV gt Index ac per ca am mo Pors Tw ww OA 09 21 2007 22 56 Mi Memory 100 Icon 3 Select the icon Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Utility y Address Book Public y y 09 21 2007 22 56 M Memory 100 Q Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 131 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 8 Address Book IP Address Fax 3 Register the IP address fax destination To register a new address touch New 1 2 screen JobList egistered number is automatically applied by touching OK fl__Job List o specify a registered number touch the No button n y Public 1 65535 4 0 E New 10 16 2007 22 17 amp Memory 100 2 2 screen JobList pecify index according to name Index y etc Icon T 3 Destination y Public New 10 16 2007 22 17 amp f Cancel Memory 100 Detail To check a registered address select a desired registrati
29. Utility y Address Book Public Favorites GHI JKL MNO PORS TUV WKYZ ty 09 21 2007 22 39 M Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 113 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Icon 3 Select the icon T Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Utility gt New User Box gt Icon Photo Icon Utility Address Book Public 17 09 21 2007 22 39 Ki E cancel Memory 100 Q Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 101 is installed 6 114 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 4 Address Book Fax Register fax destinations gt To register a new address touch New 1 2 screen 3 Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K o specify a registered number touch the No button gt f orte Address Book Public Pause Line Settings Fax y 10 16 2007 22 09 amp Memory 100 2 2 screen pecify index according to name Utility gt Fax gt New Index AS Utility D g h Create One Destination Address Book Public 10 16 2007 22 10 Mi era ES Memory 100 Detail To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired
30. ff A 1 Copies sust Ready to copy are Check Job Sefece 100 0 JE la Ea Book Copy Image Repeat Poster Mode y 13 yg gt E Check Details Booklet Original 13 11 2006 21 03 vil mi ell il Menory 100 Booklet Original appears if optional finisher FS 609 is installed or optional finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached The Poster Mode screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 141 Copy Operations 4 Under Output Size touch Image Size Paper Size or Zoom The factory default setting for the finished size is A2 Allows you to create posters from smaller ee sized originals Check Job Appl gt Book Copy Repeat gt Poster Mode gS cE 100 0 Output Size il MM Memory toon Touch Image Size select the finished image size and then touch OK Touch or to display a different list of standard sizes Touching Custom Size displays the Custom Size screen Touch X or Y to select the dimension and then use the keypad to specify the desired value Job List T Select the finished copy image size Application gt Poster Mode gt Image Size pr 100 0 1 2 a A y amp HON y m a O ciston size 1 ED EB Le ck Details 4 vl ml chi PAE Touch Paper Size select the finished paper size and then touch OK Touch or to display a differen
31. 13 11 2006 20 37 vil mll ell il Memory 100 The Book Copy Repeat screen appears Touch Booklet Original Finisher FS 609 llows you to create booklets from booklet Copies riginals Center Erase ON Center Erase OFF Check Details vil ml cl i PAA Select Center Erase ON or Center Erase OFF and then touch OK Touch Close Specify any other desired copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key Ifthe original is placed on the original glass scanning begins For details on scanning an original from the original glass refer to Scanning a multi page original from the original glass on page 3 35 After all original pages have been scanned touch Finish and then press the Start key 3 146 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 33 Adjusting the image to fit the paper Image Adjust settings When the copy paper is larger than the original copies can be made with the original image centered and enlarged to fill the paper The image can be adjusted in any of the following ways Setting Description Full Size The area that contains the entire image is centered and enlarged to the size of the paper Center Zoom The image is enlarged to the size of the paper so that the paper is filled However some parts of the image may be lost Centering The image is centered in the p
32. 3 13 Selecting a folding setting By installing optional equipments copies can be folded or folded and bound with staples at the same time and then fed out Available settings differ depending on the optional equipments installed Setting Description Compatible models Half Fold Select this setting to fold copies in half before feeding them out Refer to page 3 66 Finisher FS 519 Saddle Stitcher Center Staple amp Fold Select this setting to staple copies at two places along the center then fold the copies in half before feeding them out Refer to page 3 68 Finisher FS 519 Saddle Stitcher Finisher FS 609 A Note Copies can be folded in half or and bound at the center only if finisher FS 609 is installed or finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached Copies can be folded in half only if finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 65 Copy Operations 3 13 1 Folding copies in half Half Fold setting When Finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached Paper weight Paper size Maximum number of folded sheets 60 g m to 90 g m B5 ca A4 B4 A3 a 200 sheets or 20 sets Number of sheets folded in half Examples of the possible number of sheets folded in half are listed below
33. Cover Mode Transparency In 13 Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 FS Presets Standard ry Detailed Inf ti O Detailed Information C Transparency Interleave 8 1 2x11 v Off 81 2x11 off E ES WEY Green ance EA Crore Crreview Cancel Print Cover Mode Transparency In _ bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 29 Print Operations Function name Option Description Front Cover Off Print Blank Attaches a front cover page You can specify it when Auto is not selected for the paper tray Tray 1 4 LCT manual paper feed Selects the paper tray for the cover page The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Back Cover Off Print Blank Attaches a back cover page You can specify it when Auto is not selected for the paper tray Tray 1 4 LCT manual paper feed Selects the paper tray for the back cover page The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Transparency Inter leave ON OFF Outputs and inserts interleaves when printing over head projector transparencies You can specify it when Transparency is selected for the paper type Tray 1 4 LCT Selects the paper tray for the transparency inter leaves The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed
34. Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 119 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 5 Address Book PC SMB 3 Specify the PC SMB address directly To register a new address touch New 1 3 screen Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K E DER To specify a registered number touch the No button z Name A ds 2 Destination y Public D aua New 10 16 2007 22 10 amp Cancel Memory 100 2 3 screen f Job List Select item and enter setting Host Address 4 Utility Create One Touch TA Address Book Public PC SMB cs ES 10 16 2007 22 12 amp f Cancel j Memory 100 3 3 screen Joblist Specify index according to name Bookmark Index a ete Icon S 3 Destination y Address Book Public y New 10 16 2007 22 12 amp Cancel j Memory 100 6 120 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 A Note To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch
35. Distribution Control Number Dest 000 Broadcast Output Method TE F999 099 Ss Distribution Put zeros in front Control Num Text y total 8 digits Serial Number Yes J Yes EEES vl mi cll ll 04 22 2007 17 06 Mi Memory 100 Detail The serial number set up here represents the serial number of the machine For details on the setup procedure contact your service representative Check Change Temporarily Pages gt Select the pages to be printed either All Pages or 1st Page Only bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 81 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Check Change Temporarily Text Color 3 Select a printing color from Black Red Blue Green Yellow Cyan and Magenta he stamp will be printed in selected color BO of 000 Scan Settings gt Check Change Temporarily gt Text Color Select Color Check Job Broadcast Destinations o wid Delete _ EE vi wll cl ci ra o Check Change Temporarily Text Size gt Select a size of characters to be printed from Minimal and Std pecify the size of the stamp Bast 000 Job List 2 Scan Settings gt Check Change Temporarily gt Text Size Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 04 22 2007 17 06 Mi vl ml cll xl Memory 100 6 82 bizhu
36. Enlarging the keyboard The keyboard can be displayed larger so that it easier to read 1 While the keyboard is displayed touch Enlarge ON The keyboard is displayed enlarged 2 Tocancelthe enlarged display and return the keyboard to its normal size touch Enlarge OFF while the keyboard is displayed enlarged Note The keyboard is used in the same way even when it is displayed enlarged bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 5 8 Appendix To type text 3 Touch the button for the desired character from the keyboard that appeared To type in uppercase letters or symbols touch Shift Numbers can also be typed in with the keypad The entered characters appear in the text box Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Administrator password Press C to erase the entered the Administrator password Utility gt Administrator Settings E oo ae DDRBBDRDBDBB 0000000050000 ETA SODA 14 11 2006 Memory 02 14 99 is on E A Note To revert to the setting when the keyboard was displayed touch Cancel To clear all entered text press the C clear key Some buttons may not appear depending on the characters being entered Q Detail To change a character in the entered text touch E3 and EQ to move the cursor to the character to be changed touch Delete and then type in the desired letter or number List of
37. Find E Fe Personal List Personal Information Personal List Vv B AAAAAAAA Name FAX Number Company Departmer 2 BBBBBBBB 01234567890 xnxx Inc Sales G ABABABAA ccccccce BBBBBBBB 02345678901 xxxx Inc Design Add New Simple Entry cececcee 034567890123 yyy Inc Market G 129 Group Y Results Add Folder Group O Groupot O Groupo2 O Groupoz O Groupo4 O Groupos O Groupos O Groupo7 O Groupos gt Cne From the left side of the dialog box select Personal List and then click the Add New button The Personal Information Personal List dialog box appears Enter the appropriate information in the Name Fax Number Company and Department text boxes Personal InformationWPersonal List Personal Information Name Select Group AAAAAAA Group Group01 FAX Number O Groupo2 01234567890 C Group03 o Group04 Company O Groupos xxx Inc O Groupos O Groupo7 Department O Groupos Sales G Arma F I Intemational Transmission Mode IV Y 34 Mode Default Cancel Help If entering a name for a fax cover sheet titles cannot be added To add a title to a fax cover sheet add the title in the Name text box Up to 80 characters can be entered in the Name Company and Department text boxes Up to 38 characters numbers O through 9 hyphens spaces E P and T can be ent
38. Job List Scan Settings gt Date Time gt Print Position Print Position Top Left Top Right No Adjustment tii Fine Tune Broadcast Destinations 1 z Botton Left Botton Right Adjust Position 4 Delete Check Job Settings y 04 22 2007 17 01 a vl wll cll ki Memory 100 Print Position Fine Tune 1 To make fine adjustments touch Adjust Position 2 Specify vertical horizontal position adjustment with a value between 0 1 mm and 50 0 mm Select item and specify the settings using the keypad or keys Scan Settings gt Print Position gt Fine Tune Left amp Right Adjustment Left Right Top Botton No Adjustment No Adjustment 50 0 i 50 0 0 1 B Era EN EN ra Top amp Bottom Adjustment Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete 1 vl ni cl IRMA 6 74 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 13 Application Stamp Composition Page Number Page numbers can be added to all pages of the document Job List Broadcast Destinations 1 1 tri yl wll cll ki E Use the keypad to enter the starting number Press Xx to switch between and Rtiaber Pase Page Number Type ME F Page Nunber 1S28 Starting Chapter Number o Cheap 100 100 chapter 04 22 2007 17 01 M Memory 100 Starting Page Number 3 S
39. Note For details refer to Original Settings on page 6 85 Operations available on the Original Settings screen are as follows Broadcast Dest 1 Check Job nae ions Job List Specify the settings Original Settings Total of Pages auick Memory TX SSS Special SPiSi aL Mixed Original 1 MC PES yl mi cll ll 04 22 2007 16 22 Mi Memory 100 Direction Settings Original Direction Coy 2 d Binding Position ABIH Despeckle First level menu Special Original p 6 85 Second level menu Mixed Original p 6 85 Z Folded Original p 6 85 Long Original p 6 85 Direction Settings Original Direction p 6 86 p 6 86 Binding Position p 6 86 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX p 6 87 Despeckle p 6 88 Third level menu Fourth level menu 6 36 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Communication Settings Y Note For details refer to Communication Settings on page 6 89 Operations available on the Communication Settings screen are as follows Job List Specify the settings No oF 000 mmunication Settings F J 5 al Li i Es E Mail Encryption E Digital Signature T E EStui es Broadcast Destinations vod Delete Check Job Settings A vini cll ARNES a
40. Punch ON OFF Specifies hole punching From the drop down list specify the number of punches and the position Fold amp Staple Off Center Staple amp Fold Half Fold Specifies to half fold and center staple Center Erase ON OFF When Center Staple amp Fold is specified select this op tion not to print on the center fold line Paper Arrangement Finishing Priority productivity priority Specifies the method for adjusting the binding posi tion for 2 sided print The biding position is adjusted after receiving all data for finishing priority When Pro ductivity Priority is specified the machine processes data reception and printing concurrently Y Note Staple and Saddle Stitch Fold functions are available only if the optional finisher is installed The Punch function is available only if the punch kit is installed on the optional finisher The Center Erase function is available only when optional finisher FS 609 is installed and the Center Staple amp Fold function is specified bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 27 4 Print Operations 4 5 5 Paper Tray Output Tray Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 ry Presets Standard 19 Paper Tray Output Tray H e Paper View O Detailed Information Paper Tray ee Auto pa 8 1 2x11 Paper Type Plain Paper H Paper Settings for Each Tray
41. bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 17 Appendix About Adobe Color Profile ADOBE SYSTEMS INCORPORATED COLOR PROFILE LICENSE AGREEMENT NOTICE TO USER PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY BY USING ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE 1 DEFINITIONS In this Agreement Adobe means Adobe Systems Incorporated a Delaware corporation located at 345 Park Avenue San Jose California 95110 Software means the software and related items with which this Agreement is provided LICENSE Subject to the terms of this Agreement Adobe hereby grants you the worldwide non exclusive nontransferable royalty free license to use reproduce and publicly display the Software Adobe also grants you the rights to distribute the Software only a as embedded within digital image files and b on a standalone basis No other distribution of the Software is allowed including without limitation distribution of the Software when incorporated into or bundled with any application software All individual profiles must be referenced by their ICC Profile description string You may not modify the Software Adobe is under no obligation to provide any support under this Agreement including upgrades or future versions of the Software or other items No title to the intellectual
42. fil E O EB E check Job Check Details vi wi cll xl PA 2 Can sizes in inches be displayed gt Touch or to display a different list of sizes 2 Can any size be specified 3 Any size can be specified from the Custom Size screen Touch X or Y to select the dimension and then use the keypad to specify the correct value To enter a value press the C clear key and then use the keypad to type in the new value 2 What happens when a value outside of the allowable range is specified 3 The message Input error appears If Input error appears or if the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad and then specify the correct value 6 Specify any other desired copy settings The number of copies is set to 1 and cannot be changed Press the Start key 3 144 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 32 Copying booklets Booklet Original function A booklet with its staples removed can be copied and bound with staples at the center to create copies of Y y UA E Staples Q Detail For details on stapling refer to Binding copies at the center Center Staple and Half Fold setting Center Staple amp Fold setting on page 3 68 With the Booklet Original function copies are made of the entire page including the center of the original area bound with staples For details on positioning the original refer to F
43. 3 7 Selecting a Paper Setting The paper size can be selected automatically according to the original size or it can be specified manually Specify the paper size according to the corresponding procedure depending on the desired copy settings As the factory default Auto is selected Reminder When copying after selecting a paper tray with letterhead paper selected as the paper type the copy speed will be slow even with single sided copying since the paper alignment operation is performed amp Note fa setting for special paper is selected for a paper tray that tray is not selected automatically with the Auto Paper setting However a paper tray set to Single Side Only is given priority to be selected with single sided printing Be sure to specify a paper setting when special paper is loaded into a paper tray For details refer to Specifying a setting for special paper on page 3 106 If the Auto Paper Select was selected at the Auto Zoom setting the Zoom screen appears Touch the button for the desired zoom ratio The Auto Paper setting cannot be combined with the Auto Zoom Setting bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 39 3 Copy Operations 3 7 1 Automatically selecting the paper size Auto Paper setting The size of the loaded original is detected and copies are produced using paper of the same size If the Full Size Zoom setting was specified paper of the same size as the original is selected I
44. A3 Ga to A5 y OT 602 Staple settings A3 Ga to AS H Punch settings 2 A3 aa A4 U B5 Ga 2 Saddle Stitcher SD 505 Fold amp staple A3 Ca B4 A4 B5 amp Mailbin Kit MT 502 A4 UW B5 Q A5 Finisher FS 609 Output tray 1 Group setting A3 Ka to B5 Gi 12 1 4 x 18 Ka i Sort setting A3 Ga to A5 y Staple setting A3 Ga to BS a d Punch setting 2 A3 Ga As U Output tray 2 A3 a to A4 La Job separator JS 505 Finishing tray 1 and finishing tray 2 A3 a to B6 Ga A6 ca 12 1 4x 182 11x 17 Gato 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 a q 1 49 1 4 x 18 is equivalent to 311 1 mm x 457 2 mm which is one size larger than A3 2 Can be used when the optional punch kit is installed on the finisher 3 90 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 20 2 Paper types and paper capacities Paper type Plain Thick Thick Thick Thick paper paper 1 paper 2 paper 3 paper 4 Weight 60 g m to 91 g m to 151g m2to 210g m2to 257 g m to 90 g m 150 g m 209 g m 256 g m 271 g m Paper source Bypass tray 150 sheets 20 sheets 20 sheets 20 sheets 20 sheets Tray 1 and tray 2 500 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets Single Double paper feed cabi 500 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets 150 sheets nets LCT 2 500 sheets 1 000 sheets 1 000 sheets 1 000 sheets Paper type Transparen Postcards Envelopes Label Banner pa cies sheets per Paper source 127 g m to 210 g m Bypass tray 20 sheets 20 sheets 10 sheets
45. Back Blank Paper for the back cover sheet is added after the last page of the copy The same operation is performed with double sided copying g REPORT F 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 Foran original that exceeds 100 pages refer to Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting on page 3 31 trays Load the paper for the cover pages and the paper for the main body of the original into separate paper Use paper with the same size for the cover pages and for the main body of the original and load them in the same orientation bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 115 3 Copy Operations 3 Touch Application and then touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert For details on using thick paper for the cover sheets and on loading the paper refer to Paper types and paper capacities on page 3 91 and Loading paper into the bypass tray on page 3 23 To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled Copies eady to copy a Basic Original Setting Bensits Application Seyece7rer 100 0 ij Lh Rapter Ins re y Edit Color Book Copy Repeat 4 Image Adjust y Booklet j Check Details y Stanp Conposition Save in User Box yU wll cll Kl EA The Sheet Cover Chap
46. From Administrator Settings mode the machine can be set so that copies are fed out without being shifted when the finisher or the separator is installed As a factory default the machine is set to shift the copies that are fed out For details on Center Staple Fold or Center Staple amp Fold refer to Selecting a folding setting on page 3 65 Setting Description Sort Select this setting to separate each set of a multi page original Group Select this setting to separate the copies of each page in a multi page original Offset If no finisher or separator is installed If the sorting conditions are met printed copies are fed out and sorted in an alternat ing crisscross pattern If a finisher or a separator is installed The copies are fed out and stacked on top of each other with each set shifted to separate it bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 53 Copy Operations Setting Description Center Staple Fold Select this setting to fold copies The copies can also be bound with staples at the same time The Center Staple Fold setting can be used if the saddle stitcher is installed on
47. Item Description Auto Document Delete Time Specify the length of time for documents to remain before they are deleted counting from the registration Confidential RX This key appears when the optional fax kit is installed Select the option to add or not to add the confidential reception function to the user box To add the con fidential reception function type in the confidential reception password For confirmation type in the password for confidential reception twice Delete Empty User Box es If a public personal or group user box are registered in the Administrator Settings mode it is possible to set up so that the program can search for empty user boxes and automatically delete them if any Touch Delete Empty User Box es on the User Box Registration page 0 register a new User Box touch New o edit an existing User Box select desired User Box and touch Edit Administrator Settings gt Create User Box gt Public Personal User Box Pap EM ES 00 3 m 01 ES yser Box THane Bookmark HERES Utility y 1 box01 Adninistrator 2 boxo2 Settings One Touch User Box Reg y Create User Box Public Personal User Box Type Create Date7Tine Public 04 03 2007 15 39 Public 04 03 2007 15 40 peicte enoty ESE 04 10 2007 14 14 M Menor 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations Bulletin Board User Box 3 Upto 10 bulletin board us
48. No Item Description Refer to 1 Address Book Select a recipient from the registered destinations p 6 39 2 Direct Input Enter and specify an unregistered destination directly p 6 42 3 Job History Select one from the fax destination history p 6 52 4 Address Search Search the LDAP server memory for the destination p 6 53 5 Off Hook Enables off hook dialing p 6 55 6 Communication Settings Specify settings for communications operations p 6 89 7 Original Settings Specify the type and orientation of the original p 6 85 8 Scan Settings Specify details for scanning documents p 6 56 Q Detail The display position of Address Search varies depending on the user settings For details refer to Default Address Book on page 6 157 When Confirm Address TX is specified Job History and Off Hook do not appear 6 38 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 9 2 Address Book The destination address can be searched 3 Search for the registered destination according to the following method Search Address Type The destination types can be searched based on the type that was specified when the destination was registered Job List E The registered one touches can be viewed and selected from their respective categories Check Job dress Book gt Search gt Address Type BESETE Ton n y EEE B e Fax testi ee 1 1 Delete Po S
49. Output Tray ay Default he Es el PE Printer Information Default 2 PDF Preview C Cancel Function name Option Description Paper Tray Auto Tray1 4 LCT Bypass Tray Selects the paper tray to be used The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Paper Type Paper type available on this ma Selects the paper type for printing chine Can be changed only when the paper tray is set to Auto When the paper tray is not set to Auto the paper type registered by Paper Settings for Each Tray is effective Paper Settings for Paper Tray Selects the paper tray to be specified Each Tray The selectable items differ depending on the installed options Paper Type Selects the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper tray Output Tray Default tray 1 3 bin 1 6 Specifies the tray where to output the printed pages The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Note Specify Duplex Side 2 to print on the back side of a page 4 28 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 5 6 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave You can switch between the Cover Mode dialog box and the Transparency Interleave dialog box Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 FS Presets Standard ry O Detailed Information Front Gover 8 1 2x11 v j off H 8 1 2x11 Off d _ Back Cover Off 4 off 3 E
50. Specifies the user name and password when perform ing user authentication and the department name and password when performing account track on this ma chine Copies 1 to 999 Specify the number of copies to be printed Collate ON OFF Specifies whether to print multiple copies by collating them Offset ON OFF When printing multiple copies shifts the output posi tion of each set Paper Settings for Each Tray Paper Type Setting Selects the paper tray to be specified The selectable items differ depending on the installed options Paper Type Selects the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper tray Y Note The paper size 12 x 18 is equivalent to 304 8 x 457 2 mm which is slightly larger than AS To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes be sure to set the custom paper sizes first You can register a non standard size by selecting Custom Size from the paper size option or original size option To print data of the size as large as the standard size by selecting W for each standard size paper for Original Size the data can be centered and printed on papers larger than the original size For example if you want to center and print 8 1 2 x 11 size data on 11 x 17 size paper create data in the size of 8 1 2 x 11W and then specify 8 1 2 x 11W for Original Size and specify Paper Tray as the tray to be used with the printer driver On the machi
51. on page 3 31 2 Touch Application and then touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled e Copies JobList Ready to copy Check Job T A Basic Original Setting Density Application Pa AJA jj A Image Adjust y Booklet E G Stamp Composition Save in User Box 13 11 2006 20 37 vil mll ell il Memory 100 Check Details The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 121 Copy Operations Touch Insert Image To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key To cancel the Insert Image function touch No Copies eady to copy auto fePer 100 0 t OHP Interleave _ Cover Sheet Insert Sheet E 0 y Check Details vil wl cll xl P The Insert Image screen appears Using the keypad specify the pages where the image is to be inserted Use the keypad to enter the location of inserted pages Copies Touch Sort to arrange the insert pages in ascending order ahi Check Details vl wll cll ki NAAA There are two Insert Image screens Touch and to display a different screen The inserted original is added after the specified page To arrange the page numbers in order starting with the lowest number to
52. vimi chi cnory tom Touch Change Tray Settings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 103 Copy Operations 4 5 6 Touch Wide Paper eady to copy Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type 2 A4 D 100 0 Baggie Side 1 2 F Es Copies Paper Size Standard Size y ESAS vl mil cll xl IAS The Wide Paper screen appears Select the size of the paper to be loaded Touch and until the button for the desired paper size is displayed If tray 1 2 3 4 is set for wide paper the size cannot be changed Copies y tist Ready to copy Change Tray Settings gt Bypass gt Wide Paper Custom Size TE x Y Change Size vl mil cll xl A To change the size touch Change Size The Change Size screen for oversized paper appears 3 104 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 7 Specify the X and Y sides of the paper and then touch OK Touch either X or Y press the C clear key to clear the current setting and then use the keypad to type in the size To store a paper size of 12 x 18 Ga 304 8 mm x 457 2 mm touch 12 x 18 Gi Enter values for X and Y Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Type a value within the allowable range The allowable range differs depending on the paper sizes If the orientation of the loaded paper does
53. 0 Bestanatvons Search Result void Delete j vi wi cl ci Gee Direct Input 3 Enter an E Mail address from the touch panel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 93 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 12 4 Communication Method Settings G3 gt Specify a communication method Job List pecify the settings Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings Broadcast Destinations Quick Menory TX Polling RX Ej L E Password TX 4 Polling TX F Code 1 4 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings A yl ml cl ki 04 22 2007 17 13 Mi Memory 100 Quick Memory TX In this method fax transmission starts as soon as one page of the original has been scanned Even when there are a large number of pages in the original this function enables transmission without straining the memory capability If the line is busy transmission starts after the line is available Job List pecify the settings Check Job Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings Broadcast ep Perec Quick Memory TX Polling RX Es Es E Password TK Polling TX F Code TX j 1 1 Delete Chee Sett A vilni cli FA 6 94 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Polling RX Normal This function enables a document specified for transmission or scheduled for polling transmission
54. Delete No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed se the keypad to type in the number Job List o clear your entry press C Utility gt PC SMB gt New e Utility Ws ey a Create One Touch Destination y Address Book MT y Password 3 PC SMB y ES 10 16 2007 22 12 M Cancel Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel User ID gt Enter the user ID for logging on to the destination computer using up to 127 characters from the touch panel Password gt Enter the password for logging on to the destination computer using up to 14 characters from the touch panel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 121 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Host Address 3 Enter the host address for the destination computer in the format of a host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address Fora host name enter 255 characters or less E Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the host name Press C to erase the entered host name gt New SMB gt Host Address OOOO sr KEES E EE EEE MIC BBLBEDEO B y BF 09 21 2007 22 50 M BAN ox Memory 100 Detail When the input format is switched to the IP address input mode after the host name was entered the
55. Detail Search Search Options ccccccecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaneeeeesaaeaeeeeesaaeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeneneeseeees 6 41 Contents 6 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 9 3 Din6Ct lM PUt tec aciccaiteceeeched cas sabes sccecacacee al ca 6 42 6 9 4 Direct Input Faxes scien ll lito 6 43 6 9 5 Dir ctilnput E Mail isis dreanelecacddecs sided deageateasiangchshaitdeaeessdcceascohad Seatecacaadaans E anida 6 44 6 9 6 Direct Input User Box aia aida 6 44 6 9 7 DirECTIMPUE Intermec ad 6 45 RX Ability DeStinatiOn 2 sisisi vcccsesseceens caged seen ex cece enn eine ctegeensaecetamwease RRA fanta pencas ck eeaseveenbevectcee 6 45 6 9 8 Direct Input P Address Fax 5 8 04 felt riecctee beset rt Sede 6 46 6 9 9 Direct Input PEA SMB cuarta ee eee ele el 6 47 NA PEA sezcchecdcaizctencataeichsaecaieechaxace sade vaesteiaea ances caeaccedhes sdactasecunbaas T 6 47 File Path iniciada va selon sete AE Adi da shiawene ee iaa 6 47 User Nate A A thes ots OE Rt en ae as 6 47 Pas Wisin ot da ack hag venachewtevaad vo ietstaned ents A E 6 47 RETOCAR 6 47 Next DestinatiON E A EE A A E ew el eee 6 47 6 9 10 Direct pubs ETP Aa ae Mh toe eae e ol eB a i ee ae aes 6 48 HOST Na ime o atlas 6 48 Pile Path sscesdce A dhagntacsevysegans sana cadasscaguavecgaseeaves E anuaghchaden 6 48 User NaMe iii naaa 6 48 PASSWOKC A NN 6 48 Detailed Settings imina aa an A di in 6 49 Next Desti atiON iess orien naek aerae aranean ee dae ve tial aaae
56. Detailed Information Slack Galore Full Color he Glossy Mode Toner Save 7 Edge Enhancement Color Settings Document be Quality Adjustment d Printer Information Default 2 PDF w Preview C Cancel Function name Option Description Select Color Full Color Gray Scale Specifies the color to be printed Glossy Mode ON OFF Prints using a gloss finish Toner Save ON OFF Controls the print density and saves the toner con sumption Edge Enhancement ON OFF Highlights the edge of characters graphics and imag es to make small characters more visible You can specify it when Gray Scale is selected for the color Color Settings Document photo DTP Web CAD Prints with a quality suitable for the selected original document Document Prints with a quality suitable for docu ments with many characters Photo Prints with a quality suitable for photos DTP Prints with a quality suitable for documents pro duced using DTP Web Prints with a quality suitable for Web page print ing CAD Prints with a quality suitable for CAD data print ing Quality Adjustment Adjusts the image quality You can select Simple to adjust entire documents or Detail to adjust the text photos figures tables and graphs in the original You can also manage the profile 4 36 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 4 6 Parameter details Mac OS 9 2 The printer driver functions are specified in the Page Attri
57. FE2 Copy Operations 3 11 2 To select an Original Type setting 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 2 Inthe Basic screen touch Quality Density yl ml cl The Quality Density screen appears 3 Touch the button for the quality setting most appropriate for the loaded original For an original that contains only text touch Text HO Ready to copy Copies Appli S8Y80EPPe 100 0 Photo Dot Matrix Original Text Photo Printed Photo Ol Copied Paper Background Removal Density 8000000 E E 1oommmmtoon JE xt Enhancement 0000mipmnn D 13 11 2006 18 47 E Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 51 3 Copy Operations Foran original that contains both text and photos touch Text Photo to display the Photo Type screen Touch the button for the appropriate setting and then touch OK Job List eady to copy da Check Job SSS YF Quality Density gt Text Photo Sefece 100 0 ay Prints pio Check Details 13 11 2006 18 48 vil wll cll ll Memory 99 Foran original that contains photos touch Photo to display the Photo Type screen Touch the button for the appropriate settin
58. Frame Erase function in the Application screen is specified Frame Erase under Book Erase will be selected ve What happens when a value outside of the allowable range is specified The message Input error appears If Input error appears or if the erased width was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad and then specify the correct value ve Touch OK and then touch Close bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 7 Inthe Basic screen touch Paper and then select the paper tray loaded with the paper Ds to copy contes Original Setting e QA n J e A4 D 100 0 E ao Change Tray AAD ever Tis ses vll mil chi A 8 Specify any other desired copy settings To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key 9 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 10 Press the Start key For details on positioning the original refer to Scanning a multi page original from the original glass on page 3 35 Position the next page and repeat step 10 until all pages of the original are scanned Scanning begins If Book Spread or Separation is selected printing begins If Front Cover or Front and Back Cover is selected continue with step 11 11 After all original pages have been scanned touch Finish If Front and Back Cover was selected the back cover is scanned after the front cover and then all page spreads ar
59. Operations available on the Address Search tab are as follows Job List To search for a destination in the LDAP server choose Search or Advanced Search check Job Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book Direct Input Job History TES Of f Hook I Receive i Broadcast Destinations Search E Scan Settings iginal Settings Seveines E vil sl ell ll heheh THE 6 Detail For details on Search refer to p 6 53 For details on Advanced Search refer to p 6 53 For details on Scan Settings refer to p 6 56 For details on Original Settings refer to p 6 85 For details on Communication Settings refer to p 6 89 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 33 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Off Hook tab Y Note For details refer to Off Hook G3 on page 6 55 Scan Settings Y Note For details refer to Scan Settings on page 6 56 Operations available on the Scan Settings screen are as follows E Specify the settings Scan Settings Besesnat rons Original Type Simplex Duplex Resolution E ca 0 Sa 200x200dpi rinte me Photo o Fine Erase C sa E Hane File Type Density al E T 1 TEE OOOO PDF EE Delete Multi Page FI Separate Scan i A vu ll ell il 04 22 2007 16 15 Mi OK Memory 100 First level menu
60. Password 5 23 6 47 6 48 6 50 Password TX 6 98 Pattern 4 77 Per Page Setting 4 9 4 30 Phone book 4 44 4 53 Polling 6 8 Polling RX Bulletin 6 96 Polling RX Normal 6 95 Polling TX Bulletin 6 99 Polling TX Normal 6 98 Poster Mode 3 747 4 26 Power save 3 77 Power source 2 78 Preview 5 43 6 27 Preview View Pages 6 27 Prieview View Status 6 28 Print 4 4 4 23 Print in Overlay 4 77 Print Type 4 6 4 26 4 40 Printing documents 5 78 Profile management 4 77 4 36 Program Default 6 750 Program Jobs 3 727 Proof Print 4 4 4 23 Proof print 4 40 Public Personal Group user boxes 5 8 Punch 4 8 4 26 4 40 5 26 Punch Position Setting 5 26 Punch settings 3 53 3 63 Pure Black 4 40 Q Quality 4 36 Quality Adjustment 4 77 4 36 6 65 Quality tab 4 77 Quick copy screen 3 5 Quick Memory TX 6 94 D AR Recall Copy Program 3 83 Redial 6 702 Redialing 6 702 Reference 6 47 Regulation notices 2 70 Relay User Box 5 77 6 747 Resolution 4 77 4 40 6 58 Rotate 180 4 6 4 26 RX Ability Destination 6 45 RX Display 6 752 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Index Qe S Safety information 2 3 Save Document 5 15 Save in User Box 3 153 4 4 4 23 6 6 Save in User Box and Print 4 23 Save in User Box Print 4 4 Saving documents 5 72 Scale 4 27 4 37 Scan Settings 6 56 6 60 Scan Size 6 77 Scan to E Mail 6 5 Scan Fax Program 6 742 Scan Fax Settings 6 749 6 154 Screen 4 40 Secure Print 4
61. Register Scan Fax Program Address Destinations URL Notif Destination 4 1 1 Delete yl ml cll ll 04 22 2007 18 02 Mi Memory 100 Register Program Name gt Enter the program registration name using up to 24 characters from the touch panel 6 142 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Register Program Address gt Select one address Select an address using Select from Address Book or Direct Input Job List ene Broadcast Destinations vod Delete yl ml cll ki Select the destination to register in program Select the destination type Register Scan Fax Program gt De tion E Fax EF PC SMB Direct Input User Box Internet Fax A IP Address Fax 04 22 2007 Memory Detail When Contirm Address Register is specified after specifying the fax number in Direct Input and touching OK a screen appears prompting you to enter the fax number again Enter the fax number and then touch OK Register Program URL Notif Destination When notifying that the job in the FTP SMB WebDAV or User Box mode has finished this item is enabled 3 Select an address using Select from Address Book or Direct Input Job List e Broadcast Destinations vid Delete yl ml cl ki Memory Enter URL notifi to be registered in program Register Scan Fax Program gt URL Not
62. Touch Fix to fix or Retry to cancel and try again D 13 11 2006 20 51 OK Memory 100 Ifthe original was loaded on the original glass touch Finish in the screen that appears requesting confirmation that scanning is finished If Retry was selected touch Change Setting to change the copy settings 3 128 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations Position the next original and then touch Change Setting Load the next original and then press Start Ra e Status Touch Proof Copy to copy 1 set Nunber of Sets z Number of Originals Job Details iII lnd ciki EEA Select the desired copy settings and then press the Start key Settings for the document batch can be changed Setting changes may not be applied Change Setting Basic Settings Application Document es Image Shift o orm 2 Sided E Hane Status z Frame Erase Paper Size Zoom 3 Original Size Binding Position WS ME onory 1007 To print a single copy to be checked press the Proof Copy key Repeat steps 5 to 7 until all originals have been scanned The amount of memory available can be checked beside Memory in the lower left corner of the screen In addition the number of original batches can be checked beside Scanned Batches When the memory is full a message appears Select whether to delete the last part of the da
63. a setting for special paper on page 3 106 A Reminder Be careful not to touch the film Do not load so many sheets of paper that the top of the stack is higher than the W mark For details on the paper that can be loaded into the LCT refer to Copy paper on page 3 90 A Note If the machine has entered Low Power mode or Sleep mode the LCT cannot be pulled out even after the tray release button is pressed Be sure to first cancel Low Power mode or Sleep mode 3 22 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 5 Loading paper into the bypass tray Paper can be fed manually through the bypass tray if you wish to copy onto paper that is not loaded into a paper tray or if you wish to copy onto thick paper 4 postcards envelopes OHP transparencies or label sheets Q Detail For thick paper 4 only A3 Ga A4 if 11 x 17 Ga and 8 1 2 x 11 d are available for printing Open the bypass tray When loading large sized paper pull out the tray extension Tray extension With the side to be printed on facing down insert the paper as much as possible into the feed slot Slide the lateral guides to fit the size of paper being loaded How is curled paper loaded gt Flatten the paper before loading it 2 How many sheets of paper and other media can be loaded 3 Do not load so many sheets of plain paper that the top of the stack is higher than the Y mark
64. bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 1 3 Icons that appear in the screen Icon Description Indicates that data is being sent from the machine regardless of the current mode Indicates that data is being received from the machine regardless of the current mode Ej L Indicates that an error occurred during an image stabilization operation a print operation or a scan operation Touch this icon to view a screen containing a warning code View warning 7 If the warning screen was closed when a warning occurred touch this button to display the warning screen again Appears when there is a message indicating that consumables must be replaced or the ma chine requires maintenance Touch this icon to display the message and then perform the re placement or maintenance procedure Xx Appears when an error occurs with the connection to the POP server Indicates that paper is not loaded in the paper tray mm E Indicates that very little paper remains in the paper tray When the optional image controller has been installed onto bizhub C353 C253 touch this icon to display the image controller screen Indicates that Enhanced Security Mode is set to ON ez Appears when a USB memory is connected bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 7 Copy Operations 3 2 Turning on the main power and the sub power This mach
65. e 2 to 15 sheets of 90 g m paper maximum of 60 pages Detail In order for copies to be bound at the center or folded in half all of the following conditions must be met The paper width must be between 182 mm and 297 mm The paper length must be between 257 mm and 431 8 mm 1 In the Basic screen touch Finishing eady to copy oe Original Setting Density Application Hane Status 4 E ee A Select AAG y ob ets yU ml cll xl ORTA The Finishing screen appears 2 Touch Center Staple Fold Copies euyeceoPe 100 0 offset y Es MS J 00 EA vl mil cll kil AAA The Center Staple Fold screen appears 3 66 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Touch Yes below Half Fold st T Select center staple fold Copies Finishing gt Center Staple Fold Center Staple Half Fold efect P 100 0 ay Check Details vl wll cll kil IAS As the factory default the Booklet function is automatically specified when Half Fold is selected To cancel the Half Fold setting touch No or the button for a different setting 4 Touch OK and then touch OK again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 67 Copy Operations 3 13 2 Binding copies at the center Center Staple and Half Fold setting Center Staple amp Fold setting When Finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher a
66. option of the Select Color is only for the PCL driver 2 Color option allows you to specify a combination of two colors The Pattern and Image Compression functions are only for the PCL driver The PS driver allows you to manage the profile through Quality Adjustment 4 2 7 Other tab 2 Printing Preferences Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting Default Setting v Y Remove White Background Thin Line Support A ERE Printer View J Printer Information Function name Option Description Excel Job Control ON OFF When multiple Microsoft Excel sheets with different page settings are printed at one time the sheets may be separated into single sheet jobs depending on the data they contain When this function is selected job separation is minimized Remove White ON OFF When an overlay file is printed on top of Microsoft Background PowerPoint data white areas are removed so that the white background of the PowerPoint data does not hide the overlay file When the check is cleared the background is not re moved and is printed as is in the original data Thin Line Support ON OFF When printing with reduced size thin lines may be come blurred When the check is selected thin lines are prevented from becoming blurred Check Driver Ver Displays the printer driver version information sion Y
67. or a character string registered on this machine registered stamp can be specified Date Time Embeds the selected date and time in a pattern By clicking the Edit button under Format you can specify the display type or the time format Serial Number Embeds the serial number of this machine in a pattern Distribution Control Number Embeds the copy number in a pattern when printing multiple copies The start number or the display type can be specified Job Number Embeds the print job number in a pattern for documents that are automatically paginated Text Size Specifies the text size of a pattern Angle Specifies the pattern angle 4 32 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 Copy Protect Print Item Composition Copy Protect Repeatable Stamp Pattern Overwrite ee z Front Overwrite 5 Adjust Color B C Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel OK 3 The following settings are available when Copy Protect is selected Function name Description Copy Protect Embeds a hidden pattern that appears on unauthorized copies Pattern Specifies the embedding method of a pattern Pattern Overwrite Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the original Background Pattern Specifies the pattern background Adjust Color Specifies the color of the pattern The following settings are avail
68. page 3 110 When placing the original on the original glass be sure to lift open the ADF or the original cover at least 20 If the original is placed on the original glass without the ADF or the original cover being lifted at least 20 the correct original size may not be detected Do not place objects weighing more than 2 kg on the original glass In addition do not press down extremely hard on a book spread on the original glass otherwise the original glass may be damaged For thick books or large objects make the copy without closing the ADF or the original cover When an original is being scanned with the ADF or the original cover open do not look directly at the light that may shine through the original glass Although the light that shines through the original glass is bright it is not a laser beam and therefore is not as dangerous Lift open the ADF or the original cover Place the original face down on the original glass Load the original pages so that the top of the original is toward the back or the left side of the machine When loaded in the y orientation When loaded in the orientation bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 29 3 Copy Operations Align the original with the mark in the back left corner of the original scales Original scales For transparent or translucent originals place a blank sheet of paper of the same size as the original over the ori
69. page 5 42 5 6 1 Public Personal Group Documents stored in public personal or group user box are subject to the following operations Item Description Delete Deletes documents that are no longer needed after being printed or transmitted Edit Name Changes the name of a saved document Move Moves data of documents stored in the user box to another public personal or group user box Copy Copies data of documents stored in the user box to another public personal or group user box Document Details Enables checking of the saving date and time and a preview image of a docu ment System Documents stored in a system user box are subject to different operations depending on the hosting box Bulletin Polling TX Secure Print Memory RX Annotation Fax Re Board User User Box User Box User Box User Box transmit Box User Box Delete O O O O O O Edit Name x x O O O x Move x x x x x x Copy x x x x x x Document x x O O O O Details O Possible x Not possible 5 38 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 6 2 Public Personal Group Description of the File Document screen Select the Public Personal or Group tab and then a user box A screen like the following appears 1 2 ff tow ist ges los kt dat CC CS CIS Selected Documents Action Me YA vz i Delete 3 ED 4 EEN a e 5 Li o 6 a S Detail ee 7 04 10 2007 13 29 M EA yi ml cll ki 11 10 98
70. text and images onto photographic paper A smooth copy image is produced Text Photo Photo Paper Printed Photo Select this setting when copying printed originals containing both text and images such as pamphlets or catalogs Select this setting when printing photos from originals onto photo graphic paper hte Select this setting to produce better reproductions of halftone original images photographs etc that cannot be reproduced with the usual settings A smooth copy image is produced 0 amp a Photo Photo Paper Select this setting when copying printed originals such as pamphlets 3 or catalogs R Select this setting to produce better reproductions of halftone original images photographs etc that cannot be reproduced with the usual settings Printed Photo Select this setting when copying originals with a background color or originals containing pencil markings or fine colored lines A sharp copy image is produced Map Select this setting when copying originals containing only text that ap pears faint such as that written with a pencil The copied text is reproduced so that it is darker making it easier to read Dot Matrix Original Select this setting when copying images originals printed with this Bij machine Copied Paper The following procedure describes how to select an Original Type setting 3 50 bizhub C353 C253 C203
71. 0 Units Click the OK button This saves the custom page size which can be selected from the Paper drop down list in the Page Attributes dialog box 4 38 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 4 6 3 General gt In the File menu select Print 8 7 1 Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 Destination copies 1 M Collated Pages All Paper Source All pages from Auto Select J O First page from Tray gt 4 gt 4 gt Remaining from Trayi Function name Description Copies Specifies the number of copies to be printed Collated Specifies whether to print multiple copies by collating them Pages Specifies the print range to print Paper Source Selects the paper tray to be used 4 6 4 Layout Pages per sheet gt Specify to print multiple pages on one page 8 71 Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 gt Destination Layout Layout direction 1 2 Function name Description Pages per sheet Allocates multiple pages in one page Layout direction Specifies the document page order Border Specifies the borders around pages bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 39 4 Print Operations 4 6 5 Printer specific options Finishing Options 1 to 5 Specifies the printer
72. 1 Sided 2 Sided 5 25 2in1 3 47 2 Sided 4 6 4 26 4 40 4in1 3 47 8in1 3 47 A Account Track 4 23 Account track 3 76 Adding Digital Signature 6 700 Adding to the phone book 4 53 Address Book 6 70 6 39 Address Book E Mail 6 709 Address Book Fax 6 775 Address Book FTP 6 724 Address Book Internet Fax 6 735 Address Book IP Address Fax 6 732 Address Book PC SMB 6 720 Address Book User Box 6 772 Address Book WebDAV 6 728 Address Book Index Default 6 750 Address Search Advanced Search 6 53 Address Search Search 6 53 ADF 3 28 3 110 Annotation 6 72 Apply Levels Groups to Destinations 6 747 Authentication Account Track 4 4 Auto Paper setting 3 40 Auto Zoom setting 3 42 B Back Cover 4 9 4 29 4 40 Background Removal 6 66 Banner paper 3 90 Basic Original Type 6 56 Basic screen 3 5 Basic tab 4 4 4 57 Binding Direction 4 40 Binding Margin 4 6 Binding Position 4 6 4 26 6 86 8 7 Black Compression Level 6 754 Body 6 92 Book Copy 3 732 6 68 Book Erase 6 69 Booklet 3 750 4 40 Booklet Original 3 745 Border 4 39 Box 7 5 Bulletin Board User Box 5 70 6 747 Bypass tray 3 23 C Caution notations and labels 2 15 Center Erase 6 69 Center Staple amp Fold 3 65 3 68 5 28 Center Staple and Fold 4 8 Center Staple Fold 5 27 Chapters 3 124 4 6 4 26 Check Dest amp Send 6 90 City 6 54 Collate 4 4 4 23 Collated 4 22 4 39 Color 6 65 Color Matching 4 40 Color Settings
73. 100 Font Name Arial 3 Point 600 3 100 Style Regular Text Color Y Transparent I 1st Page Only l Repeat Wy Default Function name Watermark Name Description Enter the name of the watermark Watermark Text Enter the text to be printed as the watermark Add Click to create a new watermark Delete Click to delete the selected watermark Position Specifies the vertical and horizontal positions The watermark position can also be specified by using the horizontal and vertical sliders in the dialog box Angle Specifies the watermark print angle Font Name Specifies the font Size Specifies the size Style Specifies the font style Frame Specifies the frame style Text Color Specifies the watermark text color Transparent Prints the watermark as a transparent image ist Page Only Prints the watermark on the first page only Repeat Prints the watermark repeatedly on a single page Sharing Specifies whether to register the watermark as public or private bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 13 Print Operations Eding copy protect Edit Copy Protect Print Item Composition Copy Protect Type Position M Characters Invalid copy Text Size Normal MV Date Time Format 0741423 Edit 0 degrees Serial Number Angle Y Distribution Cont
74. 100 0 yl ml cll ll wus Ready to copy contes Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size E Single Side TH 2A4GD 60 i 909 1 Transparency Special Paper Wide Paper 2Ha ae 13 04 2007 18 22 Memory 100 5 Touch Duplex 2nd Side yl ml cll ll Ready to copy Copies Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size 4 com EN i Z ciston size Wide Paper 13 04 2007 18 32 Memory 100 6 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 109 3 Copy Operations 3 22 Originals When making copies load the original into the ADF or position it on the original glass To copy originals that cannot be loaded into the ADF position them on the original glass 3 22 1 Originals that can be loaded into the ADF There are three methods for using the automatic document feeder Normal method e For originals of mixed sizes e For Z folded originals There are limits on the types of originals that can be loaded with each method Normal method Single sided originals Double sided originals Original paper type Weight Plain paper Plain paper 35 g m to 210 g m 50 g m to 128 g m Original size A3 m to B6 Ga A6 a 11x 17 8 x 13 8 1 2 x 11 Paper capacity 100 sheets 80 g m For originals of
75. 15 Contents 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 3 2 5 3 3 5 4 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 4 3 5 4 4 5 4 5 5 4 6 5 4 7 5 4 8 5 4 9 5 4 10 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 2 5 6 5 6 1 5 6 2 5 6 3 5 6 4 5 6 5 5 6 6 5 6 7 5 7 5 7 1 5 7 2 5 7 3 5 7 4 5 7 5 5 8 5 8 1 5 8 2 5 8 3 5 8 4 Initial screen Of Save DOCUMENT c ccseccsecesseasetistseesanecsseevecesassensdeeestensadceatecaneseceeanctesieansedenacaasties 5 16 Public Personal Group US r DOX insi aonadan enanada aaa namaa aa aoaaa aaea aAa aA Aaa AA aa Tea AAAA AEAEE A S AA aaa 5 16 System EET BOX E EAE TAT E A T E A E EEEE ATE 5 16 Description of the Save Document SCIEeN ccceceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteceaeeseeseecaaeeeeeeseneaeeeeeeaes 5 17 Printing documents in user DOXES cccocacccccnccnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnn rra cercana enn 5 18 Available operations in the Use Document screen ooooocccccccnoaaoncnnnconannnnnnnonnnnncnnncnannnncnnnnnnnnnnncannnnnns 5 20 O leueae esate aceasta dee ashlee 5 20 O O NN 5 20 Document Details iio dd 5 20 initial screen of Use Doc dd 5 21 Public Personal Group USer DOX eeccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeecaaeeeeeessaaaeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeaes 5 21 System User Box iia e el data i a 5 21 Description of Use Document screen cccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeee 5 22 When a password is specified for the user DOX eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseaeeeeesaeeeeeaaeees
76. 20 sheets 10 sheets Tray 1 and tray 2 Single Double paper feed cabi E nets LCT s The setting can be specified when using printing functions bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 91 Copy Operations 3 20 3 Special paper Paper other than plain paper such as OHP transparencies and colored paper is called special paper Be sure to select a special paper setting for paper trays loaded with media such as OHP transparencies and colored paper If the paper type is not correctly selected paper misfeeds may occur Paper type Single Side Only Icon ES Descriptions Select this setting when paper that should not be used with double sided copying for example when one side has already been printed on is loaded as plain paper with a weight of 60 g m to 90 g m A paper tray with the Single Side Only setting selected is given priority when the Auto Paper setting is specified A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected during double sided printing Special Paper Select this setting when special paper for example high quality paper is loaded as plain paper with a weight of 60 g m to 90 g m A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Letterhead Select this setting when paper already printed with a company name or pre set text is loaded as plain paper with a weight o
77. 3 Select the setting to punch holes for filing Punch Position Setting 3 Specify the punch position Job List jst Srecify the position in relation to the Job LSE document orientation Ise Document gt Finishing gt Position Setting 88recEsPer 100 0 Cao Punch 0 Punch Right lvl ol i AM 5 26 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations Center Staple Fold When Center Staple Fold is displayed by the installed finisher the following items can be specified Item Description Center Staple Select this option to staple copies at two places along the center then fold the copies in half before feeding them out Half Fold Select this option to fold copies in half before feeding them out li LV You can adjust the center staple and half fold position by pressing Position Adjustment 3 Press and to adjust the position Job List Select center staples fold Check Job Use Document gt Finishing gt Center Staple Fold Center Staple Hal f Fold SetecEePer 100 0 1 28 M vl ni old o bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 27 5 Box Operations Center Staple amp Fold When Center Staple amp Fold is displayed by the installed finisher copies are bound with staples at two places along the center and folded in half before feeding out The following can be specified Item Description Center Erase Image
78. 4 4 23 Secure Print User Box 5 44 Select Color 4 77 4 36 4 40 Select Line 6 90 Send amp Print 6 83 Sending document 5 30 Separate Scan 3 37 6 64 Settings tab 4 52 Sharpness 6 66 Shortcut Key 6 757 Simplex Duplex 6 57 Skip Blank Pages 4 6 SMB TX 6 6 Smoothing 4 40 Sort 3 53 3 56 Sort Group 5 25 Space requirements 2 77 Special paper 3 92 3 706 Stamp 6 77 Stamp Composition 3 752 4 31 6 63 6 73 Stamp Composition tab 4 77 4 57 Staple 4 8 4 26 4 40 5 25 Staple Position Setting 5 26 Staple settings 3 53 3 59 Store Address 7 7 Sub power switch 3 8 Subject 6 97 Temporarily stopping 3 72 Text entry 8 3 Timer Send 4 46 Timer TX 6 97 Toner Save 4 77 4 36 4 40 Total of Pages 6 87 Touch panel 3 5 Transmission settings 4 46 Transparency Interleave 4 9 4 29 4 40 Tray 1 3 79 TWAIN Lock Time 6 755 TX Display 6 752 TX Stamp 6 84 URL Notification Setting 6 93 User Authentication 4 23 User authentication 3 72 User box registration 5 7 User Name 6 47 6 48 6 50 User Settings 6 749 V 34 OFF 6 90 W VV Warm up 3 9 Watermark 4 77 Web Service 6 7 6 11 WebDAV TX 6 7 Z Folded Original 6 85 Zoom 4 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2
79. 4 Loading paper into the LCT Y If the sub power switch is turned off even while the main power switch is on the LCT cannot be pulled out even after the tray release button is pressed Be sure that the machine is turned on with the sub power switch Y LCT is an option Press the tray release button The LCT is unlocked and the LCT tray slides out slightly to the front gt es HAN Pull out the LCT Load the paper into the right side of the LCT so that the side of the paper to be printed on the side facing up when the package was unwrapped faces up To print on OHP transparencies thick paper 4 envelopes or postcards use the bypass tray bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 21 3 Copy Operations Load letterhead paper so that the side to be printed on faces down If letterhead paper is loaded as shown below to make a single sided copy the document image is printed on the side that was previously printed on The paper will be fed out facing down 2 How is curled paper loaded 3 Flatten the paper before loading it Load the paper into the left side of the LCT so that the side of the paper to be printed on the side facing up when the package was unwrapped faces up Close the LCT f special paper is loaded the paper type setting must be specified For details refer to Specifying
80. 6 119 A E 6 119 6 15 5 Address Book PC SMB licita ii 6 120 N o PE A O TN 6 121 Name ba ica lada litis 6 121 USADA a tds dao asta 6 121 PASS WONG A Seacaateeucietadhaversd caduatennautetanneyshaas 6 121 FOSA ES ii a a aa a woibavaces vosunawavecusivukeinusetdvanduess degesdeuen di deevedeadeavedeveee 6 122 A A O 6 122 Referen ensena A Aia 6 122 Md a a a AA cata A 6 123 CO a dias 6 123 6 15 6 Address BOOk ETP nia tb tintas 6 124 Noa ati 6 125 Nai a ir diia 6 125 OSA A a o too ea e el e do e oad oe te 6 126 File Path cada bailo cid 6 126 USO ID ia aa aos aid dd loable hise 6 126 EE A O 6 126 ANONYMOUS A A Pete A asl gee Bae ees 6 126 PAS rts T a kai ce ar olle in estan st cette Ii 6 126 POW EETA teres O Mees N lees she Se tt eh N E nated taut dat cust 6 126 Port NUMBER circle 6 126 A NAO 6 127 O O 6 127 6 15 7 Address Book WEBDAV ci coiiadona ainda aer a delatan colinda lute vere dhateunsastoseactaies 6 128 Noi Ad Aaa boda dae 6 129 Na da a avi sida 6 129 SSF ID es ra A e a nt da ita 6 129 Pas WOMG it A Sedge ntaea ante cus cua TE E AE 6 129 Host Address unit la ci tii ode 6 130 A A NT 6 130 PLOT Sed ees Bede ee aM bn Tei eed ads tee es 6 130 DOL SSttin 9S ii eanscacaeseccaeceteghcncan sauscnascccdensse cnaadenuaatacbavatenesacecaraptasssecdnsaadeba diaseaaazaddesdaaeasieguaeacaeniehdis 6 130 Contents 10 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 15 8 6 15 9 6 15 10 6 15 11 6 15 12 6 15 13 6 15 14 6
81. Box further select a box inside that box for document filing Select desired User Box to file document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Public J Personal 83r Box Group ser Box 4 Bulletin Board Polling TX Secure Print User Box User Box User Box Memory RX Annotation Fax Retransnit User Box User Box User Box Enter User Box No 07 30 2007 14 50 M 99 yi ml cl ki Q Detail Depending on the settings for the Prohibit Functions When Auth Error functions available from Security Setting Security Details under Administrator Settings the procedure to input the ID and password for the secure print user box may vary 5 6 3 Deleting a document Deletes documents that are no longer needed after printing etc Multiple documents can be selected and deleted at once 3 After checking the details of the document touch Yes and then OK A Are you sure you want to delete this document selected A Bscunen te pastored 04 04 2007 22 20 NSne Status User Nane SCAN Document Name SMFP07040422200 No of Pages 1 vil ml cl ki 04 10 2007 14 06 M Memory 99 5 6 4 Edit Name Changes the name of a saved document 3 Enter anew name from the touch panel Q Detail The document name specitied here is the default file name for transmission Change the name of a document to be transmitte
82. Margin Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray Touch Application and then touch Book Copy Repeat To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled Copies suse Ready to copy E Basic Original Setting Bensity Auto Paper LG AJA Select 100 0 A ar A Edit Color Book Copy Repeat 4 Page Margin A Image Adjust Booklet A E F Stanp Composition Save in User Box Application 13 11 2006 20 37 vil mll ell il Memory 100 The Book Copy Repeat screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 137 Copy Operations A Touch Image Repeat wist Ready to copy copies Check Job 2 Application gt Book Copy Repeat SuyeckPe 100 0 En mi Book Copy 4 Image Repeat Poster Mode y ONE Check Details Booklet Original iy close 13 11 2006 21 03 Memory 100 yl ml cll ll Booklet Original appears if optional finisher FS 609 is installed or optional finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached The Image Repeat screen appears 5 Under Layout touch With Margin or Without Margin or touch 2 4 8 Repeat To cancel the Image R
83. Paper source Paper width Paper length Bypass tray 90 0 mm to 311 1 mm 139 7 mm to 1 200 mm Tray 1 Tray 2 Single Double paper feed cabi nets LCT Double sided copies 139 7 mm to 311 1 mm 148 mm to 457 2 mm Banner paper Paper width 210 mm to 297 mm Paper length 457 3 mm to 1 200 mm Standard sized paper Paper source Paper size Bypass tray AS Ga to B6 Ca A6 Ga 2 E 12 1 4 x 18412 12 x 18 to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 2 4 8x 13 16K Qa d 8K a Tray 1 A3 ca to A5 ca 11 x 17 Gato 8 1 2 x 11 G Q 8x 13 9 16K 8K a Tray 2 A3 ca to A5 ca 12 1 4x 182 12 x 18 to 8 1 2 x 11 Gg 8 x 13 16K y 8K ua Single Double paper feed cabi A3 ca to A5 ca 11 x 17 ato 8 1 2 x 11 1 4 8 x 13 16K q 8K a nets LCT A4 y 8 1 2x 11 Double sided copies A3 ato A5 ca G 12 1 4x 18012 12 x 181 to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 8x 13 a 16K G 8K Ga 1 For thick paper 4 only A3 ta A4 Q 11 x 17 Ga and 8 1 2 x 11 J are available for printing 2 This is one size larger than A3 12 1 4 x 18 is equivalent to 311 1 mm x 457 2 mm and 12 x 18 is equivalent to 304 8 mm x 457 2 mm 3 There are five Foolscap sizes 220 x 330 mm aa 8 1 2 x 13 Gy 8 1 4 x 13 Ga 8 1 8 x 13 1 4 Ga and 8 x 13 Ga Any one of these sizes can be selected For details contact your service representative Loaded equipment Paper sizes that can be loaded Finisher FS 519 Finishing tray 1 2 and optional Output Tray A3 Ga to B6 Ga A6 12 1 4 x 18 Optional Output Tray Group Sort settings
84. Program Settings Check Original Settings 3 Check the specified original settings Job List eres Check Scan Fax Program Settings gt Check Original Settings Original Settings ES Binding Position CIA Delete vi ul ol lt i Check Program Settings Communication Settings 3 Check the specified communication settings Job List ES Use Document gt Check Scan Fax Program Settings gt Communication Settings Line Settings 1 2 EN EEES Broadcast Destinations Overseas TX I 04 22 2007 18 04 K Memory 100 Check Program Settings Check E Mail Settings 3 Check the specified E Mail settings Job List Es Check Scan Fax Program Settings gt Detailed E Mail Settings Subject doc Broadcast Destinations Body data sending void Delete l l I 04 22 2007 18 05 YUM K Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 145 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Check Program Settings Check URL Notif Destination gt Check the specified URL notification destination settings Job List Check Job Broadcast Destinations URL Notification Address tokyo test local 1 1 O vi ul cl ci ra le Use Document gt Check Scan Fax Program Settings gt URL Notification Setting Delete 1 To delete the already registered program touch this key 2 if you are sure to delete the program touch Yes then
85. Search Search 1 2 Enter a search keyword Touch Start Search to search data in the specified LDAP server for the relevant address iter keyword using the keyboard or keypad Press C to clear your entry completely Address Search LDAP gt Search 33533330313 SS SS coo 000000 fas Fotis To fe fs Te Nt yo EJE peo A 04 22 2007 16 45 M Asse ei EE Memory 100 yl mi cll ki Address Search Advanced Search gt Specify multiple search conditions to search for the target address E Type in a keyword and select desired conditions LDAP Search gt Advanced Search C E Delete AS vl wl cl xl PATO Name 3 Enter the name from the touch panel E Mail Addr gt Enter the E Mail address from the touch panel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 53 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Fax Number gt Enter the Fax number from the touch panel Use the dial buttons or keypad to enter the fax number Press C to clear your entry Address Search LDAP gt Advanced Search gt Fax Number Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete _ EE vl mi cll ki 1 p 04 22 2007 16 46 M Menory 100 Last Name gt Enter the last name from the touch panel First Name 3 Enter the first name from the touch panel City 3 Enter the city name f
86. Second level menu Third level menu Fourth level menu Original Type p 6 56 Simplex Duplex p 6 57 Resolution p 6 58 File Type p 6 59 File Type p 6 59 Scan Setting p 6 60 Encryption p 6 60 Stamp Composition p 6 63 Density p 6 63 Separate Scan p 6 64 Quality Adjustment Color p 6 65 p 6 65 Background Removal p 6 66 Sharpness p 6 66 Erase p 6 67 Frame Erase p 6 67 Book Scan Book Copy p 6 68 6 34 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 First level menu Second level menu Third level menu Fourth level menu Application Scan Size p 6 71 Annotation p 6 72 Stamp Composition Date Time p 6 73 Date Format Time Format Pages Text Size Text Color Print Position Page Number p 6 75 Starting Page Number Starting Chapter Number Page Number Type Text Color Text Size Print Position Stamp p 6 77 Stamp Type Preset Stamps Pages Text Size Text Color Print Position Header Footer p 6 79 Recall Header Footer Check Change Temporar ily Send amp Print p 6 83 Copies Simplex Duplex Staple TX Stamp p 6 84 Document Name p 6 84 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 35 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Original Settings Y eee
87. Select original type Scan Settings gt Original Type Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete Sectas vil wll cll Ki IE A 1 Text 3 Select this setting for a text only original Text Photo gt Select this setting for originals consisting of both text and photos halftones If Text Photo or Photo is selected the photo type can also be selected El Job List Select photo type No of This is not applied to fax transmissions ac 000 Scan Settings gt Original Type gt Photo Type Broadcast Destinations Photo Paper Printed Photo 1 1 MT vi wll cl ci Ar Item Description Photo Paper Select this setting for photos printed on photo paper Printed Photo Select this setting for printed photos such as in books or magazines 6 56 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Photo 3 Select this setting for originals consisting of only photos halftones Dot Matrix Original 3 Select this setting for originals consisting of text that generally appears faint Copied Paper gt Select this setting for originals with an even density produced using a copier or printer 6 10 2 Basic Simplex Duplex 3 Select a scanning mode to either scan one side or both sides of the original 1 Sided Job List T Select the side to be scanned ER n Settings gt Simplex Duplex 50 v
88. Settings Original Settings Servings on E 04 22 2007 16 12 E Henory 100 Detail For details on Direct Input refer to p 6 42 For details on Fax refer to p 6 43 For details on E Mall refer to p 6 44 For details on User Box refer to p 6 44 For details on Internet Fax refer to p 6 45 For details on IP Address Fax refer to p 6 46 For details on PC SMB refer to p 6 47 For details on FTP refer to p 6 48 For details on WebDAV refer to p 6 50 For details on Web Service refer to p 6 52 For details on Scan Settings refer to p 6 56 For details on Original Settings refer to p 6 85 For details on Communication Settings refer to p 6 89 6 32 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Job History tab Operations available on the Job History tab are as follows job List Select desired destination s check Job Fax can be sent at any time using keypad CTE Decca Job History Receive IL AP Broadcast Desti ations No No LES 0009 1234567890T0KY0 0010 11223344 OSAKA i Scan Settings Original Settings rome 622 3 amp Detail For details on Job History refer to p 6 52 For details on Scan Settings refer to p 6 56 For details on Original Settings refer to p 6 85 For details on Communication Settings refer to p 6 89 Address Search tab
89. TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Part 4 Sun Microsystems Inc copyright notice BSD Copyright 2003 Sun Microsystems Inc 4150 Network Circle Santa Clara California 95054 U S A All rights reserved Use is subject to license terms below This distribution may include materials developed by third parties Sun Sun Microsystems the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S and other countries Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution o Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
90. TWAIN Lock Time Default Scan Fax Settings Default Enlarge Display settings Compact PDF Compression Level 5 Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings 2 Paper Setting 3 PCL Settings 4 PS Setting 5 XPS Settings 6 Print Reports 6 Change Password 7 Change E Mail Address E Mail Address 8 Change Icon 3 158 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations First level menu Second level menu Third level menu 8 Administrator Settings 1 System Settings 1 Power Save Settings 2 Output Settings 3 Date amp Time Settings 4 Daylight Saving Time 5 Weekly Timer Settings 6 Restrict User Access 7 Expert Adjustment 8 List Counter 9 Reset Settings 0 User Box Settings next screen 2 Stamp Settings 3 Blank Page Print Settings 2 Administrator Machine Settings 1 Administrator Registration 2 Input Machine Address 3 One Touch User Box Registra tion 1 Create One Touch Destination 2 Create User Box 3 One Touch User Box Registra tion List 4 Maximum Number of User Boxes 4 User Authentication Account Track 1 General Settings 2 User Authentication Settings 3 Account Track Settings 4 Print without Authentication 5 Print Counter List 6 External Server Settings 7 L
91. This is not applied to fax transmissions can Settings gt Scan Size gt Custom Size x Broadcast 30 0 432 0 Ez 210 0 mm 30 0 297 0 vod Delete Sectas yl ml cl ki ras ox j 07 17 2007 11 38 M Memory A bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 71 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Photo Size 3 Select size such as 9 x 13 10 x 15 or 13 x 18 cm elect the original size of scanned document his is not applied to fax transmissions Broadcast Destinations wid Delete _ EE vi ml cl ci 0 a 6 10 11 Application Annotation Document data saved in Scan mode can be printed or transmitted with an image of the date time or an annotation number Selecting an annotation user box To use an annotation number the scanned data must be stored in an annotation user box first gt As annotation numbers are assigned box by box select a user box for storing the data elect the desired User Box to use document Scan Settings gt Application gt Annotation 000000005 file o A 000000005 000000006 filel file2 T ee Delete Seeeine vil wll cll xl 2o a Detail Annotation user boxes must be registered beforehand 6 72 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 12 Application Stamp Composition Date Time Prints the date and time of printing
92. Watermark Poe I Create Overlay File Edit For the functions that are set to be enabledin A Y Default the printer settings of those functions set in the y Default Setting Y Edit I Copy Protect poo l v I Date Time I Page Number a I Header Footer Function name Option Description Watermark ON OFF Prints a watermark text stamp on the page being printed Edit allows you to add change and delete Watermarks Edit For details refer to Editing watermark on page 4 13 Create Overlay File ON OFF Create overlay data by checking this to print the orig inal Print in Overlay ON OFF Prints an original document on top of an overlay data that was created separately Edit allows you to change the overlay printing method Edit Browse Files Loads an overlay file Delete Deletes the selected overlay Pages Specifies the pages to be printed Pattern Overwrite Specifies the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original document Copy Protect ON OFF Prints a special pattern to prevent copying Edit al lows you to specify items positions and the composi tion to be printed Edit For details refer to Eding copy protect on page 4 14 Date Time ON OFF You can print the date and time on a document Edit allows you to specify items pages and positions to be printed Page Number
93. You can select Simple to adjust entire documents or Detail to adjust the text photos figures tables and graphs in the original Color Settings Document Photo DTP Web CAD Prints with a quality suitable for the selected original document Document Prints with a quality suitable for documents with many characters Photo Prints with a quality suitable for photos DTP Prints with a quality suitable for documents pro duced using DTP Web Prints with a quality suitable for Web page printing CAD Prints with a quality suitable for CAD data printing Resolution Indicates the resolution You may not change this item Pattern Fine Coarse Specifies the graphic pattern details Image Compression Best Quality quality priority Maximum Compression speed priority Specifies the compression ratio for a graphic image Glossy Mode ON OFF Prints using a gloss finish Toner Save ON OFF Controls the print density and saves the toner consump tion Edge Enhancement ON OFF Highlights the edge of characters graphics and images to make small characters more visible You can specify it when Gray Scale is selected for the color Font Settings Selects whether to use TrueType fonts or the printer fonts when printing Selects whether the fonts are down loaded to the printer as bitmap or outline bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 Print Operations A Note 2 Color
94. a ais 4 8 Cover Modetab coc it A ie as ohana eae ee a 4 9 Stamp COMpOSItiON tab iconoclasta iia 4 11 Editing watermark cidcid tad iO dc id add ia det 4 13 Eding Copy Protect iii a iia 4 14 Editing date time and page NUMDeT cooooccnnnccnanicnnnonnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnncn cnn ner enn nene nera 4 16 QuallY tab a 4 17 Othentab ita A a 4 18 Common settings Mac OS Mio ie iia asas 4 19 How to add a custom size Mac OS X nooocconnnccccccnnnnananononananoncnnnnnna corn cnn cocer nacen renacer eran 4 20 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Contents 3 4 5 Parameter details Mac OS X onocccccccoccncccnnnconanoccnanonoranon crac rnnc crean nera renacer 4 21 4 5 1 Page Attributes ati ias 4 21 4 5 2 Copies amp Pages a aiii dde 4 22 4 5 3 Output Methods 2 cet siiectin ido ae 4 23 Checking the Output Method setting detallS oconnccnnncccninnconnconnnnnrannnanannnnnnnn rar cn rra ona nnr cnn rn 4 24 4 5 4 LayoUV Fico 4 26 4 5 5 Paper Tray QUIPUE TY o talca rai 4 28 4 5 6 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave oooooconcccnnonocononaccnonconannnnnnnnnnrnnrnn nn rn nr nnn cnn rra 4 29 4 5 7 Per Page Setting iia ado ee 4 30 4 5 8 Stamp Compositionwd icant doc iy aie i a ea ee dba MME 4 31 EdingiCOpy protection id ees eee Se dk 4 32 Editing date time ii a A le ee Abie eden 4 34 Editing page nmb er eani aaae iienaa id 4 34 Editing header fo oei e m a sa aaa ld o a aA ia AE AE anaa 4 35 4 5 9 QUAY e i a a a ag a Oe BS eed a A OS 4 36 4 6 Parameter deta
95. any time using keypad ob History Search ESPER 04 10 E Memory 5 32 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 6 Specify file types communication settings and application settings From Address Book or Direct Input File Type Select the document file type for sending You can also select single page This is not applied to fax transmission Use Document gt Send gt File Type Bellino LI MEE Settings 4 OMERE cn Specify the settings Use Document gt Send gt unication Settings E Mail URL Notification Settings A Setting A Sepeynagevion Method E Mail Encryption A Digital Signature E Settings vill ol A EPA a Application Specify the settings Application E et Stanp Conposition 4 Send amp Print heck Job Settings yi ml cll ki 04 25 2007 16 12 M Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 33 5 Box Operations From Job History and Address Search File Type Select the document file type for sending You can also select single page or multi page This is not applied to fax transmission Save Document gt Scan Settings gt File Type scan ic por Setting Destinations EA Stim va en Ej vil wll cll ll o al Communication Settings E Mail URL Notification Settings
96. ar a aa aiee aia rd iia Register Program Address Register Program URL Notif Destination oonoccnnnccnnncccnnananonanonnnanrnnnnornn nn anna rnnr cnn arc rr rra 6 143 Check Program Seti ci id idas 6 144 Check Program Settings Check AddresS coococooncccnonccononcncnnnrnncnnnnnorannnn nano corno r oran rn cnn narrar nn 6 144 Check Program Settings Check Scan Settings coooooccnccccnnnoccnconcnnanrnnnnarnnnnnrnnnnnrnnnnnrr nn rar nr 6 144 Check Program Settings Check Original SettingS ooooconnncccnnnnnnnnocnranrnnnnnanannnannnnarnnnrnrrnnrnn no 6 145 Check Program Settings Communication Settings ooccconnnccnnnnnnnonennnnncnnnnnrnnanonnnnnnrnnnnnrrnann nn 6 145 Check Program Settings Check E Mail Settings 2 0 0 eeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesnaeeeeeaeeeeeaaes 6 145 Check Program Settings Check URL Notif Destination eee eeceeeeneeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeaeeeeenneeeeaes 6 146 Dic e a a Dia 6 146 Create User Box Confidential User Box B oooonnnccccccnnnnocccccnnocccnccnnnnnnncncnnnnnnnncnnnn nana nn nnnrnnnnnnos 6 147 Create User Box Bulletin Board User Box G8 0ocooccconncoccccnnccocccccncccononnncnncnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnncnn 6 147 Create User Box Relay User Box G8 ooooooocccccncnnocccccconoconccccnnnnnnncccnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannncn rca rnnnncnns 6 147 Limiting Access to Destinations Apply Levels Groups to Destinations oooooccnoncccnnonicnnonnnnnannno 6 147 AGdreSS BOOK A cueducteva
97. available characters Type Characters Alphanumeric charac A ters symbols ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY Zabcdefghijkimnoparstuvwxyz space S amp 1 lt gt _ I 0123456789 8 6 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix 8 8 2 Glossary The words used in Copy mode are described below Abbreviation ADF Reverse automatic document feeder Can be used to automatically scan the original A AE Level Adjustment Set this parameter to adjust the background of the original The higher the setting the more that the original background is emphasized AE Auto exposure Adjust Color Set these parameters to adjust the quality of color copies APS Auto Paper Select setting ATS Automatic paper tray switching feature ATS Auto Tray Switch Auto Zoom Select this setting to automatically select the appropriate zoom ratio after an original is placed on the original glass or loaded into the ADF and the paper size is selected Auto Paper Select Select this setting to detect the original placed on the original glass or loaded into the ADF then automatically select paper of the same size if x1 0 is selected or select the paper size appropriate for the specified zoom ratio B Background Color Set this function to copy the original using one of the 18 colors available as the color of the background blank areas Background Removal Select a setting to adjust the density of the background color of the or
98. cover the second page as the back cover and the remaining pages as the body 6 68 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Book Erase Frame Erase gt Select this setting to specify frame erasing for page spreads To erase the same width on all sides touch Frame and then specify a value Range 0 1 mm to 50 0 mm To specify different widths for the top left right and bottom touch the button for the desired location and then specify a value To cancel frame erasing touch No Job List E Select the area of the document to be erased a Enter frame erase width using the keys Scan Settings gt Book Copy gt Frame Erase Yes Broadcast Destinations Delete Check Job Settings 4 amp yl wll cll kl angen ae S Q Detail fa width to be erased around the original is specified with Frame Erase in the Book Copy screen the same settings are also applied to Frame Erase n the Frame Erase screen Book Erase Center Erase 1 Select this setting to erase the shadows along the binding position at the center of the original 2 Enter the frame erase width using the keypad or the and keys range 0 1 to 30 0 mm To erase the center of the scanned document enter the erase width using the keys Broadcast Destinations Delete heck Job ett ings A vl vi ol lt i cn bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 69
99. destinations 6 46 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 9 Direct Input PC SMB 3 Specify the PC SMB address directly i E Select item and enter the PC SMB dest ES ouch Browse to browse the network Broadcast Destinations 1wv 1 Delete MEE yl ml cl ki 04 22 2007 16 25 MM Memory 100 Host Name 3 Specify the host name in uppercase letters or IP address for the destination from the touch panel File Path 3 Type the path to the destination folder in uppercase letters from the touch panel User Name 3 Type the user name to log in from the touch panel Password 3 Type the login password from the touch panel Reference The structure of the folders on the destination computer can be checked This can be used to directly specify the destination folder Next Destination 3 Touch this button to add other destinations bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 47 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 10 Direct Input FTP gt Specify the FTP address directly nter settings to setup FTP destination Broadcast Destinations 171 ES Delete Settings 4 i z z 04 22 2007 16 27 M Cancel OK vu mi cll Kl Memory 100 eer a Host Name 3 Specify the host name or IP address for the destination from the touch panel File Path 3 Specify the path to th
100. eady to copy ami Check Job Original Setting Bensitg Application Duplex Combine Auto Paper Select 191 APO Z ia vi mi ch ki icnory ton The Paper screen appears Touch the button for tray 1 To specify a setting for special paper for tray 2 3 4 or the bypass tray touch the button for the corresponding paper tray Ifa setting for special paper is selected for a paper tray that tray is not selected automatically with the Auto Paper setting However if the paper cannot be used for double sided printing and the Single Side Only setting is selected for the paper tray that tray is given priority The auto tray switch feature applies only to paper trays specified with the same paper type setting z Copies Job List eady to copy Check Job Original Setting Bensits Application SefectoPe 100 0 uj Check Details 13 04 2007 17 08 yl mil cll Kl eee ae Touch Change Tray Settings 3 106 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 4 Select the appropriate setting for the type of special paper that is loaded Touch the button for the desired paper type 3 Ready to copy Copies Paper Type Paper Size J Paneer e Cato veteet Check Details 4 Letterhead Colored Paper Wide Paper vil wi cll xl ae 2 What types of paper can be loaded in the paper tray 3 There are limits on the types of p
101. for Windows NT 4 0 to open it 4 2 1 Basic tab 2 KONICA MINOLTA PCL Printing Preferences Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting Default Setting v Driginal Orientation Dutput Method j Portrait tal e Landscape En ile Original Size User Settings UCA gj Authentication Account Track Paper Size E 5 Copies Same as Original Size Zoom 25 400 lA Auto Coll Manual E d i A Paper Tray a T Offset A Auto Paper Type El P sE E Plain Paper gt Paper Settings for Each Tray Printer View Default Function name Option Description Original Orientation Portrait Landscape Specifies the orientation of the original Original Size Paper size registered as the stand Specifies the size of the original document ard paper size and non standard paper size Custom Size Register the size Paper Size Paper size registered as the stand Specifies the output paper size The original is auto ard paper size and non standard matically enlarged or reduced to the size specified paper size available on this ma here when it differs from the Original Size setting chine and Zoom is set to Auto Custom Size Custom sizes can be registered Zoom 25 to 400 Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio Paper Tray Auto Tray1 4 LCT Bypass Tray Selects the paper tray to be used The selec
102. gt Print Basic Application Page Margin 4 1 Sided EE 4 FR Finishing 04 10 2007 16 18 M Menory 99 Bers MET vl ml cll ki 5 4 9 Finishing T To change document print settings choose from the following options If you are ready to print press Start Use Document gt Finishing EE Gt I Staple Punch E Offset i ori CA Y x5 E vlvl ol i PE Q Detail The feeding method when a finisher is installed can be changed from Administrator Setting Sort Group gt Select Sort to feed out the document by copies Select Group to feed out the document by pages Offset 3 Specifies offset to separate the copies or pages of the document Ifa finisher is installed the printed pages are fed out with each copy shifted to separate it If no finisher is installed the printed pages are fed out sorted in an alternating crisscross pattern Staple 3 Select one of these settings to bind copies with a staple in the corner or with two staples bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 25 Box Operations Staple Position Setting When you select a staple type you can specify the position pecify the ion in relation to the cument or se Document gt Finishing gt Position Setting Se ecE9Pe 100 0 vil mil cl ki Corner Staple Corner Staple Top Left Top Right 04 10 2007 16 27 M Menory 7 Punch
103. host name is cleared f Host Name Input is touched after the IP address was entered the entered IP address is cleared Enter the host name in uppercase letters File Path gt Enter the path to the saved file using up to 255 characters from the touch panel Q Detail Enter the file path in uppercase letters Reference The structure of the folders on the destination computer can be checked This function can be used to directly check the destination folder Q Detail f the computers or workgroups on the network subnet that this machine belongs to are more than the numbers listed below browsing over the network may not be performed correctly Workgroup 128 Computer 128 6 122 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Index 3 Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches job List SPecify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New SMB gt Index utility Address Book Public ac oer ca am mo Pors w ww EA 09 21 2007 22 50 Mi Memory 100 Icon 3 Select the icon ar Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Bookmark ity gt New PC SMB gt Icon Utility y Address Book Public PC SMB 09 21 2007 22 50 Ki Memory 100 Q Det
104. ine Auto Color 2A4 D 191 E 100 0 Number of Originals Hane Status Copy PrintWait Number of Sets 071 Total Fases Brlitea 19 54 Next Box Job Next Copy Job 99 S yl ml cll ll 23 02 2007 Memory bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 9 3 Copy Operations After the machine has finished warming up the jobs will automatically be printed 2 How can the job being printed be stopped gt Press the Stop key For details refer to Temporarily stopping scanning printing on page 3 72 Q Detail While the machine is warming up to begin printing after it is turned on using the sub power switch copy settings can be specified and an original can be scanned to reserve a copy job After the machine has finished warming up the copies are automatically printed The print order can be changed or jobs can be deleted from the Detail screen of a job from the Current Jobs list in the Job List screen 3 2 3 Turning off the machine 1 Press the sub power switch Check that the touch panel is turned off Pi amp Open the front door and then set the main power switch to O SSS A ack Smp y gt SOLA Bene 3 CoS S Y gt SF SV Close the front door Y Reminder When the machine is turned off then on again with the main power switch walt at least 10 seconds to turn the machine on after turning it o
105. intention to terminate this License Agreement and by destroying all copies of the Profile in your possession or control c DIC may terminate this License Agreement without prior notice to you if you fail to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this License Agreement either directly or through your employees or agents retroactive to the time of such failure to comply In such event you must immediately stop using the Profile and destroy all copies of the Profile in your possession or control d All provisions in this License Agreement relating to warranty disclaimers Section 5 and the limitation of liability Section 6 shall survive any termination of this License Agreement License Method and Restrictions a You may install and use the Profile on a single desktop computer provided however that notwithstanding anything contrary contained herein you may not use the Profile on any network system or share install or use the Profile concurrently on different computers or electronically transfer the Profile from one computer to another or over a network b You may not make or distribute copies fix alter merge modify adapt sublicense transfer sell rent lease gift or distribute all or a portion of the Profile or modify the Profile or create derivative works based upon the Profile c You acknowledge that the Profile is not intended for any usage which may cause death or physical injury or environmental damage and agree
106. ioe 0 25 in Left 0 57 in Right Bottom Duplicate Gane ED 6 For Mac OS 10 4 continue with step 7 For Mac OS 10 2 10 3 click the Save button Click the OK button This saves the custom paper size which can be selected from the Paper Size drop down list that is displayed when Page Attributes is selected 4 20 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 5 4 5 1 Parameter details Mac OS X The printer driver functions are specified in the following dialog boxes In Page Attributes from the Page Setup dialog box In Output Method Layout Finish Paper Tray Output Tray Cover Sheet OHP Interleave Per Page Setting Stamp Composition and Quality from the Print dialog box Page Attributes gt In the File menu select Page Setup or Paper Setup Settings Page Attributes 13 Format for KONICA MINOLTA C353 f KONICA MINOLTA C353 PS Paper Size 8 1 2x11 H 8 50 in x 11 00 in Orientation Te ES le Scale 100 2 Cancel Function name Option Description Paper Size Paper size registered as the stand Specifies the output paper size ard paper size and custom paper size available on this machine Orientation Portrait Landscape Specifies the orientation of the original Scale 1 to 400 Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio Y Note The paper size 12 x 18 is equivalent to 304 8 x 457 2 mm which is sligh
107. is turned on immediately after being turned off Precautions for using fax function G3 This machine cannot send receive faxes in color The telephone line types which can be connected to this machine are as follows Subscribed telephone line Including fax network PBX two wire private branch exchange Check the telephone line for the following You cannot connect a business phone as an external telephone e If a digital dedicated line is multiplexed in an enterprise network fax transmission speed may be limited or the Super G3 fax may not be available With the factory default settings a communication error occurs at rare conditions This is caused by the multiplexed device being set to the lowest possible band for voice transmission These limitations vary depending on network configurations For details contact your network administrator Precautions for using network fax The following conditions are required to use the network fax function The machine is connected to the network required The machine can be used in a TCP IP network connection First connect the cable for connecting to the network Q Detail To use this machine on a network settings such as the IP address of the machine must be specified bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 3 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Precautions for using Internet fax The following conditions are required to use the Internet Fax function This m
108. limited to particular users Annotation user box Document data saved in Scan mode and to be printed or transmitted with an im age of the date time or an annotation number can be saved External memory a Appears if an external memory is installed Scanned data can be directly saved in the external memory connected to the machine 1 To connect an external memory an optional local interface kit is required 8 soe 3 888 8886 Original Fax FTP server etc KIM m 0 TIN Lit HK Ik Ii Ce External memory bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 3 Box Operations Using document data The document saved in boxes can be used as follows User box Description Public personal group user box es Saved documents can be printed or sent Multiple documents can be selected for printing transmission Depending on user authentication and account track settings use of some box es such as personal and group user boxes can be limited to a particular user Bulletin board user box This box appears when the optional fax kit is installed Saved documents in the bulletin board user box can be printed Polling TX User Box This box appears when the optional fax kit is installed Documents sent using polling can be printed Secure print user box Saved documents can be printed To print th
109. load postcards in the d orientation f media other than postcards are inserted select the appropriate paper type f label sheets are loaded select Thick 7 Printing on OHP transparencies is possible only in black When selecting OHP transparencies select the Black Color setting and then select the paper type A maximum of 20 postcards can be loaded into the bypass tray When loading OHP transparencies load them in the Ga orientation as shown in the illustration Do not load OHP transparencies in the y orientation A maximum of 20 OHP transparencies can be loaded into the bypass tray Printing on OHP transparencies is possible only in black bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 25 Copy Operations Before loading envelopes press them down to make sure that all air is removed and make sure that the folds of the flaps are firmly pressed otherwise the envelopes may become wrinkled or a paper misfeed may occur When loading envelopes load them with the flap side up as shown in the illustration If the envelopes are loaded with the flap side down a paper misfeed may occur The flap side of envelopes cannot be printed on A maximum of 10 envelopes can be loaded into the bypass tray When loading label sheets load them in the Ca orientation as shown in the illustration Do not load label sheets in the d orientation A maximum of 20 label sheets can
110. modified software and not distribute it in such a fashion that it might be confused with the original MIT software M I T makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT ORIGINAL MIT SOFTWARE MODIFIED BY KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix Mersenne Twister A C program for MT19937 with initialization improved 2002 1 26 Coded by Takuji Nishimura and Makoto Matsumoto Before using initialize the state by using init_genrand seed or init_by_array init_key key_length Copyright 1997 2002 Makoto Matsumoto and Takuji Nishimura All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or pr
111. n Settings gt Quality Adjustment Color E A 2 2 PY LES OA 2 22 Al Auto Color Full Color AA Sharpness A check Job 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 vi vil cl ll Fp Color E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV IP gt Specify an option for scanning in color or for scanning in black and white Some color settings may not be available depending on the setting for File Type The possible combinations of the File Type and Color settings are shown below Auto Color Full Color Gray Scale Black PDF O O O O Compact PDF O O O x TIFF O O O O JPEG O O O x XPS O O O O Compact XPS O O O x O Possible x Not possible Q Detail The compression format can be specified when saving a TIFF file in color For details refer to Color TIFF Type E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV on page 6 156 If JPEG is selected Single Page is selected automatically for page setting Auto Color This option automatically determines the color type of the original and scans it accordingly Full Color This option scans in full color Gray Scale gt Select this setting for originals with many halftones such as in black and white photos Black 3 Select this setting for originals with distinct black and white areas such as in line drawings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 65 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Background Removal Use this option to
112. not match the sizes specified for X and Y Input error appears even if the values are within the allowable range In addition do not enter the same size for X and Y If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad to erase the value and then specify the correct value To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Use the keypad or the preset paper size Copies buttons to specify the size of the wide paper Change Settings for Selected Tray gt Wide Paper gt Change Size A3 D Preset Paper Sizes 2 A3WD 100 0 x e C E 420 1 1248 D ay JE 457 2 AE 294 0341 Check Details y Details 13 11 2006 20 32 yI mll ell ll Menory 100 8 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next two screens that appear The Basic screen appears again Y Note The selected size button is programmed with the entered paper size so that the paper size is available to be selected again without being typed in In addition the size can be changed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 105 Copy Operations 3 21 6 Specifying a setting for special paper If paper other than plain paper such as OHP transparencies or special paper is loaded in a paper tray be sure to change the paper type setting for that tray The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for special paper loaded into tray 1 1 2 3 In the Basic screen touch Paper
113. number and e mail address of the administrator Q Detail The Help screens cannot be displayed when the following operations are being performed While scanning while printing while printing a proof copy while previewing during Enlarge Display mode during Accessibility mode While the Help screens are displayed the following keys are not available Start Stop C clear Interrupt Proof Copy Access Mode Memory Enlarge Display Items in the Help Menu screen and other Help screens can be selected by touching the button or by pressing the key in the keypad for the number of the desired item To display the next screen higher in the menu structure touch Close Touch Exit to exit the Help mode and return to the screen that was displayed before the Help key was pressed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 85 3 Copy Operations Help screen 2nd level Example Function Job List Select a function using the keypad Bookmark Help gt Search by Function Help Menu Copy A Function Scan Fax User Box Job List Print Customize Image Panel d Web Browser P 27 09 2007 09 13 Memory 100 Item Description Copy Scan Fax User Box Displays the first Help screen for each description Job List Print Customize Image Panel Web Browser Q Detail The items displayed in th
114. on the sender s machine to be transmitted upon a command from the recipient This is convenient when the recipient desires to bear the communications fees gt Select Normal then a recipient Select the Polling RX method Use the keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Broadcast Destinations A EA vi B Delete Check Job Settings 4 vlui ol xl 2220 12 13 e bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 95 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Polling RX Bulletin This function enables a document in a bulletin board user box specified for transmission on the sender s machine to be transmitted upon a command from the recipient 1 Select Bulletin to receive a document from the bulletin board Job List WSelect the Polling RX method Use the x keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number 2 Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling RX Or IT wo 0 9 Delete E vl mi cll ll 04 22 2007 17 14 Mi Memory 100 2 Enter the bulletin board number from the keypad 3 Selecta recipient Q Detail A number up to 20 digits can be entered for the bulletin board number This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Memory transmission Frame Erase Scan Size Total of Pages Mixed Original Z Folded Original Long Original Binding Position Polling TX Overseas TX ECM O
115. one page The page arrange a ment Numbering Direction setting can 6 be specified Ef 1 l5 EER T6 E El3 7 E 1 ERE Ela 2 EE 8 B E 4 Vertical 1 1 E 2 8 4 3 47 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations The following procedure describes how to select a combined copy setting If a combined copy setting is selected specify the position of the binding margi for the original otherwise the copies may not be printed in the desired arrange 1 In the Basic screen touch Duplex Combine in and the loading orientation ment op ist AAA Original Setting Bensits Copies Application Rs e Status Auto Paper Select 01 01 Le Duplex Combi 191 Scan job Details _ vl wll cll ki 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 Auto Rotate OFF The Duplex Combine screen appears 2 Select the desired combined copy setting O AAA Original Setting Bensit9 Application Copies Original gt Copy Lex BemBine Combine 1 Sided gt 1 Sided 1 Sided gt 2 Sided 2 Sided gt 1 Sided 2 Sided gt 2 Sided Binding Position Check Details Origi 23 02 2007 22 30 Memory 100 yl ml cll ki o A aimveim ine 1 Direction ira ag 3 48 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Select the setting and page arrangement accord
116. original so that the binding position is not reversed Item Description Auto The binding is on the long side if the page is 297 mm or less or it is on the short side if the page is more than 297 mm Top Select this setting if the original that is loaded has a binding margin at the top Left Select this setting if the original that is loaded has a binding margin at the left 6 86 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 11 6 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX G3 When using the Quick Memory TX function enter the total number of pages in the ___ Pages field for the source transmission information Then the document is sent with page numbers printed in the format the page number the total number of pages 1 Select the Quick Memory TX function 2 Touch Total of Pages 3 Enter the number of pages in the original using the keypad Use the keypad to enter the total number of No oF ooo fax pages to be sent n riginal Settings gt Total of Pages es JC Broadcast Destinations 17 Derete ME vil ul cll xl PAM 1 Q Detail f the number of pages specified differs from the number of pages actually scanned the number of pages specified is printed This function is disabled for memory transmission since the total number of pages is automatically affixed Q Detail This function and any of the follo
117. pages in the copies There are settings Copy and Blank for selecting whether or not the inserted pages are printed When the settings are combined with single sided copying or double sided copying the copies are printed as shown below If Copy is selected the original is copied with the specified paper inserted for the specified pages When page 2 is specified Finishing Description Single sided copies The specified paper is inserted for the 2nd sheet of the copy and the 2nd sheet of the original is copied onto it Double sided copies The back side of the 1st sheet of the copy is left blank the specified paper is inserted for the 2nd sheet of the copy and a double sided copy of the 2nd and 3rd sheets of the orig inal are printed onto it Copy A If Blank is selected the specified paper is inserted after the specified page gt When page 3 is specified Finishing Description Single sided copies The specified paper is inserted as the 4th sheet of the copy Double sided copies The back side of the 2nd sheet of the copy is left blank and the specified paper is insert ed for the 3rd sheet of the copy Blank 6 1 ii REPORT 1 Q Detail The specified paper can be inserted at a maximum of 30 locations within an original of up to 999 pages In double sided originals one double sided page is considered to be two pages one for the front and one for t
118. printed on just one side or both sides Sort Select this setting to separate each set of the copies The second copy set is printed after all of the first copy set is finished Staple Select a setting to staple copies together T Text Enhancement Select a setting for the reproduction quality of text when copying originals consisting of text that overlaps images such as illustrations or graphs text with a background bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 9 Appendix x XY Zoom Touch this button to use the keypad to specify the zoom ratio for producing an enlarged reduced copy of the loaded original Z Zoom Specify the zoom ratio of the copy bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix 8 3 Trademarks and copyrights KONICA MINOLTA the KONICA MINOLTA logo and The essentials of imaging are registered trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS INC PageScope and bizhub are registered trademarks or trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Netscape is a registered trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation in the United States and other countries Mozilla and Firefox are trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation Novell and Novell NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell Inc in the United States and other countries Microsoft Windows and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries PowerPC is a trademark of
119. property in the Software is transferred to you under the terms of this Agreement You do not acquire any rights to the Software except as expressly set forth in this Agreement DISTRIBUTION If you choose to distribute the Software you do so with the understanding that you agree to defend indemnify and hold harmless Adobe against any losses damages or costs arising from any claims lawsuits or other legal actions arising out of such distribution including without limitation your failure to comply with this Section 3 If you distribute the Software on a standalone basis you will do so under the terms of this Agreement or your own license agreement which a complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement b effectively disclaims all warranties and conditions express or implied on behalf of Adobe c effectively excludes all liability for damages on behalf of Adobe d states that any provisions that differ from this Agreement are offered by you alone and not Adobe and e states that the Software is available from you or Adobe and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange Any distributed Software will include the Adobe copyright notices as included in the Software provided to you by Adobe DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY Adobe licenses the Software to you on an AS IS basis Adobe makes no representation as to the adequacy of the Software for any particular purpose o
120. registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 115 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed E Use the keypad to type in the number f To clear your entry press C Bee ox Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel 6 116 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Address 3 Enter the fax number of the destination using up to 38 digits Enter the number using the keypad number To erase the fax number entered press IC y Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public 10 16 2007 22 10 Memory 100 In order to dial a number without fail to send a fax from an extension number to the outside line when PBX connection setting is enabled touch Pause after dialing the outside line such as 0 On the screen P is displayed When the PBX connection setting is enabled Outside is displayed Selecting this key displays E Ifthe Confirm Address Register is specified after to
121. sets 40 sets 40 sets 11 sheets to 30 sets 30 sets 30 sets 20 sheets 21 sheets to 30 sets 30 sets 30 sets 30 sheets 31 sheets to 30 sets 1 000 sheets 30 sets 1 000 sheets 30 sets 1 000 sheets 50 sheets B4 a or 2 sheets 100 sets 50 sets 50 sets larger S 3 sheets to 5 sheets 80 sets 40 sets 40 sets 6 sheets to 10 sheets 40 sets 40 sets 40 sets 11 sheets to 30 sets 1 000 sheets 30 sets 1 000 sheets 30 sets 1 000 sheets 20 sheets 21 sheets to 30 sets 1 000 sheets 30 sets 1 000 sheets 30 sets 1 000 sheets 25 sheets Q Detail The value in parentheses is reference value when using 60 g m to 90 g m paper In order for the copies to be stapled all of the following conditions must be met The paper width must be between 182 mm and 297 mm The paper length must be between 182 mm and 432 mm lf the Mixed Original setting is selected all copies must have the same paper width 3 60 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 1 2 3 In the Basic screen touch Finishing Copies Job List Ready to copy Duplex Combine Rane Status 01 0 Auto Paper Selec Auto Color 191 ss 3 A Ol Jo vimi chi cnory tox The Finishing screen appears Under Staple touch either Corner or 2 Position o tist Ready to copy tone offset Check Details j Cs MC ries Output Tray MAA vl mil cll kil PARADA
122. sizes The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for postcards loaded into the bypass tray 1 In the Basic screen touch Paper eady to copy pitas Original Setting Density Application ESSE Status r zry A A Auto Color nae ee 1 1 EN ES q ATA 2 FQ Lf E MAATTI Job Details vll ml cl xl ARTO The Paper screen appears 2 Select the button for the bypass tray must Ready to copy Copies Original Setting Bensity Application SHEA 100 0 1 TT vimi chi P 3 Touch Change Tray Settings 3 96 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 4 5 Y Touch Standard Size Copies Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size 4 Wide Paper BYE fae 4 vl mil cll xl Rae The Standard Size screen appears Touch MEM twice and then touch A6Cardca wus Ready to copy Copies Change Tray Settings gt Bypass gt Standard Size EB D EE ss x So check Job vl wll cll kil IA a Touch and until the button for the desired paper size is displayed If A6Cardu is selected Thick 3 is automatically selected If paper other than postcards are loaded change the paper type setting For details on the paper type settings refer to Specifying a setting for special paper on page 3 106 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next two screens that appear The Basic screen appears again The paper size for
123. specific options These options are specified when functions of this machine such as staple and punch are to be used 8 7 1 Printer Destination onset Output Tray Binding Position Print Type Combination Off lt Staple Function name Description Offset Specifies offset Output Tray Selects the output tray Binding Position Selects the binding direction Print Type Performs 2 sided printing Combination Performs booklet printing Staple Performs stapling Punch Performs hole punching Fold Performs folding Center Erase Does not print on the center fold line with Fold Image Shift Prints by shifting the entire print image Front Cover Attaches a front cover page Front Cover Tray Selects the paper tray for the front cover Back Cover Attaches a back cover page Back Cover Tray Selects the paper tray for the back cover Transparency Interleave Inserts interleaves between overhead projector transparencies Interleave Tray Selects the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Output Method Specifies whether to stop printing temporarily after one copy of the document has been printed so that the proof print can be checked Resolution Specifies the resolution Select Color Specifies whether to print in color or gray scale Glossy Mode Prints using a gloss finish Color Settings Prints with a quality suitable for the original Color Matching Text Adjusts the color quality of the text in a document Pure Black Text Specif
124. the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 Touch Application and then touch Booklet To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled st Ready to copy Coples Check Job Basic Original Setting Bensits ZA ALA E3 ATA Edit Color Book Copy Repeat y 5 A Stanp Composition 4 Save in User Box 13 11 2006 20 37 yI sl ell il Memory 100 Application Bere cero 100 0 i E Check Details 3 150 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 Touch Left Bind or Right Bind If the original contains only pages in the landscape orientation they will be bound at the top regardless of which setting is selected To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key To cancel the Booklet function touch No Copies Check Details vil wil cl xl AAA Touch OK Specify any other desired copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies N oF A Press the Start key bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 151 Copy Operations 3 35 Printing the date time or page number on copies Stamp Composition functions The date time or page number can be added to copies at the specified location or a distribution number ca
125. then touch OK Q Detail Display of the Search Options screen and contents of the items to be displayed can be specitied in Search Option Settings in the Utility mode For details refer to Custom Display Settings Search Option Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAVW G3 IP FAX on page 6 153 JobList To search for a destination in the LDAP Bese f 000 erver choose Search or Advanced Search Check Job Address Book gt Search gt Search Options Broadcast Destinations Do Not Differentiate Uppercase and Lowercase Letters Differentiate 17 1 Delete Check Job Settings y 08 01 2007 13 39 M vl mil cll Kl feet 1007 NO TS bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 41 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 3 Direct Input 3 Specify an unregistered destination by directly entering it Select sending method and then enter the desired destination check Job Fax can be sent at any time using keypad rcs ra Direct Input Job History J Of f Hook Bestanat Sending Method x User Box z Internet Fax IP Address Fax PC SMD j Scan Settings Original Settings f P Seresngsa on 15 01 E E 100 6 42 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 4 Direct Input Fax 1 2 Enter a Fax number from the touch panel Job List E Enter the fax number using the d
126. to 10 bulletin board user boxes can be registered in this machine Q Detail This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Memory transmission Total of Pages Polling TX Timer TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX F Code TX V 34 OFF bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 99 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations F Code TX Sends data to the specified user box of the recipient by entering the SUB address and Sender ID The following two types of user boxes can be specified Confidential transmission Sends data to the confidential transmission user box of the recipient Enter the user box number as the SUB address and the confidential transmission password as the Sender ID e Relay transmission Sends data to the relay transmission user box when the recipient machine has the relay distribution function Enter the relay user box number as the SUB address and the relay transmission password as the Sender ID gt Specify the SUB address or transmission ID for the recipient E 7 Select SUB Address or password and enter ie bes using the keypad Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt F Code TX Js JC Broadcast Destinations SUB Address Delete vi A D 9 84 Delete EE 04 22 2007 17 16 M vl ml cll xl Menor 100 Delete Q Detail The recipient needs to have the F code functio
127. to be checked continue with step 8 If the copy program to be recalled is not displayed touch HE and until the desired copy program is displayed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 83 Copy Operations 4 amp Press the Check Program Settings key The copy settings cannot be changed from the Check Job Settings screens Job List To register a program select blank program key and touch Register Program check Job Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Copy Program Setece P 100 0 MEz Edit Nane Delete vivi cl ci o The Check Job Settings screen appears There are six Check Job Settings screens The number to the right of the screen title indicates the number of the currently displayed screen To display the previous screen touch ES Back To display the next screen touch Forward EJ Check the copy settings registered with the selected copy program Touch Close Job List Check Job Settings geteckore 100 0 13 04 2007 18 15 yl ml cll E Memory 1007 The Recall Copy Program screen appears again Again touch the button for the copy program registered with the copy settings to be recalled If OK is touched with no copy program selected the Basic screen appears again without a copy program being recalled Touch OK The programmed copy settings are recalled and the Basic screen appea
128. to change and then select or clear the check box of the group under the Select Group drop down list Phone Book Entry C Documents and Settings My Documents Ph_Book csv File Edit Help 8 Personal List Personal Information MGroupiGroupO1 B ABAAAAMA BBBBBBBB cccccece Simple Entry 9 Group S Group01 B ABAAMAMA BBBBBBBB Group02 Group03 Group04 Delete Group05 Group06 Select Group Group0 Group08 Group09 Group10 Y Results Name FAX Number Company Depatmer 2 AABAABAA 01234567890 HKKK Inc Sales G Edit gt Coree Note A recipient can even be added to a group by dragging the recipient s name from Personal List on the left side of the dialog box to the desired group However the name cannot be dragged out of the group Up to 100 recipients can be added to a group To change a group name 3 Select the group that you want to change from Group on the left side of the dialog box and then specify Change Group Name from the Edit menu To create a folder 1 Select Personal List on the left side of the dialog box 2 Specify Add Folder from the Edit menu You can move names from Personal List by dragging them to a folder Y Note Names can also be moved to the desired folder by right clicking a name and selecting Copy or Cut then selecting Paste on the target folder Up to 40 characters can be entered for the folder name A fo
129. to view the desired section of the image Page Rotation e Rotate current page Touch this key to rotate the page currently displayed by 180 de grees e Select page s to rotate This key appears when the stored document contains multiple pages List of scanned pages appears Select the desired page to rotate by 180 degrees The rotation options in the list of scanned page are as follows e Select Odd Rotates the images for odd number of pages by 180 degrees e Select Even Rotates the images for even number of pages by 180 degrees e Select All Rotates the images for all of pages by 180 degrees View Finishing Touch this key to display the specified settings in the preview image by icons and text When View Finishing is cancelled the only image is displayed without icons or text Change Setting Some of the settings specified before scanning the original can be changed For details refer to Preview View Pages Change Setting on page 6 28 Detail When selecting on the page directly the image of the selected page is rotated by 180 degrees bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 27 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Preview View Pages Change Setting The following settings specified before scanning the original can be changed settings can be changed for stopped scan job Press Start to continue Press Stop to cancel changes to settings Job List Job No 2 Change Sett
130. top or at the left To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key 4 i desired touch Original Direction and then select the setting appropriate for the original 5 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 62 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 12 5 Punching holes in copies Punch settings Q Y Detail In order for holes to be punched in the copies on the finisher FS 609 all of the following conditions must be met The paper width must be between 182 mm and 297 mm The paper length must be between 182 mm and 432 mm Ifa Punch setting is to be selected select the orientation in which the original is positioned lf an Original Direction setting is not selected holes may not be punched in the copies as desired Note The Punch settings are available only if the punch kit is installed on the optional finisher Type of punch kit Paper weight Paper size Punch kit PK 510 60 g m to 256 g m A3 a A4Q B5 a Punch kit PK 501 60 g m to 209 g m A3 ua A4 U 1 In the Basic screen touch Finishing 2 C ows Ready to copy iba Original Setting Density Application Hame Status Auto Paper Select Auto Color a se i Z T i Finishing Separate Scan Auto Rotate OFF Job Details vl wll cll xl rr The Finishing screen appears Under Punch touch 4 Hole Copies esto Rerer 100 0 A
131. touch Print or press the Start key Please wait Hame Status Auto Color intWait To print touch Print To change setting touch Change Setting Number of Sets Change Setting E Job Details EMM vimi cl xl FA Ifthe Separate Scan Output Method parameter is set to Batch Print the copy settings can be changed To change the copy settings touch Change Setting and then touch OK after changing the settings as desired ti for the proof copy can be Press Start to restart Application Hane Status COPY PrintWait Page Margin Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 4 2 Sided Stamps Composition 4 NA SS Finishing _ _ Job Details yl mil cll kil FA 3 34 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 6 4 Scanning a multi page original from the original glass When making double sided or combined copies using the original glass place each page of a multi page original on the original glass to scan it The following procedure describes how to place single sided original pages on the original glass to make double sided copies Y The output method used with the Separate Scan setting can be set to Page Print or Batch Print As a default Page Print is selected 1 Lift open the ADF or the original cover 2 Position the first page or the first side of the original face down onto the original glass For details on positioning the
132. vil mll ell il Menory 99 Place the original to be inserted on the original glass For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 Press the Start key Scanning begins Touch Finish Job List sScanning is stopped Place document you wish gt to insert on the glass and press Start Job No 21 Color Pa Rome ine per Zoom Auto Color 2A4 D 100 0 When scanning is finished touch Finish Hame Status Copy PrintWait Number of Sets Number of Originals ED ED Insert Document MTS 13 11 2006 20 48 vil mi cll ll Memory 99 To insert a multi page original repeat steps 9 and 10 until all pages of the insertion original are scanned in the order that they are to be inserted Press the Start key bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 123 3 Copy Operations 3 27 Specifying pages to be printed on the front side Chapters function When making double sided copies the pages specified as the first page of a chapter can be printed on the front side of the paper If the original was arranged so that the specified page would be printed on the back side of a page the page is left blank and the specified page is printed on the front side of the next page In addition the specified page can be printed on different paper Q Detail A maximum of 30 pages can be specified to be printe
133. xo i EZ Serre MET ye Es El Es El Es MES A A PAM a Application Specify the settings Application Broadcast Begeinaeions Stamp Compos itiot vai Delete 04 25 2007 16 12 M Menor 99 vi wll oll ki Check the result in preview images T Job List Preview each page for finishing Page Rotation J View Finishing 09 20 2007 20 28 Menor 99 5 34 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 Press the Start key or touch Start S bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 35 5 Box Operations 5 5 1 Overview of Send Document data saved in user boxes can be sent using the following methods The data can easily be routed simply by registering a destination with this machine instead of sending the data through different computers Item Description Fax Sends data in the document as Fax E Mail Addr Document data can be sent as an E Mail attachment Internet Fax Document data can be sent as an E Mail attachment via the Intranet and Internet IP Address Specifies the host name or IP address for the destination to send a Fax Fax Scan to SMB Document data is sent to a shared folder on the specified computer Scan to FTP Document data is sent to the specified FTP server a to Web Document data is sent to the specified server on the network Description of the Send screen
134. 0 6 12 6 Adding Digital Signature E Mail ee eeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeesaaeeeeaaeeseaeeeeeaaeeeseeeeeeeeeees 6 100 6 12 7 Fax Header Settings G3 IP I FAX ccssceecesseeeseeeeeseeeeesensesenceeeeseeeesseeeeeeaeeseseeesesesesseeeeessenens 6 101 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Contents 9 6 13 Redialing GJP sicwaceces r iaa 6 102 6 13 1 ROGIAI iii it dd id E a aa 6 102 6 13 2 MENE A O E 6 102 6 13 3 Fax Retransmit GS ciclista 6 103 6 14 Menu trees in User Mode cidad alista 6 104 6 14 1 One Touch User Box Registration ooocoonccnnnnccnnncncnnconnnnarnncnnronnnnnr nn rn n nn 6 104 6 14 2 User Settings A ER eRe 6 106 6 14 3 Recall Scan Fax Program ii niente ale dial A E 6 107 6 15 One Touch User Box Registration ss ccccesssseeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeesneeeseeeseneeneeeeseeneeaeeeesseeneeeeseeseeaeees 6 108 6 15 1 Displaying the One Touch User Box Registration SCreeNn ccccceeccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeesennaeeeess 6 108 6 15 2 Address Book EM ata ii NS tagi 6 109 AR TON 6 110 NM A EE A A a A A iaa 6 110 E Mail AUGrOSS ci cd 6 110 Md daa aida E deditos 6 110 A A A O 6 111 6 15 3 Address Book AI A AO 6 112 Noa A A EEEE EEEE TE 6 112 Name il A NE E AAE TE 6 112 USB a aa a T 6 113 Dd ac a A E 6 113 CA a ne e ba os e NE 6 114 6 15 4 Address Books I EPEE PEA E A idad aio E 6 115 Nor A e E E E A R 6 116 A N O 6 116 Address cialis dead 6 117 A NN ened 6 118 Md aaa
135. 0 0 25 0 400 0 E ise GT B ES Fixed Zoon Set Zoom Ratio 115 4 122 4 141 4 Ds 400 0 3 aagrBa Aa AS 200 0 Check Details Enlarge CERN Do RACAR A3 B4 AS AG 0 Reduce PAI Ad vimi RS Memory too 8 Specify any other desired copy settings To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key 9 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 10 Press the Start key 3 140 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 31 Copying an enlarged image on multiple pages Poster Mode function An original image can be divided and each section of the image can be printed enlarged The finished size can be specified by the image size zoom ratio or paper size aia A gt Ram 1 Place the original on the original glass For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 2 Touch Application and then touch Book Copy Repeat To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled pa Copies Job List Ready to copy check Job a E ication u 7 ZA A o 100 0 EA RA Edit Color A Book Copy Repeat iy i Image Adjust 4 Booklet 5 Check Details A e Stamp Composition Save in User Box yU wl cll xl PEA The Book Copy Repeat screen appears 3 Touch Poster Mode
136. 00 nm bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 11 Installation and operation precautions For European users A CAUTION Use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure 3 This is a semiconductor laser The maximum power of the laser diode is 30 mW and the wavelength is 775 800 nm For Denmark users A ADVARSEL Dette er en halvlederlaser gt Usynlig laserstraling ved bning nar sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion Undg uds ttelse for str ling Klasse 1 laser produkt der opfylder IEC 60825 sikkerheds kravene Dette er en halvlederlaser Laserdiodens h jeste styrke er 30 mW og b lgel ngden er 775 800 nm For Finland Sweden users LOUKAN 1 LASERLAITE KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT A VAROITUS T m on puolijohdelaser gt Laitteen K ytt minen muulla kuin t ss kaytt6ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle T m on puolijohdelaser Laserdiodin sunrin teho on 30 mW ja aallonpituus on 775 800 nm A VARNING Det h r r en halvledarlaser gt Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n i denna bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 Det h r r en halvledarlaser Den maximala effekten f r laserdioden r 30 mW och v
137. 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 yl ml cll ll Auto Rotate OFF The Zoom screen appears Touch the button for the appropriate zoom ratio beside Enlarge and Reduce depending on the original and paper sizes Ma Ready to copy Original Setting Density Application Copies Fixed Zoom gt o 15 4 122 4 Wax B4 A3 AG A3 0 B5 A4 44 B4 pote Enlarge Check Details 86 6 816 70 7 3 B4 A3 ae gt A A4 85 B4 A4 By Reduce 50 0 13 11 2006 18 39 Memory 99 yl ml cll ll Duplex Combine 25 0 400 0 5 Set Zoom Ratio Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 45 3 Copy Operations 3 9 Selecting an Original gt Copy setting The following four Original gt Copy setting combinations are possible Original gt Copy settings Description 1 Sided gt 1 Sided Select this setting to produce single sided copies from single sided originals 1 Sided gt 2 Sided Select this setting to produce one double sided copy from two single sided originals 1 2 1 2 Sided gt 1 Sided Select this setting to produce two single sided copies from one double sided original 1 1 2 2 Sided gt 2 Sided Select this setting to produce double sided copies from double sided origi nals The following procedures describe how to select Original and Cop
138. 07 22 18 Mi Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel E Mail Address 3 Enter the destination E Mail address from the touch panel RX Ability Destination 3 From Compression Type Paper Size and Resolution select items the destination machine can receive Job List utility Create One Touch y RX Ability Destination gt New Internet Fax gt RX Ability Destination Fompression Paper Size Resolution 600x600 400x400 Ultra Fine Super Fine ii J 200x200 200x100 Aa Fine Standard MC Ez 04 22 2007 17 58 Mi Memory 100 ox 6 136 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Index gt Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches E Specify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New Internet Fax gt Index utility Job List asc per ca am mo rors uv wvz EA 04 22 2007 17 58 Ki Memory 100 Icon 3 Select the icon Q Detail 7 Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Utility gt New Internet Fax gt Icon Utility Address Book Public Internet Fax y y y Icon
139. 1 3 20 2 3 20 3 3 21 3 21 1 3 21 2 3 21 3 3 21 4 3 21 5 3 21 6 3 21 7 3 22 3 22 1 3 22 2 3 22 3 3 22 4 3 23 3 24 3 25 3 26 3 27 3 28 3 29 3 30 3 31 3 32 3 33 3 34 3 35 3 36 3 37 4 1 4 2 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 4 2 4 4 2 5 4 2 6 4 2 7 4 3 4 4 Displaying function descriptions Help cccsssseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeenseneeeeesseneeeeeeeseneeeeeeesenees 3 85 Overview of Help SCreOns aiii inicia ad a bd di id e Eara Ea 3 85 Displaying main Help Sree S ari mai a raaa n aa a aa aaa a a e anaa Aa R eaaa iaaa a a AAA aA ETENA iaaa 3 88 AA A E T 3 90 PoSSible PAaPer SIZOS ir T E E 3 90 Paper types and paper capacities oooooocccccinnnicoccccnnnnnnanccnnnnnnnanccnnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nn nn nn nnnnnnnnn nn nennnnnnnnannnns 3 91 Special paper vacate aati ee ei ici eo ip da td ahs 3 92 Selecting the Paper Settings ocio iaseceventdauceusenstesdedeet 3 94 Automatically detecting the paper size Auto Detect Setting oooocccccnninicccnnnnnccccccnnnnnanaccnannnnnnnn 3 94 Selecting a paper size setting Size Setting comooccccnnnnicccnnnnnccccccnconancnccnnnnnnnnncnnrnnnncc cnn nannnrcncnns 3 96 Specifying a non standard paper size Custom Size settings ccconncccccccnnnicccccnnnnnanccccncnananencnnnns 3 98 Storing a non standard paper size Custom Size SettidgS ccommcccccncnnncccccnnnnnnccncnncnnnnannnnnnrannnnnos 3 100 Selecting a setting for oversized paper Wide Paper SettingS ooo
140. 107 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 6 15 1 One Touch User Box Registration A maximum of 2 000 destinations can be registered for Address Book Q Detail If Registering and Changing Address in Administrator Settings is restricted specify these settings with One Touch User Box Registration on the Administrator Settings screen Displaying the One Touch User Box Registration screen 1 To display the One Touch User Box Registration screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel 2 Touch One Touch User Box Registration Job List ise the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Meter Count Utility 2 User Settings A 3 Administrator Settings 4 Check Consumable Life 4 Meter Count Total Black Color 0 Check Details 04 22 2007 17 44 Mi Memory 100 Q Detail In the Utility screen you can also select a setting by using the keypad to enter the number next to the desired button For 1 One Touch User Box Registration press 1 in the keypad 6 108 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 15 2 Address Book E Mail E Mail addresses can be registered gt To register a new address touch New 1 2 screen Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK l To specify a registered number touch the No button Create
141. 14 13 User Box e 04 10 2007 14 13 M Memory 99 Item Description User Box No The next available user box number appears automatically To specify a user box number between 1 and 999999999 number touch User Box No and then use the keypad to type in the user box User Box Name Touch User Box Name and then enter the user box name from the touch panel 20 characters or less Multiple user boxes can be registered under the same user box name if different user box numbers are specified respectively Password Specify a password to limit access to the user box Touch Password and then enter the password from the touch panel 8 characters or less Index Select the index characters Type Depending on the state of user authentication and account track operations ei Change Owner and then select a different owner select a different owner account ther Public Personal or Group can be selected When selecting Personal specify the owner name To change the owner touch When selecting Group specify the owner account In the Change Owner page 5 8 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations Screen 2 2 ct item and enter setting Utility gt Public Personal User Box gt New Back tera gt Auto Document Delete Time Confidential RX sue _ i y One Touch CT y create eer TT y Public Personal pi ae im 04 10 2007 14 13 M Menory 99
142. 15 15 6 15 16 6 15 17 6 16 6 16 1 6 16 2 6 16 3 6 16 4 WMO e sca os sett ab tes Ti da dade Pee alen o Di ae teed eels 6 131 ICON Bvt A A A ai oii ie 6 131 Address Book IP Address Fax csiccssstesscgutecacteeussacevaanedenaucteazveadpesdeeceiczeqassceaduantsasvecpeaterivacetensne 6 132 NT 6 133 E A NOT 6 133 AS NO 6 133 Port NUM OF E id ii a Saath dy cia A iia das 6 134 Destination Machine Type cc ccesceesesseecessereseseeueseeeeeseasesssneesesenseasceeeseseeeeeseeesesseeesaeeeeessneess 6 134 A NN 6 134 A NANA 6 134 Address Book Internet Fan oir last adenan aaea aaron iaa dais 6 135 Noir A A terse ites darte add 6 136 Naci a nada acia 6 136 AMEN A vive gain e decree A dais nelle ogee 6 136 RX Ability Destination ssn anei raonat oa eaa NERAST ad ee eaeteeaeey aise Se roca 6 136 ii e ios 6 137 OO 6 137 COUPE A ee ee 6 138 E ON 6 138 Select Group NA 6 138 ICOM EEA E E E T E E 6 139 Check Program Settings inicias eanan danes aa Ca aa E sali teens odai aaraa aa a et ae ia das 6 139 E Mail Settings E Mail Subject E Mail l FAX oococnccnnnnccnnoncnononcnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnrn nn rernr rre nn 6 140 SN A E A E teas d cubaeecsdnele exceed sai E dads apseai s 6 140 E Mail Settings E Mail Body E Mail I FAX cescccesseeeeesneeeesneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaaeeseaeeeseaeeeesneeeesneeees 6 141 Bo ti A A ae Aid Scam FAX Pro ocio a e desert li Register Scan Fax Program Register Program Name cecilia e anaa aa anaa
143. 2 Is there more information about the settings 3 Refer to the appropriate section All Duplex 3 130 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 11 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 12 Touch Start or press the Start key If Cancel is touched a message appears requesting confirmation to delete the data To stop printing touch Yes and then touch OK bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 131 Copy Operations 3 29 Producing separate copies of each page in a page spread Book Copy function An open book or catalog can be copied with the left and right pages on separate sheets of paper The following copy methods are available and there are settings for adding front and back covers Setting Description Book Spread Both pages of the page spread are printed on the same page Separation Separate copies of each page in the page spread are printed in the original page order The original is scanned to fit the size of paper that will be used Front Cover The front cover and separate copies of each page in the page spreads are printed in the original page order Front and Back Cover The front cover separate copies of each page in the page spreads and the back cover are printed in the original page order SURVEYOR S REPORT VY Place the original on the original glass Place the pages on the original glass starting wit
144. 2 4 Stapling copies Staple settings cooooconnnnncccnonicooccccnnnnonancccnnnnnnnoccnnnnnnno nn nn nn nan cnn nara cc nara 3 59 3 12 5 Punching holes in copies PUNCH SettinGS cccecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeecenaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeseseneeeetees 3 63 3 13 Selecting a folding SENO aia 3 65 3 13 1 Folding copies in half Half Fold SettidQ oooomnnocccnnnnnccccnnnnonccncnnnnnnancconnnnnannncnnnnnnnnn cn nn cnnnnn rca 3 66 3 13 2 Binding copies at the center Center Staple and Half Fold setting Center Staple amp Fold setting 3 68 3 14 Temporarily stopping SCANNING PriNtiNg mmcccccnnnnccccnnncnnnnnccncnnnnnnn cnn rre rre 3 72 3 15 Checking the print image as a preview image Advanced Preview oocccocccccncnnnnnannnnnananannnnenas 3 73 3 15 1 Preview SCreeN 2 35 ii ii iii 3 73 LOMA a E aa 3 74 Page Rotat O iii A A A a 3 75 VieW FINISHING iii Aid 3 76 Change Setting ti A a te age A A Taa 3 76 3 15 2 Checking the advanced Preview oocoooccccnnccccononcnnnnncnnnnncnnonn cnn nn rra rre retener rre 3 77 3 16 Interrupting a copy job Interrupt mode occcocnncnnannnonanncocannnnnanonnnanonccnnn cnc rca renacer rra 3 79 3 17 Registering copy programs Mode Memory ncoccccccnnoccccnncnnnnnncnnennnnancnnr rra cnn errar renacer 3 80 3 18 Copying with programmed copy settings Mode Memory nmmcocccconoccccncnnnnnccnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnanannnnenas 3 83 Contents 2 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 19 3 19 1 3 19 2 3 20 3 20
145. 3 Copy Operations Zoom In Zoom the preview image can be enlarged to check the original in detail 3 Touch or to change the zoom ratio between the full size or at a size of 2 4 or 8 times the normal size Use the scroll bars in the right end and bottom end of the image to view the desired section of the image Scanning will be finished Next Page Nare Status Page Rotation i Rotate current page Select page s to rotate Change Setting vet es EE gt vil wil cll xl AAN Q Detail If the display size is changed the finishing status cannot be viewed 3 74 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Page Rotation In Page Rotation a preview image can be rotated by 180 degrees to correct wrong original direction 3 Touch Rotate current page to rotate the currently displayed page by 180 degrees PrintHait ina Change Setting View Pages vii oll ci AREAS Touch Select page s to rotate to display the list of scanned pages Up to 8 scanned pages can be displayed and touching MH or EB switches between the pages Touch Select Odd to rotate the odd pages among the scanned pages Touch Select Even to rotate the even pages among the scanned pages Touch Select All to rotate all the scanned pages Directly selecting a scanned page rotates the selected page Pr
146. 353 C253 C203 FE2 6 77 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Text Size gt Select a size of characters to be printed from Minimal and Std Specify the size of the stamp Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete _ EE vl mi cll ki 1 04 22 2007 17 04 M Menory 100 Print Position Print Position gt Select a desired printing position Specify the settings Job List Scan Settings gt Stamp gt Print Position Print Position Top Left Top Right No Adjustment tii Fine Tune Broadcast Destinations 1 z Botton Left Botton Right Adjust Position 4 Delete Check Job Settings y 04 22 2007 17 04 a vl wll cll ki Memory 100 Print Position Fine Tune 1 To make fine adjustments touch Adjust Position 2 Specify vertical horizontal position adjustment with a value between 0 1 mm and 50 0 mm Select item and specify the settings using the keypad or keys Scan Settings gt Print Position gt Fine Tune Left amp Right Adjustment Left Right Top Botton No Adjustment No Adjustment 50 0 i 50 0 0 1 B Era EN EN ra Top amp Bottom Adjustment Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete 1 vl ni cl IRMA 6 78 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 10 15 Application Stamp Composition Header Footer I
147. 4 17 4 36 4 40 Color TIFF Type 6 156 Combination 4 6 4 40 Combined pages 3 47 Combining Order 5 29 Common setting 4 3 4 19 Communication Method Settings 6 94 Communication Settings 6 89 Compact PDF XPS Compression Level 6 756 Company Name 6 54 Confidential User Box 6 747 Configure tab 4 57 Control panel 3 3 Copies 4 4 4 22 4 39 5 24 Copies amp Pages 4 22 Copy 5 47 Copy Protect 4 77 4 37 Cover Mode tab 4 9 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave 4 29 Cover Sheet 3 775 Create Overlay File 4 77 Custom Display Settings 6 749 Custom Page Size 4 38 Custom paper size 4 20 Custom Size 4 4 4 20 D Date Time 4 77 4 37 6 73 Default Address Book 6 757 Default Scan Fax Settings 6 755 Default Tab 6 749 Delete Empty User Box es 5 9 Deleting a document 5 40 Density 6 63 Department 6 54 Despeckle 6 88 Detail Search 6 47 6 93 Detailed Settings 6 49 6 57 Direct Input 6 93 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Index Direct Input E Mail 6 44 Direct Input Fax 6 43 Direct Input FTP 6 48 Direct Input Internet Fax 6 45 Direct Input IP Address Fax 6 46 Direct Input PC SMB 6 47 Direct Input User Box 6 44 Direct Input Web Service 6 52 Direct Input WebDAV 6 50 Direct Print 7 6 Document Details 5 42 Document Name 6 84 6 97 E ECM OFF 6 89 Edge Enhancement 4 77 4 36 4 40 Edit Name 5 40 Editing a phone book 4 55 Editing copy protect 4 74 4 32 Editing date time 4 76 4 34 Editing he
148. 40422200 000000001 fez 000000002 box01 box02 EN EX yi ml cl ki Enter User Box No 04 10 2007 14 07 M 99 Cancel Q Detail Display contents vary for personal and group user boxes according to the user who is logged on Password entry is not necessary even if a password has been specified for the destination user box bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 41 Box Operations 5 6 7 Document Details Enables the details of a stored document to be checked from the touch panel Display of detailed information gt Select a document and touch Document Details to check the following items i Job List 7 Check document details Document Details 000000001 box01 Selected Documents Wet ieg 04 04 2007 22 20 7 User Name SCAN Document Name SMFP07040422200 No of Pages 1 Ep vi wll cl ll 04 10 2009 14 08 e Item Description Registered Time Displays the date and time when the document was stored User Name Displays the mode Scan Copy or Print and name of the user who stored the document Document Name Displays the name of the document No of Pages Displays the number of pages in the document Job No Displays the job number used for storing registering the document EN EN If two or more documents are stored in the user box use Be and EN to switch documents Preview Touch this button to switch to the Preview screen For detail
149. 53 C203 FE2 6 15 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 a 6 6 2 Fax G3 This section describes the flow of step 1 Press the Fax Scan key 2 Specify a recipient On the Address Book tab p Job List s for using G3 fax operations Fax Scan A O 6 39 Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Job History Addi Search Off Hook Delete Check Job Settings yl ml cll ll On the Direct Input tab p E 04 22 2007 Memory ME Mail Nagoya E Mail Osaka IP addr Fax IP_FAX1 ME Mail Tokyo 1 Fax WebDAV ifax1 Fax fi WebDAV testi Search Original Settings 81 Scan Settings 16 12 M 100 6 42 Communication Settings El Job List EES Select sending method and then enter the desired destination sent at any time usi ESA Direct Input Broadcast Destinations yl ml cl ll Sending Method D4 Internet Fax A IP Address Fax A User Box Ce PC SMB 4 a Scan Settings 16 12 100 04 22 2007 E Memory Original Settings amp 3 Si ommunication ettings 6 16 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations On the Job History tab p 6 53 Job List Select desired destinationt
150. A tai aaa atea 6 68 A A O O 6 68 Separata a A eee ae et eS 6 68 Front COWG iis isssss Saeesieatccap denis lave NO 6 68 Front Back COVerS usais ib 6 68 Book Erase Frame Frager da aeaa tara a 6 69 Book Erase Genter Erase iia ti At eee idad 6 69 Binding POSitiON marital sd 6 70 6 10 10 Application SCAM SIZG cuisine 6 71 A EEE A ES E E 6 71 CUSTOM SIZE E E ET E E T AEE TE E E E F EEEE E 6 71 PHOLOSSIZ6 AE A EE T E EEEN A E ee 6 72 6 10 11 Application ANO A O ia dd 6 72 Selecting an annotation user BOX eeeeceeeeeeeeesneeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaaeeseaaeeeesaeeeeeneeeseaeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeesneeees 6 72 6 10 12 Application Stamp Composition Date Time oconnccconocicononcconnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnn nan n naar na rarnnn nana nannnns 6 73 Dato Madina tato dia 6 73 TIMES Format it ld alan o a Cd 6 73 PaQeS a A Atevitecls Seca le lee lad ee e 6 73 SE ihe tok A a 6 73 OSEA O A eet 6 74 Print Position PrintPositioNi ci add ida 6 74 Print Position Fine Tune voii aa 6 74 6 10 13 Application Stamp Composition Page NUMDE iooccconccccnoncccnonnnonannconanoncnnanonnnnnn nn rnnr narrar cnn nannnnnnnns 6 75 Starting Page NUMberisiiwswitiiiiedeaied nevi Gulati delineate aea adadan 6 75 Starting Chapter NUMbDEO LR cosita cda iia a a e dada aneta 6 75 Page Number ily pe 00 ad A a a oido 6 75 POE O A 6 75 TOREO EE E E A A A A teas aah A E wadctewvetueenty A E EEE E 6 76 Print Position Pin POSOD a a aa lidad 6 76 Pri
151. Active screen can be customized TX Display gt Specify whether to display messages being sent Default No Job List Select job setting Job Setting TX Display it ww Settings y Fax Active Screen 04 22 2007 18 13 amp Memory 100 RX Display gt Specify whether to display messages being received Default No Job List Select job setting Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt FAX Active Screen Job Setting ae RX Display ww y Settings y Fax Active Screen 04 22 2007 18 13 amp Memory 100 6 152 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 16 4 Custom Display Settings Search Option Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV G3 IP I FAX 3 When executing detail search in the address book specify the contents to be displayed in the Search Options screen Utility User Settings H UN Ta Display Settings g S Search Option ings pecify the search conditions for detailed search f you wish to change the search condition for every search attempt et the Search Option Screen to Display lity gt Custom Display Settings gt Search Option Settings Default Settings Uppercase and Lowercase Letters Differentiate BoekeFentiate Co Search Option Screen 08 01 2007 u Memory 20 10 100 Item Description Uppercase and Lowercase Letters Select whether or not to differentiate uppercase and lowercase char
152. Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete Check Job Settings A yl mi cll ll 04 22 2007 17 05 Mi 1 Memory 100 Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Text 3 Specify the header footer text from the touch panel nter the header text Press C to delete the entered text Scan Settings gt Header Settings gt Text Broadcast Destinations 333339338533 2S SS 00000000 PEE EEE ES 20050000000 vod E yl wll cll ki 04 22 2007 17 05 MM Memory 100 Ga bates ox 6 80 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Date Time 3 Specify the date time in the header footer Specify the date time for the header The specified date time format is applied to both the header and footer Broadcast Destinations Date Format 07 1 23 23 Jan 2007 Jan 23 2007 23 1 07 void Delete _ EE vl mi cll ll 04 22 2007 17 06 Ki Memory 100 Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Other The distribution control number job number and serial number can be included in the header footer in the distribution control number keypad MES i d distribution control number text is applied to both the header and footer Scan Settings gt Header Settings gt Other
153. C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations Organizing document data Documents can be organized by renaming the saved document name changing the box where they are saved or duplicating or deleting them User box Delete Change Move Copy Details name Public personal group user boxes O O O O O Bulletin board user box O x x x x Polling TX user box O x x x x Secure print user box O O x x O Memory RX user box O O x x O Annotation user box O O x x O Fax retransmit user box O x x x x Encrypted PDF user box x x x x x ID amp Print User Box x x x x x External memory x x x x x O Possible x Not possible bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 1 2 Set up for User Box functions Before using the User Box functions the following settings should be specified User box registration Create and save the user boxes where documents will be saved Boxes can be registered by using the machine s touch panel or by using PageScope Web Connection from a computer on the network The following boxes can be created Public personal group user boxes p 5 7 e Bulletin board user box if needed p 5 10 Annotation user box To use the machine for relay device If the optional fax kit is installed and you want to use this machine for relaying fax transmission create a relay user box for saving documents temporarily p 5 11 Q Detail To create a relay user box specify t
154. Combine 5 Duplex Combine A 6 Binding Position A 13 11 2006 20 04 MET Memory 100 MTS A chart of the available functions and settings are displayed in the function maps Select an item from the chart for the Help screen that you wish to view Q Detail There are 13 Function Map screens for Copy mode The top number indicates the number of the 13 screens that is currently displayed To display the previous screen touch WEB To display the next screen touch EA Press the key in the keypad for the number of the desired item in the Function Map screen To display the Help screen for Function that contains the selected item touch Close in the Help screen displayed by selecting an item in a Function Map screen To quit the Help mode press the Help key or touch Exit bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 87 3 Copy Operations 3 19 2 Displaying main Help screens As an example the following procedures describe the Help screens that are displayed for copy operations by using Function 1 With the Basic screen displayed press the Help key Help e The Help Menu screen appears 2 Touch Function or press the 1 key in the keypad O Help Menu i tena A Booknark af D lors 4 A 3 gt Ed Function Map 4 13 11 2006 20 03 Close Memory 100 The Help screen for Function appears 2 Is ther
155. Compact XPS Stamp Composition 09 21 2007 22 06 M Memory 100 File Type The following file types are available Item Description PDF Saves the data in the PDF format Compact PDF Saves the data by compressing at a level higher than in the PDF format This is used for full color scan data TIFF Saves the data in the TIFF format JPEG Saves the data in the JPEG format XPS Saves the data in the XPS format Compact XPS Select this setting to compress the data more than the XPS format and save Q Detail Even if a file type is selected when saving a document in a user box the file type must be specified when downloading the data The compression format can be specified when saving a TIFF file in color For details refer to Color TIFF Type E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV on page 6 156 If JPEG is selected Single Page is selected automatically for page setting Some file type settings may not be available depending on the setting for Color The possible combinations of the File Type and Color settings are shown below Auto Color Full Color Gray Scale Black PDF O O O O Compact PDF O O O x TIFF O O O O JPEG O O O x XPS O O O O Compact XPS O O O x O Possible x Not possible bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 59 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Scan Settings In addition the grouping of the saved data can
156. DIC STANDARD COLOR SFU1 0 2 PROVIDED BY DIC HEREWITH AND ANY CORRESPONDIMG ONLINE OR ELECTRONC DOCUMENTATION AND ALL UPDATES OR UPGRADES OF THE ABOVE THAT ARE PROVIDED TO YOU COLLECTIVELY THE PROFILE THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU EITHER AN INDIVIDUAL OR IF ACQUIRED BY OR FOR AN ENTITY AN ENTITY AND DAINIPPON INK amp CHEMICALS INC A JAPANESE COMPANY DIC THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT PROVIDES A LICENSE TO USE THE PROFILE AND CONTAINS WARRANTY INFORMATION AND LIABILITY DISCLAIMERS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THESE TERMS YOU MAY NOT USE THE PROFILE 1 License Grant DIC grants you a gratis non exclusive and non transferable license to use the Profile and to allow your employees and authorized agents if any to use the Profile solely in connection with their work for you subject to all of the limitations and restrictions in this License Agreement Ownership The foregoing license gives you limited license to use the Profile You will own the rights in the media containing the recorded Profile but DIC retains all right title and interest including all copyright and intellectual property rights in and to the Profile and all copies thereof All rights not specifically granted in this License Agreement including all copyrights are reserved by DIC Term a This License Agreement is effective until terminated b You may terminate this License Agreement by notifying DIC in writing of your
157. Document gt Send gt Communication Settings Li a URL Notification Setting 4 2 Gommunication hethod ial Delete Setciings Check Job Settings A 04 25 2007 16 12 M vl mil cll Kl frei 99 17 1 E Mail Encryption Digital Signature close Position the original To check the advance preview press the Proof Copy key p 6 27 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Press the Start key Start bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 19 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 6 3 1 Recalling a program This section describes the flow of steps for recalling a registered fax scan program Press the Fax Scan key Press the Mode Memory key 2 3 Select a program and then touch OK Fax Scan A Mode Memory Ca Check Job To register a program select blank program key and touch Register Program Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Scan Fax Program Page List Register Program Status user Name Job Details vi mi cll ll f Derete e 16 14 100 04 22 2007 Memory bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 20 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 4 Specify scan settings p 6 56 original settings p 6 85 and communication settings p 6 89 To specify the sc
158. Documents 1 Gi SMFP07040422200 SMFPO7041013110 2 B vU ull cll xl o ae bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 19 Box Operations 5 Specify basic and application settings eos To change document print settings choose fron the following options If you are ready to print press Start Use Document gt Print Basic Application Page Margin 4 Cancel B Start Page Rotation Rotate current page View Finishing 09 20 2007 20 28 Memory 99 Press the Start key or touch Start 5 4 1 Available operations in the Use Document screen Printing Documents saved in user boxes by Copy Fax Scan Print mode or Fax RX can be printed Finishing settings such as the number of copies and double sided printing can be added when the document is printed Bind can also be specified to select and print multiple documents at the same time Transmitting Documents saved in user boxes in Fax Scan mode or Print mode can be sent by E Mail and Fax Settings related to finishing and sending can be added when the document is transmitted Bind TX can also be specified to select and print multiple documents at the same time Document Details Enables checking of the saving date and time and a preview image of a document 5 20 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 4 2 Initial screen of Use Document Public Personal Group user box 1 S
159. FF Password TX F Code TX V 34 OFF Separate Scan 6 96 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Timer TX The transmission time can be specified It is economical to communicate using telephone discount rate hours in early morning and late at night 3 Specify the communication start time with the numeric keypad Use the keypad to enter the transmission start time Current Time Start Time 00 00 23 59 wid Delete EE yl mi cll ki 04 22 2007 17 15 Mi Memory 100 Q Detail You can only specify the time Specify the time in hours and minutes You may not specify the date bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 97 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Password TX Sends data with a password If the recipient s fax machine is set for closed network receptions the sender s fax machine should transmit a fax with the same password as the closed network reception password This function is available only when the recipient s machine has the closed network reception password function gt Enter the password from the numeric keypad Use the keypad to type in the password to be applied to the fax transmission Broadcast Destinations 11 TT EE vil ml cli INTA a Polling TX Normal This function saves a document scheduled for polling transmission so that it can be transmitte
160. Five non standard paper sizes can be stored Storing paper sizes that are used often allows the paper size to be quickly selected without having to re enter the setting In the Basic screen touch Paper f Copies METEO Ready to copy Original Setting Density Application Duplex Combine Hame Status 4 01 01 AUtO Paper Select 191 LPA Job Details vi wl cl xl a e The Paper screen appears Select the button for the bypass tray Copies Original Setting Density Application A as ri 100 0 vl wll cll xl Pr Touch Change Tray Settings 3 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations A Touch Custom Size Ready to copy Copies Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size D a a E Start EN Wide Paper BHE Bae Z vl mil cll xl Rea The Custom Size screen appears 5 Specify the X and Y sides of the paper and then touch Store Make sure that X is selected and then use the keypad to type in the length of side X between 139 7 mm and 457 2 mm Touch Y to select it and then use the keypad to type in the length of side Y between 90 0 mm and 311 1 mm Check the illustration in the screen for the sides that are considered X and Y Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Type a value within the allow
161. IBM Corporation in the United States or other countries or both In regard to the Citrix access Partner Network Premier KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC is a member of the Citrix access Partner Network The Citrix access Partner Network is a program that in combination with a solution of Citrix promotes and develops solutions to provide the customers with better solutions CITRIX PARTNER The Global Network of Citrix Partners Apple Macintosh and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Safari is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc Adobe the Adobe logo Acrobat and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett Packard Company Limited CUPS and CUPS logo are registered trademark of Easy Software Products This machine and PageScope Box Operator are based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group Compact VJE Copyright 1986 2003 VACS Corp RC4 is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc in the United States and or other countries RSA is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc RSA BSAFE is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc in the United States and or other countries License information This product includes RSA BSAFE Cryptographic software
162. LAWS OR WILL OPERATE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION AND IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FORCORRECTING OR REPAIRING ANY DEFECTS OR FLAWS FOR FEE OR GRATIS NO RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WILL BE CONFERRED ON YOU UNLESS EXPRESSLY GRANTED HEREIN bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 21 Appendix 6 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY DIC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL PUNITIVE COVER OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROFILE AND BASED ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY INCLUDING BREACH OF CONTRACT BREACH OF WARRANTY TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE EVEN IF DIC OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY SHALL APPLY TO ALL ASPECTS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT 7 General a This License Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Japan without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws If any provision of this License Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible and the remaining provisions of this License Agreement will remain in full force and effect You hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction an
163. LE abi ro Offset y Cs vll ml chi OI bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 63 3 Copy Operations To cancel the Punch setting touch None 3 Touch Position Setting ers Ready to copy copies EEEE ahh Offset apj Check Details Output Tray 4 Position Setting US PENA Select the punched hole position and then touch OK E Specify the position in relation to the Copies cument orientation Punch Right vil wll cll kl rre rl Touch Auto to automatically determine the position of the punched holes according to the orientation of the loaded original If the original length is 297 mm or less the holes are punched along the long side of the paper If the original length is more than 297 mm the holes are punched along the short side of the paper If Auto is selected for the stapling position load the original with the top toward the back of the machine If the original is loaded in any other orientation the stapling will not be correctly positioned If Auto is selected the punched hole position is set at the top or at the left To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key 4 tt desired touch Original Direction and then select the setting appropriate for the original 5 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 64 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations
164. NG AOCUMOENT AA iii A did aa dC 5 4 Organizing docUMENt data si nccecscecvedecacsdeedesceecanredededeasseeden saivawetucdaectnesatnebesecasahetetvetanedibeedsshdecdveles 5 5 5 1 2 Set up for User Box TUNCtiOns 4 ieccei ene cares nee ete a ane Bae ened 5 6 User Dox registrati Nn cnica airada edad diana da ia dana Saa 5 6 To use the machine for relay UeviCe ooooooocccnnnconcccccnncnooncccnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnn nn nnnnnnn nn nn nnnnn nn cnn nnnncnns 5 6 To Use Memory RX USO BOX cintia A Een aa E eel aaia 5 6 5 2 User box regiStratiOnN iii hae adean raati naaa naaraana ba aaa aana Ka Aaea ara aida aa Raiana emt aeiaai ia 5 7 5 2 1 User Dox registrato ia iversen cadessanvenasausenbevedtasadetidangecanedevsduagwessiices da Taaa AAAA REAREA aAa 5 7 Public Personal Group user DOXOS cccconooccccnnocoonccccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnn nn nnn cnn enn rra rnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenananes 5 8 Delete Empty User BOXx ES Airset ren iar enrica at na ne aa alien ardid a RINA did 5 9 Bulletin Board Wser BOX 00d dd aia 5 10 Relay USer A NN 5 11 5 3 Saving documents in user DOXeS ecoi iocinncianin ci nec 5 12 5 3 1 Available operations in the Save DOCUMENT Screen ccocccccnnocccnonnncnnonnnnanoncnnnnonnnnnr nn rnnrnn rre nn nana ne nnnns 5 15 Public personal group user DOXES ooooccccnoocccccnocononoconcnnnnnnconcnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnn cnn nn nnnn nn nr nan nn mece nn nnnnnnncninanns 5 15 Annotation User BOX gedonder aldo et te 5 15 External MEMO Ya dia 5
165. O O O Possible x Not possible bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 55 3 Copy Operations 3 12 1 Separating copies by sets Sort setting Y As the factory default Group is selected VY If finisher FS 519 is installed the output tray can be selected For details refer to Selecting the output tray on page 3 58 VY _ If offset sorting is selected while no finisher or separator is installed printed copies will be fed out and sorted in an alternating Ga and y pattern if the following conditions are met A4 or B5 size paper is used Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the Ga orientation in one paper tray and with the W orientation in another tray The Auto Paper setting is selected The Auto Paper setting is not selected when the Mixed Original setting is selected Y If offset sorting is selected while a finisher or a separator is installed printed copies are fed out and stacked on top of each other with each set shifted to separate it 1 In the Basic screen touch Finishing METERS Ready to copy Coples Check Job a AA AAA Original Setting Bensity Application Duplex Comb m Ra e Status 4 21 0 Auto paper Select Auto Color 191 TPA 2 PA on llas 23 02 2007 Memory AI yl ml cll ll 19 43 100 The Finishing screen appears 2 Touch Sort MI eddy to copy Copies Offset Es MS NA vil wi cl xl PARAR
166. OK Name test2 Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Job List A Are you sure you want to delete this program Delete Yes No vil wl cl lt i fe 6 146 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 14 6 15 15 6 15 16 6 15 17 Create User Box Confidential User Box G3 3 For the user box for unauthorized transmission specify unauthorized transmission settings when registering public user boxes and personal user boxes Create User Box Bulletin Board User Box G3 For bulletin board user box registration refer to chapter 5 Box Operations Create User Box Relay User Box G3 For relay user box registration refer to to chapter 5 Box Operations Limiting Access to Destinations Apply Levels Groups to Destinations 3 Specify the access allowed level for the address book Log on as a user with a level who is allowed to specify settings and then change the destination level Q Detail The level for a registered destination is 0 A level and group higher than the login user cannot be specified In order to specify a group for a destination the group must be registered in Administrator Settings mode in advance Address Book 1 Select an address of which level must be changed 2 Touch Limiting Access to Destinations or Apply levels to Destinations Specify group permitted to access destination or apply referen
167. ON OFF Prints the page number Edit allows you to specify items pages and positions to be printed Edit For details refer to Editing date time and page number on page 4 16 Header Footer Printer setting 1 20 Print the header and footer Select header footer infor mation from the list of the printer setting Edit allows you to specify items and pages to be printed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Function name Option Description Edit Distribution Control Number Prints the number of copies in the header and footer when printing multiple copies Edit Specifies the distribution control number conditions Pages Specifies the pages to be printed Text Color Specifies the text color used for printing A Note For Windows Vista x64 Watermark cannot be selected with any of the following functions at the same time User Authentication Account Track Per Page Setting Verify Authentication settings before printing Popup Authentication Dialog when printing bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Editing watermark Edit Watermark 3 100 Current Watermark CIRCULAR amp WITHDRAW NO REPRODUCTION TOP SECRET INTERNAL USE Watermark Name URGENT Watermark Text URGENT 100 Position 100 100 x J0 axy Angle 10 Center Red O j Degrees 180 180 E IMPORTANT Add
168. One Touch Destination y Address Book Public 10 16 2007 22 08 t f Cancel Memory 100 2 2 screen JobList Specify index according to name Utility gt E Mail gt New Index y ote Utility cee 3 Create One Touch Destination y Address Book Public y sus 10 16 2007 22 08 Mi Cancel Memory 100 Detail To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 109 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed Use the keypad to type in the number To clear your entry press C Utility y Create One Touch Destination y Address Book Public New 10 16 2007 22 08 amp Cancel Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the address book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel E Mail Address 3 Enter the destination E Mail address from the touch panel Index gt Select the index characters For frequently used desti
169. PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Part 5 Sparta Inc copyright notice BSD Copyright 2003 2004 Sparta Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of Sparta Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ME
170. RCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 15 Appendix Part 6 Cisco BUPTNIC copyright notice BSD Copyright 2004 Cisco Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of Cisco Inc Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from t
171. S AND EXCLUSIONS APPLY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN YOUR JURISDICTION ADOBEfS AGGREGATE LIABILITY AND THAT OF ITS SUPPLIERS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID FOR THE SOFTWARE Nothing contained in this Agreement limits Adobe s liability to you in the event of death or personal injury resulting from Adobe s negligence or for the tort of deceit fraud Adobe is acting on behalf of its suppliers for the purpose of disclaiming excluding and or limiting obligations warranties and liability as provided in this Agreement but in no other respects and for no other purpose TRADEMARKS Adobe and the Adobe logo are the registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the United States and other countries With the exception of referential use you will not use such trademarks or any other Adobe trademark or logo without separate prior written permission granted by Adobe bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix 8 10 TERM This Agreement is effective until terminated Adobe has the right to terminate this Agreement immediately if you fail to comply with any term hereof Upon any such termination you must return to Adobe all full and partial copies of the Software in your possession or control GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS If any part of the Software is identified as an export controlled item under the United States Export Administration Act or any other export law restriction or regulation
172. SMFPO7041013110 9 y ME a Ea Cancel 04 10 2007 13 23 M Menory 99 yi ml cl ki If one document is selected touch Send f multiple documents are selected touch Bind TX Specify an order for sending combination order Job List lect two documents to switch the combining order Document gt Combining Order Selected Documents 1 Ep SMFP07040422200 SMFP07041013110 2 B vU ull cll h o bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 31 Box Operations 5 Specify a recipient Selecting from Address Book JobList Select desired destination s ES Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Preview Broaqcast EAS eat E Mail ME Mail E Mail IP_FAX1 Tokyo Osaka Nagoya testi WebDAV amp l Fax WebDAVI ifax1 Search 4 Delete Gheck J Application Sefina vi wll cll ll E Selecting from Direct Input hod and then enter ination t at any time using keypad Job History Internet Fax Y y Delete Gheck Job Setting i 04 10 2007 Y Menory Selecting from Job History JobList Select desired destination s t at any time us Direct Input E fi 1e Type Eoumunication Application E b Settings E wl cll pee 2 amp Selecting via Address Search ar arch at
173. Setting Density Application 1exs bine Dup Comi ES Auto Paper Select sQ 3 A on llas a ME A 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 yl ml cll ll The Paper screen appears 2 Touch the button for tray 1 To select the automatic paper detection setting for tray 2 3 4 or the bypass tray touch the button for the corresponding paper tray Copies eady to copy Original Setting Density Application TecEOPe 100 0 ay Check Details vil ul cl xl ARAS 3 Touch Change Tray Settings 3 94 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations A Touch Auto Detect Copies Change Tray Settings gt Tray 1 Paper Type Paper Size yaa 60 auto Detect oom Special Paper Auto Detect Letterhead Colored Paper vl wll cll kil PA As the factory default Auto Detect is selected 5 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 95 Copy Operations 3 21 2 Selecting a paper size setting Size Setting The paper size can be set for the bypass tray so that it can be used with the specified paper size This is useful for example when the size of the paper that is loaded cannot be automatically detected such as with postcards or paper in inch
174. Specifying the zoom ratio of the original Full Size Setting eee eeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeneeees 3 43 3 8 3 Slightly reducing the copy Minimal SettiNQ cooonccionccnnnnccnoccnnnanrnnnnnrnnrnnrn cnn nnn non nrn cnn narnia rnnnns 3 44 3 8 4 Selecting a preset zoom ratio Enlarge and Reduce SettidQS oooccinncccononicnnonncnnaroncnanancnanrncnnrr cnn 3 45 3 9 Selecting an Original gt Copy Setting cooomncccconnnnnnccnnenannnnnnc cnn cnn rn 3 46 3 10 Selecting a combined Copy Setting ccsseeeceeseneeceeeeeeseeeeessesneeeeeeeseneeeeeeesseneeeeeeseneaeeeeseeeeeaees 3 47 3 11 Selecting the quality of the original cccsssseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeessenneeeeesseaeeneeeseneeeeeeseseeneaees 3 50 3 11 1 Loading originals with small print or photos Original Type Setting3 ccoooccccnoncccnncccnnancnnnnarnnnnnn 3 50 3 11 2 To select an Original Type Setting siucicicccccsstecassthavstecseeiceedecuecdscbeceancecducudaeds aer eran 3 51 3 12 Selecting Finishing SettingS 2 cccsseesecceeessneeeeesesnneeeeeeesnnneeeeesennneeeeseeenneneeeseeeneneneeseessneneaees 3 53 3 12 1 Separating copies by sets Sort Setting cccecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 3 56 3 12 2 Separating copies by pages Group Setting ccccccsecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeeeesennaeeees 3 57 3 12 3 Selectingthe output tray sroine vps erai daea a aaa 3 58 3 1
175. TP1 Edit Delete 10 E mail nagoya Edit Delete E mail fukuoka Edit Delete Item Description Address The list of address book registered to the machine can be displayed and destinations can be regis Book tered or their settings can be changed Group The list of group destinations registered to the machine can be displayed and destinations can be registered or their settings can be changed Program The list of program destinations registered to the machine can be displayed and destinations can be registered or their settings can be changed Temporary The list of temporary program destinations registered to the machine can be displayed and destina One Touch tions can be registered or their settings can be changed Subject A maximum of 10 subjects for sending E Mail messages can be registered Text A maximum of 10 texts for sending E Mail messages can be registered Q Detail This may not appear depending on the Administrator mode settings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 1 7 PageScope Web Connection Operation bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 Appendix Appendix 8 Appendix 8 1 Entering text The following procedure describes how to use the keyboard that appears in the touch panel for typing in the names of registered users and custom paper sizes The keypad can also be used to type in numbers Any of the following keyboar
176. TWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Part 3 Cambridge Broadband Ltd copyright notice BSD Portions of this code are copyright 2001 2003 Cambridge Broadband Ltd All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix 8 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AS IS AND ANYEXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR
177. The essentials of imaging KONICA MINOLTA bizhub Y C203 C253 C353 User Manual a pe TD F l AW ax g OO Contents 1 Introduction 1 1 Energy Mari nidos 1 3 What is an ENERGY STARO product ico ii iii 1 3 1 2 Software licence agreement 22 022 ceccsscesececccsanascarcesenanctnessqnte ceed cegucecdeacsenauentaxsecsuentarsecteccedesecteceedered 1 4 1 3 Explanation of Manual CONVENTIONS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeseeneeaeeenseneaeeeeenseneeeeeseeens 1 5 SAA iese ne ea a aaae aaee a eia oaea n a aarde ardea eaaa EA ERRARE REAREN 1 5 SEQUENCE Of ACHOM aiii a aa aerae deca aa aA aa eSEE daana Aaa Aa AANA Aa tebe 1 5 a E E E E E E E E E OO 1 5 Special tOxt MAKINGS scini inira dannandi ea 1 6 1 4 Descriptions of originals ANd paper ccccceeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeseeneeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeesenneeeeeseeeneeeeeesenens 1 6 2 Installation and operation precautions 2 1 A nerna saasaa ceteeddsactacaetysecducsesveneseeeussecansnsecsxedseadeecserseas 2 3 Warning and precaution SYMboOlsS erocoiconiacisci a da 2 3 Meaning Of SYMDOIS civic ir A teen e aid deidad 2 3 Disassemble and modification ooooooccnnniccciccnnnnoncccnncnnnnnnccnnnnnnnc cnn cnnnnnr cnn nana c cnn cnn nn nn nn cnnnnnnn na nannnns 2 4 POWGP CONC nai ests eeceeins dese bios Ra ds BAe A eet 2 4 POWE SOUR CS tario is ieee 2 5 Power Pl iia id essere isnt a idad id dea dd 2 5 NA 2 6 Installation pd i c
178. These indicators show the amount of toner remaining for cyan C magenta M yellow Y and black K 8 Left panel When the Job List button is pressed a screen showing the jobs currently be ing performed or waiting to be performed is displayed When the Check Job button is pressed a screen showing the result of the specified settings is displayed 9 Check Job button The result of the specified settings is displayed 10 Job List button Jobs currently being performed or waiting to be performed are displayed Various commands for checking and managing jobs are available Detail The basic settings screen Basic screen or Quick Copy screen that appears can be set with the Copier Settings parameter in the Custom Display Settings screen displayed from the User Setting screen The arrangement of the buttons and screens differ with the Basic screen and Quick Copy screen however the functions that can be set are the same As a default Basic is selected The Quick Copy screen displays all of the settings from the Basic screen so that many settings can easily be specified We Note f settings have been changed from the factory defaults the tab for the screen containing the changed settings appears framed with a green line The green line can be changed to another color with the Color Selection Settings parameter in the Custom Display Settings screen displayed from the User Setting screen in Utility mode 3 6
179. a aaa aeda A a ea aAa i adaa A E aaaea ioana iadaaa 6 154 TWAIN Cock TIME ds 6 155 Default Scan Fax S ttingS vivi a a 6 155 Compact PDF XPS Compression Level E Mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV oooocccccccncocccccncanannccnncnn 6 156 Color TIFF Type E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV iocccccccccocccccccnonncnccnnnnnnncccnnnnnanncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 6 156 8 1 Entering A e AE 8 3 Enlarging the keyboard oca air 8 5 TO TY POT a iii 8 6 List of aVailable characters cian datan AA it 8 6 8 2 lle pl A E po OO 8 7 8 3 Trademarks and COpyriGhts ccsssseecccsssseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeseseneeeeeesnsneeeeeensnneeeseesssneneesesseneneeeeeseseeneaees 8 11 Ool arete Rere Ea EI TEE E EA E E EE ETET 8 13 NetSNMP License tocaran E E E T 8 14 KDE EEEE E E A AE A E E A A ins 8 16 Mersenne TWISTER it a A aeaaea 8 17 COpyngNi eea a E A ai ads 8 17 8 4 About Adobe Color Profile A E E T A naaa de na nee ds 8 18 8 5 ICC Profile for TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper TOYO Offset Coated 2 0 eeann asai ae 8 20 8 6 DIC STANDARD COLOR PROFILE LICENSE AGREEMENT ccccssseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenseseeneeeenes 8 21 8 7 Special Notice tO USO aar aa a Eaa pr Arapa a aaa eauadeeneesecenecees sescectendecsusecutesecuetece neces 8 22 Contents 12 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 1 Introduction Introduction 1 1 1 Introduction Thank you for choosing this machine This manual contains details on the operation of the various f
180. able Select page s to rotate Change Setting 1 7 Job Details E 09 21 99 No Part name Description 1 Prev Page Next Page Moves to the previous or next page from the current page 2 The preview image appears Press View Finishing to apply the finishing status to the preview image 3 Scroll bar If the preview image is enlarged use the scroll bar to scroll up or down or to the left or right of the image 4 Zoom Enlarges or reduces the preview image For details refer to Zoom on page 3 74 5 Page Rotation Rotates the preview image by 180 degrees For details refer to Page Rotation on page 3 75 6 View Finishing Applies the finishing state to the preview image Touching View Finishing again cancels the finishing preview For details refer to View Finishing on page 3 76 7 Change Setting Settings for the scanned originals can be changed For details refer to Change Setting on page 3 76 8 View Status View Pages Switches the Preview screen between the status view and the page view Images can be rotated and settings can be changed in View Pages Loading of the image is finished in View Status bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 73
181. able range If the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad to erase the value and then specify the correct value To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel PSpecify the size using the keypad or the Copies memory buttons vl mil cll xl IA ae bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 101 3 Copy Operations 6 Touch the memory button where the paper size is to be stored aS E Choose the memory key you wish to store this Copies SAS parer size Change Tray Settings gt Bypass gt Store Custom Size D x memory1 a 488 8 100 0 memory2 nemory3 139 7 457 2 nemory4 menory5 Change Custom Size Name d lt x lt x lt x lt x lt x vl mil cll xl IA To change the name of a memory key touch Change Custom Size Name and then touch the key to be renamed f Job List T Select the desired Program Memory Key and Copies 4 change the program name Details vind cAi tenors toon Using the keyboard that appears type in the name of the key touch OK and then touch Close For details on typing in text refer to Entering text on page 8 3 Job List T Use the keyboard or keypad to enter Copies 4 the custom size name g Press C to erase the entered Custom Size Name Change Settings for Selected Tray gt Store Custom Size gt Custom Size Name T Gove OO Doo check Details La fs fo f
182. able when Repeatable Stamp is selected Function name Description Repeatable Stamp Prints a text pattern Pattern Overwrite Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the original Adjust Color Specifies the color of the pattern Y Note Copy Protect and Repeatable Stamp cannot be selected at the same time Different setting items are available for Copy Protect and Repeatable Stamp bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 33 Print Operations Editing date time Date Time Format 07 1 23 FA 1 23PM iy Pages to Print All Pages ES Text Color H Red ri cor p Print Position Top Left mi E Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel gt fa Function name Description Format Displays the format for the date and time to be printed Pages Specifies the pages to print the date and time Text Color Specifies the text color used for printing Print Position Specifies the print position Editing page number Page Number Starting Page 1 3 1 99999 Starting Page Number 1 el 2 99999 Vv Cover Mode Print on Front and Back Cover Text Color IES H Red 4 aes Print Position Bottom PB B C Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel eon Function name Description Starting Page Specifies the page to start printing the page number St
183. accounts can be displayed Network Setting Information Network settings for the machine can be displayed Print Setting Information Settings for the printer controller of the machine can be displayed Print Information Font and settings information can be printed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 PageScope Web Connection Operation Job Microsoft Internet Explorer Fie Edt View Favortes Tools Help Qu Q usem Logout Change Password BH reito sean EA rowe r Model Namenbizhub C353 Information Box Direct Print gt Current Jobs Current Jobs gt Job History Refer to Job History for finished jobs Communication List Print Select the Job Type and click Go Tobe User Name Fle Name Store Address Print JE Status Time Stored Item Description Current Jobs On this list you can check curently running jobs and those in a queue Job History On this list you can check completed jobs Communica On this list you can check received or transmitted jobs tion List 7 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 PageScope Web Connection Operation 7 3 Box E Box Microsoft Internet Explorer QuE Fie Edt view Favortes Toos Help a Q usemi Logout Change Password 9 SS Ready to Sean Model Namenbizhub C363 Sa Ready o Print Information Job Direct Print Store Address gt Open User Box Ope
184. achine is connected to a network enabling to send receive E Mail messages In Network Fax Function Setting of Administrator Settings the Network Fax function is set to ON When an E Mail message is sent the attachment file may be damaged depending on the network conditions Always check the attached file for damage Even if the TX Result screen or Activity Report screen indicates due to a problem in an Internet pathway the E Mail message may not be delivered to the recipient indicates that a message is sent to the server successfully If the machine receives a message disposition notification MDN OK appears in the TX Result screen or the Activity Report screen To send receive an important data use the G3 fax function Q Detail To use the Internet Fax function setting by a service engineer is required For details contact your service representative Precautions for using IP Address Fax You cannot add an extension telephone line if the IP Address Fax function is used The IP Address Fax function is available only between the compatible models of Konica Minolta We cannot guarantee proper operation other than the compatible models Q Detail To use the IP Address Fax function setting by a service engineer is required For details contact your service representative 6 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 2 6 2 1 Overview Available Network Scan f
185. acters when searching Search Options Screen Select whether or not to display the Search Options screen at detail search When ON is selected the Search Options screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 153 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 16 5 Scan Fax Settings JPEG Compression Level E Mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Web Service IP 3 Specify the compression level for saving data in the JPEG format High Quality Provides higher quality images but the data size becomes large Standard Default Provides images of data size and quality of a mid level between High Quality and High Compression High Compression Provides lower quality images but the data size becomes small Z Job List Select job setting Job Setting JPEG Compression Level Standard n C TAN Lock Tine oo Scan Fax High Compression gt 8 08 01 2007 20 10 amp Memory 100 Black Compression Level 3 Specify the coding mode ability for black and white image transmission MH The data size becomes large MMR Default The data size becomes small Job List Select job setting Job Setting JPEG Compression Level standard gt AI EEE san a hion compression 2 8 08 01 2007 20 10 M Memory 100 Detail Saved MMR compressed data may not be opened on a computer depending on the application 6 154 biz
186. addresses registered in the Address Book can be registered as a group Group registration is useful for sending a message to more than one address at the same time 6 4 Optional settings Depending on the use additional settings are also available Fax Scan programs The destination and scan settings can be registered together as a single program This is convenient for frequently scanning documents and sending data under the same conditions 3 Use the touch panel of the machine to specify the settings Note For details refer to Scan Fax Program on page 6 142 Setting display contents 3 Set the contents to be displayed when the Fax Scan key is touched on the control panel Note For details refer to Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings on page 6 149 6 10 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 Using Web services It is possible to give a scan command from a computer Windows Vista on the network or to perform scanning according to the purpose from the machine and to send the scanned data to the computer This section describes settings that should be specified on the computer in advance Settings required for using Web services The following settings are required for using Web services e Install the driver of the machine on the computer e Specify settings for Web services on the machine Q Detail Settings for Web services on this machine can be specified in the Ad
187. ader footer 4 35 Editing page number 4 76 4 34 Editing watermark 4 73 E Mail Addr 6 53 E Mail Encryption 6 700 E Mail Settings 6 97 E Mail Settings E Mail Body E Mail I FAX 6 747 E Mail Settings E Mail Subject E Mail I FAX 6 740 Encrypted PDF User Box 5 46 Encryption 6 60 Encryption Passphrase 4 24 Enlarge Reduce settings 3 45 Entering text 8 3 Erase 6 67 F FAX Active Screen 6 752 Fax cover sheet 4 47 Fax Header Settings 6 707 Fax Number 6 54 Fax operation 4 42 Fax Retransmit 6 703 FAX tab 4 57 Fax Transmission Popup 4 42 File Path 6 47 6 48 6 50 File Type 6 59 Finish tab 4 8 Finishing 3 53 5 25 First Name 6 54 Fold 4 8 4 40 Fold amp Staple 4 26 Folding 3 65 Font Settings 4 77 Frame Erase 6 67 From 6 92 Front Cover 4 9 4 29 4 40 FTP TX 6 5 Full Size 3 43 G3 fax 6 8 General 4 39 Glossary 8 7 Glossy Mode 4 77 4 36 4 40 Group 3 53 3 57 6 10 6 138 H Half Fold 3 65 3 66 Header Footer 4 77 4 31 6 79 Help 3 85 Host Name 6 47 6 48 6 50 l Icon 6 777 Icons 3 7 Image Adjustment 3 747 Image Compression 4 77 Image Repeat 3 737 Image Shift 4 6 4 26 Information 7 3 Insert Image 3 727 Insert Sheet 3 778 Internet Fax 6 9 Interrupt 3 79 IP Address Fax 6 9 J Job 7 4 Job History 6 52 JPEG Compression Level 6 754 L Last Name 6 54 Layout Pages per sheet 4 39 Layout direction 4 39 Layout tab 4 6 4 57 Layout Finish 4 26 LCT 3 27 Legal restrict
188. adjust the density of the original background during scanning When colored paper is used for the original to be scanned the background color may be scanned and a result may be that the entire image is output in a dark color In that case the density of the background can be adjusted 3 To specify automatic adjustment touch Auto Allows you to set the background density of the document to be sent can Settings gt Quality Adjustment gt Background Removal Broadcast Destinations 000mm miju a D Auto 1 1 mrte j EE 04 22 2007 16 52 M vl ml cll ki Memory 100 Sharpness This option enables outlines of characters etc to become sharper during scanning Job List Select desired destination s gt O J Scan Settings gt Quality Adjustment gt Sharpness Brosacast estinations 1 1 Delete Sectas vini cl xl 8722 2007 36 82 a 6 66 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 8 Erase An area around the edge of the original can be erased Frame Erase gt Select this setting to specify frame erasing To erase the same width on all sides touch Frame and then specify a value Range 0 1 mm to 50 0 mm To specify different widths for the top left right and bottom touch the button for the desired location and then specify a value To cancel frame erasing to
189. ae ad aa ea a aaa aet aata NEE Eia 6 49 6 9 11 Direct Input WebDAV ccoo ci a a ee ht eld Aor ee a A thet niie 6 50 HOSt NAIM E EE E A A E A concreta 6 50 File at ia E RN 6 50 User Nader a EEEa E Ea a TEE iia 6 50 mt CEINE KEAN A E E T GMA A Bien hea ae ae na ae 6 50 Detailed Settings nia a aaa 6 51 Next Destinati M os codicia riadas da Seo iia laian a Did diia ia a 6 51 6 9 12 Direct Input Web Service ceccccceeeeccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeseaaaeaeeeeseaaeaeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeenee 6 52 Detalla E AE A A EE A Ads Cid 6 52 SOC AEAEE EAE A E E IAEA AAA de iD 6 52 6 9 13 Job Histoy GS dd e io o MEE 6 52 6 9 14 Address Search Sea iii ia iii aE ECEE 6 53 6 9 15 Address Search Advanced Search cion le da 6 53 O NT 6 53 E A T E NR A 6 53 Fax NuMetal ac 6 54 Last Name iii A A AN 6 54 First NAIM A ba 6 54 A NA 6 54 Company Nai lid Dd hdd lod an bad da da 6 54 DE DAMIMeNty cic22 xccccsdincaccivstalesscawshjacsnaichacdsesaacnthsssavesssabijaubacaes ldcahadabdadsacatandaasasdiusuaddeaedabats Uaesanstarte 6 54 OR AND STARTS WITH ENDS WITH succionar e aaa R a i n 6 54 6 9 16 AE EEE EE E AN 6 55 Manualtrans mission tioram O 6 55 6 10 S an A las 6 56 6 10 1 E Original Type NT 6 56 TOME E O A E A T O ON 6 56 TOXU mano o E A A A a A A ia Beak 6 56 A TN 6 57 Dot Matrix Origihal riringi raaa chantandnapssetiiipass RENARE aup aaa aE 6 57 Copied Paper dai AA A eee 6 57 6 10 2 Basic Simplex DupleX sis Ahh ead A ido d
190. ageScope Web Connection to confirm the printer information This is available when communication with this machine is enabled Q Detail To enable any installed options you must specify the Device Option settings 4 50 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations FAX tab Item Function Resolution Specifies the fax resolution Print Recipient File Prints the document after the fax was sent Timer Send Sets the transmission time By clicking the Reflect Current Time button the current time set on the computer is displayed in the Send Time boxes SUB Address Specifies the sub address for sending confidential faxes using F codes Sender ID Specifies the sender ID for sending confidential faxes using F codes Cover Sheet Specifies the fax cover sheet Phone Book Entry Edits the phone book Basic tab Item Function Original Orientation Specifies the orientation of the original Original Size Specifies the size of the original Paper Size Specifies the output paper size of the recipient Automatically enlarges or reduces when the Original Size setting is changed Zoom Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio Authentication Account Track Layout tab Specifies the user name and password when performing user authentication and the department name and password when performing account track on this machine Item Combination Fun
191. ail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 123 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 6 Address Book FTP 3 Specify the FTP address directly To register a new address touch New 1 3 screen Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K To specify a registered number touch the No button Touch B Public y 10 16 2007 22 14 Cancel Memory 100 2 3 screen z Use the keypad to enter port number JobList To clear your entry press C gt ME Utilit n Y anonymous ON OFF Create One To y Address Book Prony Public RIA T or umber 10 16 2007 22 14 a f Cancel Memory 100 3 3 screen Index a ete Address Book Public 10 16 2007 22 15 a Cancel Memory 100 6 124 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Q Detail To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the
192. ails on the User mode refer to the PageScope Web Connection help in the PageScope Utilities CD ROM 7 1 Information This is the first page that appears when you access to PageScope Web Connection E Information Microsoft Internet Explorer Que Fie Edt View Favortes Tools Help he Q use Logout Change Password 8 FH Feasyto soan Model Namenbizhub C353 Sa Ready to Prin E Job Box Direct Print Store Address Device Information Deve Lacaton gt Option Device Type PrintiCopyiScaniFax Consumables Toner Status gt Meter Count Yellow 1 Online Assistance Magenta LI 1 Change User P d oan L he TARA gt Function Permission piae E rm Information gt Network Setting Information gt Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status Bypass A4 LEF Plain Paper Empty Tray1 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray2 A3 SEF Plain Paper Near Empty Tray 3 A4 LEF Plain Paper Empty Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Saddle Tray Administrator Information Administrator Name Admin E mail Address admin ne jp Item Description Device Information The current system configuration options consumables and counter values can be displayed Online Assistance Support information for the machine can be displayed Change User Password The password for the user who is logged on can be changed Function Permission Information Information on operations permitted by users and
193. al Er MC E a 2 Sided 1 1 Delete EE yl mi cll ll 10 16 2007 22 05 Mi Memory 100 gt Select this setting to scan one side of the original 2 Sided gt Select this setting to scan both sides of the original Cover 2 Sided 3 Select this setting to scan one side of the first page as the cover page and scan both sides of the remaining pages bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 57 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 3 Basic Resolution 3 Select the resolution for scanning Select desired resolution for the scanned document Scan Settings gt Resolution Lal a mn 200x100 Standard 200x200 Fine 300X300dpi Broadcast Destinations void A EXE yl wll cll ki Raber OF ine 09 Fine 10 16 2007 22 05 Mi Memory 100 Q Detail 1f 300 x 300 dpi is selected for G3 fax or Internet fax transmission the data is sent with converting to 200 x 200 api automatically 6 58 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 10 4 File Type 3 Select the file type for saving the scan data Select the document file type for sending You can also select single page or multi page This is not applied to fax transmission Scan Settings gt File Type Scan ml Setting Compact PDF compact POF of Single Page 1 1 tri yl wll cll ki
194. ame move copy or delete documents File Document User Box Operations Public 000000001 box01 Select desired User Box to file document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Personal S286 Box Group ser Box 4 yser Box YR RSE ion 5 000000002 User Box No boxo2 000000001 User Box Name boxo1 Type publig G38 Box Enter User Box No 1 ml cl 6210 2007 13 29 e YU Mi cu k Menor 7 4 Select documents and choose action Select document s Choose action after selecting document s File Document 000000001 box01 Selected Documents SMFP07040422200 Action Delete _ E B 04 10 2007 13 29 M Menor 7 yl ml cl ki Detail annem vien Eza Cancel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 37 Box Operations A Note For the procedure for deleting the documents refer to Deleting a document on page 5 40 For the procedure for changing the name of saved document refer to Edit Name on page 5 40 For the procedure for moving documents to a different user box refer to Move on page 5 41 For the procedure for copying a document to a different user box refer to Copy on page 5 41 For the procedure for checking or previewing document information refer to Document Details on
195. an settings touch Scan Settings T Job List O Specify the settings or ane 7 5 200x200dpi Fine Book Scan File Type Density Application PDF Document Name 4 A Destinations Simplex Duplex Resolution Vv PDF Delete Multi Page Check Job Settings y vo wll cll xl PS u 1 00000000D Memory 100 To specify the original settings touch Original Settings Broadcast Destinations Original Direction TO Menor O TO Mixed Original y FR Z Folded original Binding Position na fF 1 1 Delete yl wll cll ki 04 22 2007 16 22 M Memory 100 To specify the communication settings touch Communication Settings O gt El 2 JS 0 Y t a FR Settimesouion Method E Mail Encryption Digital Signature vid a SE m gt yi sl ell ll 04 25 2007 16 12 El Close Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 21 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Position the original To check the advance preview press the Proof Copy key p 6 27 Press the Start key Note For details and the procedure of program registration refer to Register Scan Fax Program on page 6 142 6 22 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 4 Broadcasting This section describes the procedure for transmitting data to multiple r
196. aneeeesaeeeeseneeeeaes 5 23 Overview of PAN o di chad Many 5 23 Description of the Print Screen iisisti did 5 24 COPIA ee SES E e e da Dd ON ee 5 24 TESIS aia A ee 5 25 ME A O 5 25 DOMO ii aaa 5 25 OSO E E EE E Ao a id A ti 5 25 Mali A AA A ee eee 5 25 Staple Position SUING nasie nario edad aaa delia AA ada da 5 26 PUNCH ucraniana 5 26 Punch Position Setting A sieeein aiara rannt iee oeaan eisi panaan ki aaea aipa aai EEan iaiia naa EiT 5 26 Genter staple Fold E A AE ai 5 27 Genter Staple A A Eae 5 28 COMBINING OLrd e AEE T a ei daba 5 29 Sending documents in user DOXES ommcocccconancccnccnnannccnnennnnn cnn rre 5 30 Overview f Send irte A idad 5 36 Description of the Send SCreeN ooooccccccnccocccoconcnnoncnccnnnnannnncncnnnnnnn cnn anna nn cnn nnnnnn nn nana daaraan aa aiani Maai 5 36 Organizing User box dGOCUMENIS ccinicocinciicici ic irrita dencia deta tad aasia 5 37 Public Persotial Groups ni a EE E EE 5 38 SM A A a 5 38 Description of the File Document screen ccccccccnononononanonenonnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnncncncnnnnnnanannn ono nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnons 5 39 Public Personal GrdUPlacniccisa a A dat 5 39 System User BO toc ecos 5 40 Deleting a dOCUMENt iain eco neh ee ed da dai 5 40 Edit Name coi ii arts Re eee en eee eee eee 5 40 MOV sie ccdes cee dh E aii 5 41 CODY iii a 5 41 Bolonian ina D e e TE E P ETATE td 5 42 Display of detailed informatio cion aida pra 5 42 E E E E A ca che A T A AS 5 43 Secure Print User Box System Use
197. ansmissions Direct Input gt Internet Fax gt RX Ability Destination Gompression Paper Size Resolution 600x600 400x400 Ultra Fine Super Fine 200x200 200x100 Fine Standard 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 vil ul cl ki 22 ee E a Ez Er eS You can select multiple receivable settings Item Description Compression Type MMR MR and MH can be selected Paper Size A3 B4 and A4 can be selected Resolution 600 x 600 dpi ultra fine 400 x 400 dpi super fine 200 x 200 dpi fine and 200 x 100 dpi standard can be selected bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 45 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 8 Direct Input IP Address Fax gt Specify the IP address fax destination Enter the IP Address Fax destination Enter port number using the keypad Enter New Address gt IP Address Fax re ANTES 1 65535 RSehine tSpe Color Broadcast Destinations void Delete Check Job Settings A yl mi cl ki 04 22 2007 16 25 M Memory 100 Item Description IP Address Specify the host name or IP address for the destination Port Number Enter the port number to be used for transmission with the numeric keypad range 1 to 65535 Destination Machine Select Color if the machine type of the destination is a color machine Type Next Destination Touch this button to add other
198. any Departmer AAAAAAAA 01234567890 so Inc Sales G 2 ccececee BBBBBBBB 02345678901 sean Inc Design EA Simple Enty CCCECCCC 034567890123 yyy Ine Market G 189 Group 4 0 s Group01 Group02 Group03 Groupo4 Group05 Group06 Group0 Group08 Group09 TE A Growl Recipient List 24 Recipient List Name FAX Number Company Deparimer KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK 09876543210 JJJ JJJ 087654321098 W Results zaon gt Current Recipients gt Cancel Help 4 44 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 3 Select the name of the recipient you want to send a fax to and then click the Add Recipients button Multiple recipients can be added in the same way Up to 100 recipients can be added To delete a recipient click the Delete button Add Recipient from Phone Book C Documents and SettingsWMy Documents Ph_Book csv PR File Help 8 Personal List Personal Information Personal List Find B AAAAAAAA 2 Name FAX Number p Departmer de BEBBRBBB ABABARAA 01234567890 mo Inc CCCCCCCe BBBBBEBB 02345678901 xxx Inc Design EA Simple Entry CCCCCCCC 034567890123 yyy Inc Market G Group 6000 Group01 Group02 Group03 Group04 Group05 gt Group06 Group07 Group08 Group09 Bh nth Group10 Recipient List 4 Recipient List Name FAX Number Company Departmer D KKKKKKKK KKKKKKKK 09876543210 JIJI III 087654321098 W Resuts aly Add Recipi
199. any other product Failure to observe this precaution could result in a fire or elec trical shock Do not scratch abrade place a heavy object on heat twist bend pull on or damage the power cord Use of a damaged power cord exposed core wire broken wire etc could result in a fire or breakdown Should any of these conditions be found immediately turn OFF the power switch un plug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service rep resentative 2 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 Power source A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death 3 Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol e Use only the specified power source voltage Failure to do that could result in a fire or electrical shock e Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having the same configuration as the plug Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply volt age current capacity grounding and may result in fire or shock If proper wall outlet is not available the customer shall ask qualified electrician for the installation e Do not use a multiple outlet adapter nor an extension cord in principle Use of an adapter or an extension cord could cause a fire or electrical shock Contact your authorized service representative if an extension cord is required e Consult
200. aper that can be loaded in a paper tray For details on the type of paper that can loaded refer to Copy paper on page 3 90 3 If postcards were loaded select Thick 3 5 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears The Basic screen appears again Y Reminder If special paper is loaded into the paper tray be sure to select the corresponding paper type otherwise a paper misfeed may occur bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 107 3 Copy Operations 3 21 7 Printing double sided copies manually The 2nd Side setting is used to print double sided copies on paper that cannot be fed through the automatic duplex unit The paper to be used for printing the second side can be loaded into the bypass tray 1 In the Basic screen touch Paper T Copies Job List eady to copy A Original Setting Hennit Application Hame Status Auto Paper Select PQA Z ia as ME A vil wi cl xl AAA The Paper screen appears 2 Touch the button for the bypass tray A paper tray set to 2nd Side is not selected when the Auto Paper setting is selected uote Ready to copy copies Check Job Original Setting Bensi ty Application g8Yg EPer 100 0 1 Check Details vl wll cll kil Ie 3 Touch Change Tray Settings 3 108 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 4 Select the type of paper to be loaded 2A4 D
201. aper without being enlarged Full Size ABCD Center Zoom m Centering 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 If Full Size or Center Zoom is to be set position the original on the original glass 2 Touch Application and then touch Image Adjust To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled _ _ Copies Job List Ready to copy Check Job Basic Original setting ES Application fi ACA SOS aij A Edit Color Book Copy Repeat m Al y Image Adjust y Booklet iz Check Details Stamp Composition Save in User BOX 13 11 2006 20 37 vil mll ell il Menory 100 The Image Adjust screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 147 Copy Operations 3 4 Touch the button for the desired setting To cancel the Image Adjust settings touch No f anon standard sized original is loaded the original size is not detected Therefore specify the original size in the Custom Size screen and then press the Start key B Job List The original image will be copied on to Copies Check Job selected paper according to settings Applicat Image Adjust el Check Details Centering vl wll cll kil ARES Check the original s
202. arccnnnrnconannnnnannnnnnnn cnn rn cnn rn rrnnrn nn rra ran 6 87 6 11 7 Despeckl iii a A A A E E eae 6 88 6 12 Communication Settings ocn 6 89 6 12 1 Line Settings Uiutariait tada ta 6 89 AT O 6 89 ECM OF Foccaiionoa aaa crab 6 89 VALORE ai 6 90 Check Dest ES ici di 6 90 A A NO 6 90 6 12 2 E Mail Settings E Mail l FAX sirsie priii seeds ccincepaticacartuenaastasveisicabsavendzcnnervet 6 91 About E Maillisettings s JAc2ate Anite Hotties dh nln ie 6 91 Document Na sii E E E E A ia a diana T 6 91 NA 6 91 A O ON 6 92 Doa a 6 92 6 12 3 URL Notification Setting User Box FTP SMB WebDAV coocccconcccnnonccnnnonccnnnnnnnananonnnennranennnnancnnnnos 6 93 URE Notification iia A da E 6 93 PES AAA O 6 93 Direct Put ii ii AA AA 6 93 6 12 4 Communication Method Settings G3 c ccccecccseeeeececeneeeeeeeeceeaeeeeesecaaeeeeeeseaaeeeeeesecaneeeeeeeeenaeeeees 6 94 QUICK M m ry Picnic teense a nated veer nee eninene reel 6 94 Polling RX Normals c 2thee eats hei iii ats haart o eel Mie en a 6 95 Pollinig AX Bull Nicanor ltda i 6 96 TAM TA isasce cess sean deeesigga decd chsnavavacetacadteaae ig onsulsstesugs enaahceasWeaunicdeiscdcahcanasudageaueansads cease atieendls cbdmeuicueastey 6 97 Password TX riirii r eea aeaaea tkana ra aane aapa A aredi re A reae aa aiani oea aaia 6 98 A oaa at EEE TA T E E 6 98 Polling TX Bullets usina is 6 99 Ree ED EEEE E E E id 6 100 6 12 5 E Mail Encryption E M aj a teste a nina nee eae ane es 6 10
203. arting Page Number Specifies the start number for printing the page number Cover Mode If cover pages are attached specifies whether to print the page number on the front cover page or the back cover page Text Color Specifies the text color used for printing Print Position Specifies the print position 4 34 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 Editing header footer Header Footer Recall Header Footer Machine Settingl 7 Distribution Control Number v Print in Header 1 Y Print in Footer Start Number r z es Put zeros in front Z Number only 1 G Pages All Pages hy Text Color Black 0 H rea as O Do not show this window when setting Default Cancel OK Function name Description Recall Header Footer Selects the header footer settings registered in this machine Distribution Control Number Prints the number of copies in the header and footer when printing multiple copies The start number or the number of digits displayed can be specified Pages Specifies the pages to print the header and footer Text Color Specifies the text color used for printing bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 35 4 Print Operations 4 5 9 Quality Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 iy Presets Standard 12 Quality hy B Paper View
204. ata 6 57 1 Sided 2 Sided Cover 2 Sided 6 10 3 Basic Resolution bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Contents 7 6 10 4 File Ty PO ec od a ah A ee et ae lei ace Pil eT A O Tre te oat a cece eek ee Scan Settings Encryption Encryption Level Password Document Permissions and Detail Settings 6 60 Encryption PASS WOF A ot a E aa aa E Encryption Document Permissions Encryption Detail Settings Printing Allowed Enable copying of text images and other Content O A id 6 61 Encryption Detail Settings Changes Allowed ooococooncccnnnccnnocnnnnonnnnnonnnonoronnnnnr norris 6 62 Stamp COMPOSITION sasmata estaran ae an idad ii dad a 6 63 6 10 5 Scan Settings Density ericcson aiii 6 63 6 10 6 Scan Settings Separate Scan coooocccccnnononccccnnnnonnancnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnn cnn nn nan n cnn nn nn nn nana n nana rra narran 6 64 6 10 7 Quality AUS MEN A Ad e tiie ried ee 6 65 Color E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAWV IP oooooocccccccnconcccccnncnoncccnnnnnnnnccnncnnnn conc nnnnnnn nc nn rnnnnn nc 6 65 Auto Oli ata 6 65 FICA adds au nd Dd 6 65 Gray S alg irion aren e a sete a r a aea stevie eels aa 6 65 Black EEEE E E E E E EE AET TE E T cantly 6 65 Background Removal lt i ccccsdsicce gicas laicos la Aid eee a hil it ee 6 66 SNAPE sees E E A tech ash aced da 6 66 6 10 8 ESO ti At dd dive eit sieve ver teenie ne agen whee ocean A 6 67 EUA Erase ica ii tai 6 67 6 10 9 Book Scan BOOK COPY ii
205. ation acccording to the following procedure when Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error displayed by touching Security Settings and then Security Details in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 1 f Touch Secure Print User Box Type in the secure print ID Type in the password for secure print A list of documents appears 4 Select the document to be printed and make print settings 5 7 3 Authentication procedure 2 Take an appropriate operation acccording to the following procedure when Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error displayed by touching Security Settings and then Security Details in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 1 Touch Secure Print User Box 2 Type in the secure print ID A list of documents appears Select the document to be printed and type in the password for secure print Detail When you select Mode 2 the security level is higher than that in Mode 7 5 44 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 7 4 Printing You can add several functions to documents stored in secure print user box when you print them To change document print settings choose from the following options If you are ready to print press Start ise Document gt Print Basic Application Job List Check Job Hane Status Print 2 Sided EXP BGRBBSivion y Finishing A 05 01 2007 13 40 M Memory 99 i d yi ml cl ki cancel f start Fu
206. b C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 16 Application Send amp Print Send amp Print Specify whether or not to print a document as it is transmitted In addition various settings can be specified for printing E Scan documents can be printed while being sent peticion Copies Staple F 99 Simplex Duplex Corner wid A Delete EE vi ml cl i IA Copies 3 Enter the desired number of print copies using the keypad The input range is 1 to 999 Simplex Duplex 3 Select either 1 sided or 2 sided Staple 3 Specifies whether or not the prints will be stapled Staple Position Setting gt After selecting a staple type you can specify the position i Specify the position in relation to the Job List document orientation an Settings gt Send amp Print gt Position Setting Staple dl Staple Left Right void Delete _ vl ul cll xl AS bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 83 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 17 Application TX Stamp G3 IP I FAX TX Stamp When sending a document using the ADF a TX Stamp can be printed on the original after it is scanned to enable page by page checking that scanning has succeeded When sending a double sided original a TX stamp is only printed on the front page Front surface of original Original transmitting 3 direction Stamp pos
207. be loaded into the bypass tray Side to be printed on 3 26 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Be sure to load letterhead paper so that the side to be printed on faces up If letterhead paper is loaded as shown below to make a single sided copy the document image is printed on the side that was previously printed on The paper will be fed out facing down Y Note The image will be printed on the surface of the paper facing down when the paper is loaded into the bypass tray Q Detail For details on specifying the paper size for the bypass tray refer to Selecting a paper size setting Size Setting on page 3 96 For details on the paper sizes refer to Copy paper on page 3 90 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 27 Copy Operations 3 6 Feeding the original The original can be fed in either of the following two ways Be sure to position the original correctly according to the type of original being copied Original Feed Method Features Using the ADF By using the ADF a multi page original can be fed automatically one page at a time This feed method can also be used to automatically scan double sided orig inals Using the original glass Place the original directly on the original glass so that it can be scanned This method is best with books and other originals that cannot be fed through the ADF 3 6 1 Loading the original into the ADF Y The ADF i
208. be specified Item Description Single Page Creates a file in a format that allows data to be saved for each page when downloading data Multi Page Creates a single file from the entire scanned document This setting cannot be selected if JPEG is selected for File Type Q Detail Even if Single Page is selected when saving a document in a user box a page must be specitied when downloading the data Encryption Encryption Level Password Document Permissions and Detail Settings If the PDF or Compact PDF is selected for File Type the encryption level can be specified Job List SPecify the encryption conditions an Settings gt File Type gt Encryption Ors IT Password 5 Document Pern ESUSY 1 Delete Sectas vini ell xl 8722 2007 16 80 u 1 Encryption Password 1 Enter the password necessary to open encrypted data within 32 characters 2 For confirmation enter the password twice Encryption Document Permissions 1 Enter the password necessary to change document permissions within 32 characters 2 For confirmation enter the password twice 6 60 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Encryption Detail Settings Printing Allowed Enable copying of text images and other content When Document Permissions is selected under Encryption details of the permission can be specifie
209. ber of paper misfeeds A Touch OK and then touch OK again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 71 Copy Operations 3 14 Temporarily stopping scanning printing Follow the procedure described below to temporarily stop scanning the original and stop the printing operation Y Ifan original is being scanned for a job pressing the Stop key stops scanning 1 Press the Stop key while an original is being scanned or a job is being printed Stop la O Scanning printing stops Select job to delete and touch Delete Press Start to restart the stopped job Stopped Jobs Hame Status COPY StopPrint gt No User Name Status Document Name 18 COPY Bbapped Delete delete Job Details EERE ieh The Stopped Jobs screen appears 2 Tocontinue all stopped jobs press the Start key 3 72 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 15 Checking the print image as a preview image Advanced Preview Print image can be checked as a preview image before printing This prevents print errors from occurring 3 15 1 Preview screen In the Preview screen originals that have been scanned in a wrong direction can be rotated and settings specified before scanning can be changed Screen layout Nare Status kg yl ml cll ll copy PrintWait J Scanning will be finished F If the display size is changed View Finishing will not be avail
210. ble healthy and safe operating environment it is recommended that the room well ventilated Z ATTENTION Placer l appareil dans une pi ce largement ventil e 3 Une quantit d ozone n gligable est d gag e pendant le fonctionnement de l appareil quand celui ci est utilis normalement Cependant une odeur d sagr able peut tre ressentie dans les pi ces dont l a ration est insuffisante et lorsque une utilisation prolong e de l appareil est effectu e Pour avoir la certitude de travailler dans un environnement r unissant des conditions de confort sant et de s curit il est pr f rable de bien a rer la pi ce ou se trouve l appareil Acoustic noise for European users only Maschinenlarminformations Verordnung 3 GPSGV Der h chste Schalldruckpegel betragt 70 dB A oder weniger gemaB EN ISO 7779 For EU member states only This symbol means Do not dispose of this product together with your household waste Please refer to the information of your local community or contact our dealers regrading the proper handling of end of life electric and electronic equipments Recycling of this product will help to conserve natural resources and prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health caused by e 1 inappropriate waste handling This product complies with RoHS 2002 95 EC Directive This device is not intended for use at a video workstation in compliance with BildscharbV
211. butes dialog box called from the Page Setup dialog box or the Layout Finish dialog boxes called from the Print dialog box 4 6 1 Page Attributes 3 Inthe File menu select Page Setup or Paper Setup LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Page Attributes Paper 8 1 2x11 T Orientation ii B Scale 100 Function name Description Paper Specifies the output paper size Orientation Specifies the orientation of the original Scale Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio Note To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes be sure to set the custom paper sizes in Custom Size Settings first For details on registering a non standard paper size refer to Setting Custom Page Size on page 4 38 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 37 Print Operations 4 6 2 Setting Custom Page Size Select Custom Paper Size on the Page Setting dialog box 1 2 3 4 5 In the File menu select Paper Setup or Page Setup Select Custom Page Sizes Click the Add button Specify settings for the following Paper size Specifies the intended paper size Printer Margins Specifies the paper margins Custom Page Size Name Enter the registered name for the specified paper size and margins and then click the OK button Unit Selects the specified unit r Paper Size Margins Height fo Width offset 0 Bottom 0 Height offset
212. cal rules Optional Authentication Unit AU 201 IC Card Reader Writer This product is wireless system equipment Short Range Device which the R amp TTE directive 1999 5 EC covers Frequency of operation is 13 56 MHz User Instructions FCC Part 15 Radio Frequency Devices for U S A users This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense A WARNING The design and production of this unit conform to FCC regulations and any changes or modifications must be registered with the FCC and are subject to FCC control Any changes made by the purchaser or user without first contacting the manufacturer will be subject to penalty under FCC regulations 3 This device must be used with a shielded network 10 Base T 100 Base TX cable and a shielded parallel cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interference with radio com
213. can transmission procedure refer to Operation flow on page 6 12 1 Position the document to be copied 2 Press the Proof Copy key 3 Select the original direction When the original is placed on the original glass Select the original direction and then press Start Advanced Preview Settings Hane Status Original Direction E Delete Job Details vl ol i or When the original is loaded into the ADF Select the original direction and then press Start Advanced Preview Settings Ra e Status Original Direction ee i tele Job Details rr PAN 4 Press the Start key The original is scanned and the Preview screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 29 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 5 Check the preview image and rotate the image or change settings if necessary Page Rotation Rotate current page ishing AEREA View Pages yl ml cl kil PA To continue to scan more originals touch the View Status tab clear the selection of Finish and position the next original Transmission will start Press the Start key To change settings touch View Pages _ Delete el P View Status yl mll cll kil PA nm uu puu 6 Press the Start key Sending starts bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 30 Network S
214. can Fax Network Fax Operations 6 8 Menu tree in Fax Scan mode The functions and settings that can be operated in Fax Scan mode are structured as shown below Address Book tab x Note For details refer to Address Book on page 6 39 Operations available on the Address Book tab are as follows Job List Address Book irect Select desired destinationts gt Check Job Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Job History Off Hook EB Addr E Mail IP_FAX1 Tokyo testi WebDAVI ora ETT ME Mail E Mail Osaka Nagoya ier ifax1 User Box box01 Search Z Delete 7 a Scan Settings Check Job Original Settings Communication Settings Settings vll mil cl xl PA e Detail For details on Search refer to p 6 39 For details on Scan Settings refer to p 6 56 For details on Original Settings refer to p 6 85 For details on Communication Settings refer to p 6 89 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 31 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Direct Input tab Operations available on the Direct Input tab are as follows i Select sending method and then enter No of 000 SORES the desired destination check Job Fax can be sent at any time using keypad TESIS Direct Input Job Histo ES Off Hook Dest User Box EF Sica Bae PC SHB Scan
215. can be specified for the registered copy programs 1 Using the touch panel and control panel keys specify the copy settings to be registered in the copy program 2 Can the current settings be checked 3 To check the currently specified copy settings touch Check Job in the left panel and then touch Job Details 2 Press the Mode Memory key Mode Memory EN O The Recall Copy Program screen appears 3 From the copy program buttons that appear in the screen touch the button where you wish to store the copy settings and then touch Register Program There are three Recall Copy Program screens Touch and to display a different screen If 30 copy programs have been registered delete an unnecessary copy program 0 1 3 ob D gt yl ml cll ll my Delete mm a The Register Copy Program screen appears 3 80 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 4 Use the control panel keypad and the keyboard that appears in the touch panel to type in the name of the copy program The program name can contain a maximum of 16 characters For details on typing in text refer to Entering text on page 8 3 Job List The current copy mode i ill be registered Type in the program name using the keyboard or keypad Press C to delete the entered program name Recall Copy Program gt Register Copy Progran eetecteP
216. ccccinicccccnnnnncccccnncconaccnnnnnnnnnnnos 3 103 Specifying a setting for special paper cceceeececeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeseceaeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 106 Printing double sided copies manually oococccccnnncccccnnonconcccconnnnancncnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnn cnn nn 3 108 AAA A E 3 110 Originals that can be loaded into the ADF cessecseeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeseaaeeeeeaeeeeenneeeaas 3 110 Precautions for loading originals into the ADF csscessseeeeseneeeeneeeeeeaeeeesaeeeseseeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeenaees 3 111 Originals that can be placed on the original Glass 0 00 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeseeeeseeaeeeeeaeeeeaaes 3 111 Precautions for positioning originals on the original QlaSS ceeseeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeesaees 3 111 Inserting paper between OHP transparencies OHP Interleave function sssse00 3 112 Adding cover pages Cover Sheet fUNCtION cccsseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 3 115 Inserting different paper into copies Insert Sheet function ccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 3 118 Inserting copies of a different original for a specified page Insert Image FUNCTION c ococciosiicsiicaearteetr nadia arcas drid tens etna cardiaca 3 121 Specifying pages to be printed on the front side Chapters function cccccccconononennonenennnnas 3 124 Scanning originals with different settings and printing copi
217. ce permission level to destination Utility gt Apply Levels Groups to Destinations gt Address Book Utility y One Touch User Box Reg y ba besbinacions y APPIY Levels eo destinations y Address Book No Destination se ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PORS TUV WXYZ etc MEDI 1 2 0001 IP_FAX1 2002 Towo EN 0003 Osaka Level 0 EX 0004 Nagoya Level 0 0005 box01 Level 0 0006 test1 Level 0 0007 WebDAV1 Level 0 04 22 2007 18 08 Memory 100 Apply Level A Close bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 147 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Group 1 Select an address of which level must be changed 2 Touch Limiting Access to Destinations or Apply levels to Destinations E Specify group permitted to access destination E or apply reference permission level to destination Utility gt Apply Levels to Destinations gt Group Utility No Destination Level7Group A 0001 grot Level 0 j One Touch User Box Reg Limiting access to Destinations 1 apply Levels 86 b stinations Apply Level A Group i 04 22 2007 18 08 Mi Memory 100 Program 1 Select an address of which level must be changed 2 Touch Limiting Access to Destinations or Apply levels to Destinations F Specify group permitted to access destination o
218. ching Input Host Name after entering the IP address holds the input IP address and displays it in the character input screen Before entering a host name check that the DNS setting is correctly specified bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 133 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Port Number 3 Enter the port number Range 1 to 65535 Destination Machine Type 3 Select Color or Monochrome depending on the destination machine Index 3 Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches T wust Specify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New IP Address Fax gt Index utility Address Book Public P ss ra abc DEF GHI JKL MNO Pors TU WXYZ IP Address Fax y y Index 09 21 2007 23 00 M Memory 100 Icon 3 Select the icon Job List Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Utility Address Book Public IP Address Fax Icon 0 58 ME E 10 03 2007 17 50 Memory 100 Q Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed 6 134 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 15 9 Address Book Internet Fax 3 Register the Internet fax destination T
219. ctaresthehagwadeaadudeswsadasuantacedhnssabdavadsodasaaaitecaunetucdunesh asettededaeaanis ets 6 147 GOUD wre E erected A aioe aioli alta 6 148 Program a a 6 148 WSOr A A A ceeseeteatevern 6 149 Displaying the User Settings screen ccesccceseceeeeeeeeneeeceseseeeeeseneeesceeseseeeesesneneesneeesseeeesennens 6 149 Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings cooooccccnonccnnonccnnnonncnnnanncnnrnnn nano na nnnr cnn nr nn rre r carne 6 149 DefaultTaD iia oia 6 149 Program Default i rnern ennaa id e 6 150 Address Book Index Default d mosar anani anert p a a E aaaea aapea aA Aaaa aane Naaa AES 6 150 Shortcut Key 1 Shortcut Key 2 0 eeceeseceecseseeeeeeceeseeeeesseeeneseeeesesceesesaeeseseeeeseeeaessseeeeeseneeesaeeessces 6 151 DAWN canis couuauecdssuiebeddtingsvenhesstacdeuidsphacceudateare 6 151 Custom Display Settings FAX Active Screen G3 IP I FAX coooooocccccccnoccccccccononccncnncncnnnnncnncnnnnnnnos 6 152 LX Display it A cee eee creda eats ie Di 6 152 RX DISPIAY iii A Coulda cdisacenansenah dati cceteandi idas 6 152 Custom Display Settings Search Option Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAVW G3 IP I FAX 6 153 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Contents 11 6 16 5 SCAN FAX ONO seiere saa aea cei anivevasssadachdganscdpeaussenVazacenascaddeusadedssensedhtecausiceeaiegatheueea 6 154 JPEG Compression Level E Mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Web Service IP ccceeeeeee 6 154 Black Compression Level aerian aeaaea arana ea
220. ction Prints multiple pages on one page or prints one sheet of an original divided on multiple pages Details can be specified by clicking the Combination Details button Skip Blank Pages Does not print blank pages in the data Stamp Composition tab Item Function Watermark Prints a watermark text stamp on the page being printed Watermarks can be added changed or deleted by clicking the Edit button Configure tab Item Function Device Option Specifies the status of the options that are installed on this machine and the status of the user authentication and account track functions Specify the status of each item from the Setting drop down list Acquire Device Information Communicates with this machine to read the status of the installed options Acquire Settings Specifies the status of the connection that executes getting the option information Encryption Passphrase Enter an encryption passphrase when it is defined by the user through communication with this machine Y Note To display the Configure tab right click the xxxxxxx FAX icon and then click Properties You cannot use the Acquire Device Information function if you are not connected to or able to communicate with this machine In addition when use the Acquire Device Information function in the Administrator Settings of the machine select System Connection Open API Settings Authenticatio
221. d Under Printing Allowed select whether or not data printing should be allowed When you specify High Level for the encryption level Low Resolution appears Under Enable copying of text images and other content select whether or not to allow copying of text images and other content If Low Level is selected Specify the encryption conditions Boast 000 Use Document gt Encryption gt Detail Settings e pack ira gt Printing Allowed Sna sener gonteng Ct images Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 yl wll cll ll 04 22 2007 16 50 Mi 1 Memory 100 If High Level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Use Document gt Encryption gt Detail Settings Printing Allowed Sna sener gonteng Cot images Restrict Low Resolution 17 Delete ETE vil wll cll Kl F 1 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 61 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Encryption Detail Settings Changes Allowed In the Detail Settings screen touch Forward gt to select details of the changes allowed Under Changes Allowed select the appropriate permission level for document changes including data signature inputs and remarks If Low Level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Use Document gt Encryption gt Detail Settings e pack iga gt Changes Allowed Pa
222. d according to the conditions of the destination server The document name can also be changed later upon transmission 5 40 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 5 6 5 Move Moves data of documents stored in the user box to another user box You can select a destination box from public personal or group user box 1 Select the destination user box and check the contents of the document 2 Touch OK lect desired User Box to move document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Press Start to move document File Document gt Move Selected Documents SMFP07040422200 000000001 ls 000000002 box01 box02 EN EX yi ml cll ki Enter User Box No 04 10 2007 14 07 M Memory 99 ET Q Detail Display contents vary for personal and group user boxes according to the user who is logged on Password entry is not necessary even if a password has been specified for the destination box 5 6 6 Copy Copies data of documents stored in the user box to another user box You can select the destination from public personal and group user boxes 1 Select the destination user box and check the contents of the document 2 Touch Ok Select desired User Box to copy document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Press Start to move document File Document gt Copy Selected Documents SMFP070
223. d copy program and then touch Check Program Settings For details refer to Copying with programmed copy settings Mode Memory on page 3 83 6 Touch OK or Cancel To return to the Basic screen press the Mode Memory key Q Detail To stop registering the program press the Reset key or the Mode Memory key No matter which screen is displayed the registration is cancelled Otherwise continue to touch Cancel until the Basic screen is displayed The settings of a copy program cannot be changed f the copy program that was selected has been locked Edit Name and Delete do not appear 3 82 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 18 Copying with programmed copy settings Mode Memory Programmed copy settings can be recalled to be used again for copying 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 2 Press the Mode Memory key Mode Memory Cd The Recall Copy Program screen appears 3 Touch the button for the copy program registered with the copy settings to be recalled Job List To register a program select blank progran key and touch Register Program check Job Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Copy Program General Affairs AAA o If the copy settings in the selected copy program are not
224. d on the front side of the paper within an original of up to 999 pages In double sided originals one double sided page is considered to be two pages one for the front and one for the back 7 1 4 Note Make sure that the paper loaded for the first page of the chapter and for the copy have the same size and orientation Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 Foran original that exceeds 100 pages refer to Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting on page 3 31 3 124 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 2 Touch Application and then touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled Job List Sheet covers Chapter Insert 4 Ready to copy Basic Original Setting Density A Edit Color Ex Copies Application ALA ATA Book Copy Repeat 4 y Page Margin 4 O re 13 11 2006 Memory 20 37 100 yl ml cll ki a Stamp Composition Booklet y Save in User Box 4 The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears Touch Chapters Job List check Job auye earer 100 0 r OHP Interleave _ Ready to copy Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert gt Cover Sheet 4
225. d upon a command from the recipient side 3 Select Normal to have the original scanned and automatically saved in a polling transmission user box Select the Polling TX method Use the keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Broadcast Destinations Delete mE ena Delete Settings 4 04 22 2007 17 15 Mi vl ml cll xl Henory 100 Q Detail f user authentication is applied polling transmission is disabled if the user who is not permitted to access to the saved documents is logged on 6 98 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Polling TX Bulletin This function registers a document in a bulletin board user box so that it can be transmitted from the bulletin board upon a command from the recipient side 1 Select Bulletin 2 Enter a bulletin board number from the keypad 3 Stat scanning of the original The document is automatically saved in the bulletin board user box that has been created beforehand Job List Select the Polling TX method Use the keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Broadcast Destinations Butietin PEE Delete E 17 1 Delete Settings 4 vl wll cll ki 04 22 2007 17 16 Mi Memory 100 Q Detail A number between 7 and 999999999 can be entered for the bulletin board number Only one document can be registered in one bulletin board user box Up
226. d venue of Tokyo District Court to resolve any disputes arising under this License Agreement b This License Agreement contains the complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings whether oral or written You agree that any varying or additional terms contained in any written notification or document issued by you in relation to the Profile licensed hereunder shall be of no effect c The failure or delay of DIC to exercise any of its rights under this License Agreement or upon any breach of this License Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of those rights or of the breach 8 7 Special notice to user The Facsimile has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 1999 5 EC for pan European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network PSTN However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries the approval does not of itself give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network terminal point In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance The CE marking must be affixed to the product or to its data plate Additionally it must be affixed to the packaging if any and to the accompanying documents 8 22 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 9 Index Index i 9 Index Numerics 1 Sided 4 6 4 26
227. dd Adds a condition Conditions are specified in p Add Delete Delete Deletes the selected condition row Page Number Specifies the page numbers To specify multiple pag es separate each page number with a comma or specify the range using a hyphen Print Type Specifies the print type from the Change Setting drop down list Paper Tray Specifies the paper tray used for printing from the Change Setting drop down list Staple Specifies the number of staples and the stapling posi tion from the Change Setting drop down list bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 9 Print Operations Function name Option Description Transparency Inter leave ON OFF Blank Outputs and inserts interleaves when printing over head projector transparencies You can specify it when Transparency is selected for the paper type Interleave Tray Tray1 4 LCT Selects the paper tray for the transparency inter leaves The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 2 5 Stamp Composition tab 2 Printing Preferences Printer View Printer Information Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting TT
228. desired subject name and then touch Edit To delete a registered subject select a desired subject name and then touch Delete To specify the default for a subject select a subject name and then touch Set as Default Subject 3 Entera subject using up to 64 characters y Job List E Select item and enter setting bookmark A Utility gt E Mail Subject gt New No 03 Utility 4 Subject A Create One Touch Destination y y y New 04 22 2007 17 59 Mi cancel OK Memory 100 6 140 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 12 E Mail Settings E Mail Body E Mail I FAX Up to 10 bodies for E Mail and Internet fax can be registered A registered subject can be selected when sending gt To register a new body touch New Utility gt E Mail gt E Mail Body No Body Set as Default wo Utility 01 data sending Default y One Touch User Box Reg y Create One Touch Destination E Mail Settings y E mail Body Set as Default E 04 22 2007 17 59 Mi Memory 100 Detail To check a registered body select a desired body and then touch Check Job Settings To change the registered body settings select a desired body and then touch Edit To delete a registered body select a desired body and then touch Delete To specify the default for a body select a desired body and then touch Se
229. di dais 2 7 A O E O eases eecets 2 7 Actions in response to troubles ccoonccnnnnnnonnnsennnnnerrnnrenc rene 2 8 Consumables issoria chzewcezcnenacus he caghatins aches ive cane tevcaecacneusd 2 8 When m ving th MAChING ci n ii ed 2 9 Before SUCCESSIVE NOLCGAYS ccceseeeeeseeeteseeeeesereeeeeaneneeeeeeeseeenesenseesceeeesseesasseeeseseeesseneeneneeneessones 2 9 2 2 Regulation NOCES iii 2 10 CE Marking Declaration of Conformity for users of the European Union EU essceeeees 2 10 User Instructions FCC Part 15 Radio Frequency Devices for U S A US IS ccsesceeeseeeees 2 10 Interference Causing Equipment Standard ICES 003 ISSUE 4 for Canada users eeeee 2 10 For users in countries not subject to class B regulations ccesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenaeeeee 2 10 LASSI A an aiaa a Ea EANES Ea ea OSN TaESA nap ranana aea 2 10 Internal laser radiation A 2 11 CDREIFEGUIATIONS iissa lueendoeea id 2 11 For E ropgam USGI iii A lcd 2 12 For Denmark USCIS sviiociocai eign cee estes E sede yess eee eee 2 12 For Finland Sweden USESS ssssssecceeecccececeeesesssseeeceeecceeceeeeeessesseceeeeseeeeteaeaessesseceeeesstseessanenssess 2 12 FORNOrnWay US Sia aa ba 2 13 Laser Safety A saveaesgasszeasaanccparsdeceusstvatesdaieieceauicaadacsenssataeaneneesae 2 13 OZONE HElCASS AAA O 2 14 Acoustic noise for European users Only oooccconcccocccnncccnonnnancnancconononncnnnc cnn cn
230. dministrator Settings to register how to add sender information bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 101 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 13 Redialing G3 IP Redialing refers to the action to dial the same recipient again Redialing takes place after a certain length of time when the line is busy and transmission has failed 6 13 1 Redial If transmission has failed because the line is busy the recipient s number is automatically redialed as many times as specified in the Line Parameter Setting screen Until successfully redialed the transmission job is handled as a scheduled job in a redialing queue Detail The factory setting for automatic redialing is to have redialing performed three times at an interval of three minutes 6 13 2 Manual redialing A job in the redialing queue can be redialed from the Job Details screen 1 Touch Job List 2 Touch Job Details 3 Touch Send 4 Select a job under Current Jobs 5 Touch Redial JobList Confirm jobs currently sending or waiting to be sent TSEC Status Address E Timer TX Job Job Details 04 22 2007 17 19 6 102 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 13 3 Fax Retransmit G3 A job is saved in a retransmit user box after the setting for auto redialing specified in the Line Parameter Setting screen has been exceeded without successful transmission Open the retransmit user box to redial manually 1 Select
231. ds may appear Example Password input screen Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Administrator password Press C to erase the entered the Administrator password a OOU CO KI cl AT PEER IRTE OOOO BOCODODEBDD 14 11 2006 02 14 Memory 99 i use the keyboard or keypad to enter Copies Unie the custom size name Press C to erase the entered Custom Size Name nge Settings for Selected Tray gt Store Custom Size gt Custom Size Name BD E PLE ooo ooo Pieler yey py DEBOR om r 14 11 2006 02 15 Oe MT OK Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 3 Appendix gt Touch Shift to switch the keyboard display between lowercase letters numbers and uppercase letters symbols Job List Job List Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the custom size name Press IC to erase the entered Custom Size Name Copies Change Settings for Selected Tray gt Store Custom Size gt Custom Size Name LESA Ele fa ef E o To Eo a EL E e e E e ter fats Faye fo fs Ys Tet yee E 14 11 2006 02 15 E Memory 99 Use the keyboard or keypad to enter Copies the custom size name Press C to erase the entered Custom Size Name Change Settings for Selected Tray gt Store Custom Size gt Custom Size Name EUA oo T 0050 BOD OOO Doa OOO oD BOBO Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix 8
232. e Help menu for the name and function of each part differ depending on the options that are installed Help screen bottom level Example Function gt Copy gt Color Describes functions Bookmark J Function gt Copy gt Color Q Color A copy can be printed with the specified color Function Color 13 11 2006 20 04 Exit Clo Memory 100 3 86 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Help screen bottom level Example Search by Operation gt Copying gt Selecting the Color gt Copy same color as original Job List d Describes functions Bookmark Operation gt Selecting the Color gt Copy Same Color as Original Copy same color as original By selecting Full Color the color of the output will look Search by exactly like the original If there are black and white pages Operation and color pages mixed within the original Auto Color can also be selected Copying Selecting the Color e Set this function 26 02 2007 10 53 E Memory 99 METE close 3 Touch Set this function to set the selected function Function Map screen Example Copy sob List Describes screen transitions Job List l omarico I Bookmark Help gt Function Map gt Copy Help Menu Copy rs Function Map mee Paver m 4 Duplex
233. e combination conditions tails ils Layout Order Specifies the layout order The layout order can be specified when N x N is specified in Combination Border Specifies the presence and type of border lines The layout order can be specified when N x N is specified in Combination Overlap width line Specifies the presence of a poster mode overlap You can specify it when N in N is specified in Combina tion Rotate 180 ON OFF Rotates 180 to print Skip Blank Pages ON OFF Does not print blank pages in the data Chapters ON OFF Specifies the page to be printed on the front side You can specify it when the print type is 2 Sided or Booklet Page Number Specifies the page to be printed on the front side when Chapters is ON Print Type 1 Sided 2 Sided Booklet Specifies duplex printing and booklet printing Binding Position Auto Left Bind Right Bind Top Specifies the binding position Bind Page Margin ON OFF Specifies the binding margin Click the Binding Mar gin Settings button to specify the margin values Binding Margin Shift Mode Selects how to process the image to prepare the bind Settings ing margin Front Side Back Side Specifies the binding margin values For 2 sided print ing clearing the Same Value for Front and Back Sides check box allows you to set different values between the front and back sides Units Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size 4 6 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Prin
234. e data enter an ID and password Memory RX user box This box appears when the optional fax kit is installed The fax document re ceived though the memory RX setting can be confirmed and printed Annotation user box Document data saved can be printed or transmitted with an image of the date time or an annotation number Fax retransmit user box This box appears when the optional fax kit is installed Saved documents can be retransmitted or printed for confirmation Encrypted PDF user box a Saved documents can be printed Encrypted PDF files saved in an external mem ory and sent for print jobs are also saved in this box To print documents the pre set password is necessary ID amp Print User Box This user box appears if user authentication is applied Documents being sent for print jobs by the printer driver after logging on as a user can be printed External memory 72 Appears if an external memory is installed Document data in the external mem ory connected to the machine can be printed 1 For print instruction of an encrypted PDF see PageScope Direct Print manual or the help on direct print of PageScope Web Connection 2 To connect an external memory an optional local interface kit is required External memory FTP server etc E mail etc M Printouts EE OCO t O 5 4 bizhub C353
235. e destination folder from the touch panel User Name 3 Type the user name to log in from the touch panel Q Detail Touching Anonymous inputs anonymous Job List Type in the user name using the keyboard or A keypad You can also select Anonymous Press C to delete the entered user name Enter New Address gt FTP gt User Name Broadcast Destinations ra E gt MEE a 55 35 53 5S 5S ES 5S 5S 5S 8S SS Eso fe ir it iv i w tt lo le Pe Jc PEE EEE E 0000000 ua 1 1 Delete vi wll cll ll 04 22 2007 16 28 M Memory 100 TEA O E Password 3 Type the login password from the touch panel 6 48 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Detailed Settings gt Specify more detailed settings Use the keypad to enter the port number Specify the settings Broadcast Destinations e Lie 1 1 Delete _ EE vi wll cl ci ra a MET TE Item Description Port Number Enter the port number PASV Specify whether or not the PASV mode is used Proxy Specify whether or not a proxy server is used Next Destination 3 Touch this button to add other destinations bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 49 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 11 Direct Input WebDAV gt Specify the WebDAV addr
236. e more information about the buttons of the Help screens gt Refer to Overview of Help screens on page 3 85 3 Touch Copy or Open or press the 1 key in the keypad F Select a function using the keypad Job List Bookmark Help Menu Copy User Box Job List Print Help gt Search by Function Customize Image Panel amp amp amp A A A A A_ Web Browser Memory The Copy Help screen appears 3 88 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 4 Touch Open or the right of the desired information or press the key in the keypad for the number to the left of the desired information to display the corresponding Help screen Job List Select a function using the keypad Bookmark Help Menu Function gt Copy Color Paper Zoon Duplex Combine Finishing Original Settings Qual ity Density Application Other 26 02 2007 Memory 5 After checking the Help information touch Exit or press the Help key again The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 89 3 Copy Operations 3 20 Copy paper Use paper that meets the following specifications 3 20 1 Possible paper sizes Non standard sized paper
237. e scanned in order T SURVEYOR S REPORT bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 135 3 Copy Operations If Front Cover was selected all page spreads are scanned in order after the front cover Press the Start key 3 136 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 30 Tiling copy images Image Repeat function An original image can be repeatedly printed on a single sheet of paper The possible number of repeating images is automatically selected based on the size of the loaded original the specified paper size and the zoom ratio The following repeating formats and settings are available Setting Description With Margin Multiple copies are printed of the entire image within the specified area The area around the image appears as a margin Without Margin Multiple copies of the selected area of the image are printed to fill the paper however a part of the image may be cut off 2 4 8 Repeat A fixed number of copies of the selected image area are printed in the paper The number of repeating copies can be set to 2 4 or 8 times However any part of the image that does not fit within its specific section of the paper is cut off ABC ABC ABC ABC Original ABc mm With Margin Without
238. e used together with the following functions Polling RX Polling TX Bulletin Registration Bulletin Polling RX ECM OFF Check Dest amp Send A fax is sent only after a comparison of the specified fax number with the fax number information CSI for the recipient s machine indicates a match This prevents misdirected transmissions since a transmission error occurs if the numbers do not match Q Detail To execute Check Dest amp Send the destination must have its fax number registered Select Line 1 Select Line 1 or Line 2 to send a fax if the optional fax multi line is installed 2 Specify a line for transmission Q Detail You cannot specify a line when Line 2 Setting of Multi Line Setting is set to RX Only 6 90 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 12 2 E Mail Settings E Mail I FAX About E Mail settings gt Specify the document name subject from address and message body for sending messages Select item you wish to check or change mmunication Settings gt E Mail Settings Document Name 4 SMFP07042217000 Broadcast Destinations A admin test local 4 Body 4 data sending Delete Check Job Settings y yl wll cll kl 04 22 2007 17 10 Mi Memory 100 Document Name Displays the name of the file to be saved The document name specified later appears as the document name even if the document name was spec
239. ears If Input error appears or if the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad and then specify the correct value 5 Specify any other desired copy settings To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key 6 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies Press the Start key bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 149 Copy Operations 3 34 Copying with the page layout of a booklet Booklet function The page order of the scanned original is automatically arranged to produce double sided copies in a page layout for center binding such as for a magazine Stapling is possible only when optional finisher FS 609 is installed or optional finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached Detail Generally a multiple of 4 original pages is required with a single sided original and a multiple of 2 original pages is required with a double sided original If there are not enough pages blank pages are automatically added at the end For details on stapling refer to Binding copies at the center Center Staple and Half Fold setting Center Staple amp Fold setting on page 3 68 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer to Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting on page 3 37 The width of the binding margin is automatically specified Position the original to be copied For details on positioning
240. ecipient s machine or this machine is connected to the line via a private branch exchange It is recommended that you set V 34 to off before sending a Fax This ma chine automatically returns to V 34 mode when it completes transmission Check Dest amp Send A Fax is sent only after a comparison of the specified Fax number with the Fax number information CSI for the recipient s machine indicates a match This prevents misdirected transmissions since a transmission error occurs if the numbers do not match Select Line Select Line 1 or Line 2 to send a Fax if the fax multi line is installed Specify a line for transmission Q Detail To execute Check Dest amp Sena the destination must have its fax number registered 6 118 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Index 3 Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches op list SPecify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New Fax gt Index utility Address Book Public ac per ca am mo Pors Tw ww OA 09 21 2007 22 41 Mi Memory 100 Icon 3 Select the icon Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Utility y Address Book Public y y 09 21 2007 22 41 M Memory 100 Q
241. ecipients at the same time 1 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan og O 2 Specify two or more recipients On the Address Book tab p 6 39 Job List Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad check Job 4 ing eye Job History searen gt of f Hook Receive I Fax efh E Mail MiE Mail ME Mail User Box IP_FAX1 Tokyo Osaka Nagoya x01 Fax WebDAV 1 Fax testi WebDAV ifax1 Search 4 Scan Settings Original Settings Seetinaseto Check Job Settings a2 E WS enor rr On the Direct Input tab p 6 42 Select sending method and then enter gee the desired destination Se Fi be sent at any time usin OEA Direct Input Of f Hook Sending Method pS f User Box Sic E Meo Communication Scan Settings Original Settings Seveinas E 04 22 2007 16 12 M E Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 23 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations On the Job History tab p 6 52 Job List EES Select desired destination s gt x can be sent at any time using keypad CARUMAN Job History Addres Search Address Book Off Hook Receive I Fax Broadcast Destinations LES Last 0009 1234567890TOKYO 0010 11223344 OSAKA 1 1 Delete Check Job Setting
242. ected as the user authentication method Server Name appears with the name of the default server Touch Server Name to display the names of the registered servers and then select the desired server iouen osin or press the Tacos koy Public User Access Ra e Status ears User Name List A Password Server Name 4 Serveri Derete Job Details nl oll xt e If any print job exists in the ID amp Print User Box Begin Printing and Print amp Login appear If authentication is performed with PageScope Authentication Manager contact your server administrator for log on 2 Type in the user name and then touch OK the keyboard or keypad to type in the user name Press C to erase the entered user name User Authentication gt Enter User Name user Name Status Delete Job Details mil cll k 16 54 100 13 11 2006 Memory bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 Copy Operations 3 Touch Password Enter User Name and password and then touch Login or press the Access key Ra e Status User Name 4 Userol Password Delete Job Details 13 11 2006 11 34 vl ml cll k Memory 100 4 Type in the password and then touch OK Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the password Press C to erase the entered password User Authentication gt Enter Password None Status Job Details 13 11 2006 11 34 vl ml cll k Memory 1007
243. eeding the original on page 3 28 Y This function can be used when optional finisher FS 609 is installed or optional finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached 1 Position the original to be copied Load a booklet with the staples removed The number of sheets that can be stapled together is no more than 15 and differs depending on the paper type For details refer to Selecting a folding setting on page 3 65 When using the original glass position the pages in order starting with the side that includes the first page then the side that includes the second page then the side that includes the third page O eri oer O L J J laa NERO 2E When using the ADF load the pages with the side that includes the first page on top bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 145 Copy Operations 2 3 N Oo A Touch Application and then touch Book Copy Repeat To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled sw ts Ready to copy Giles creck Joo J Basic Original Setting Bensits Application A ALA TN ij A ERSpu r Yas re 4 Edit Color Book Copy Repeat 4 Image Adjust y Booklet E al Stanp Composition 4 Save in User BOX Check Details
244. elay User Box New 04 10 2007 14 15 M Memor 99 Item Description User Box No The next available user box number appears automatically To specify a user box number touch User Box No and then use the keypad to type in the user box number between 1 and 999999999 User Box Name Touch User Box Name and then enter the user box name from the touch panel 20 characters or less Multiple user boxes can be registered under the same user box name if different user box numbers are specified respectively Relay Destination Select a relay destination of transmission from a relay user box Relay destina tions are preregistered as group destinations Relay TX Password Specify a password to limit access to the user box Touch Relay TX Password and then enter the password from the touch panel 8 characters or less bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 Box Operations 5 3 Saving documents in user boxes 1 Press the User Box key User Box Le O Touch Save Document BE Select an operation User Box Operations Status G Save Document File Document Job Details vlvl ol i ir Select the user box where the documents are to be saved and then touch OK Job List select the desired User Box to save document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Information Us
245. elect the Public Personal Group tab lists to display available boxes 2 Select a box you want to use i Job List ect the desired User Box to use document d If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Personal Box Jl Group ser Box 4 000000001 feo 000000002 box01 box02 Public user YRR6rREion Enter User Box No 04 10 2007 15 56 M Menor 99 vl ml cll ki System User Box 1 Select the System User Box tab lists to display available system boxes 2 Select a box you want to use When you select Bulletin Board User Box select another box to use When you select Secure Print User Box enter the ID and password for a secure print document When you select Annotation User Box select another box to use Select the desired User Box to use document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Public Personal Group BSar Box 4 Bulletin Board Polling TX seene Have User Box Memory RX Annotation ue User Box ENOTES POF 1D ape Pei External Memory Enter User Box No 09 20 2007 20 57 M Menory 99 system User Box User Box Tnformation inl TN yi ml cl ki bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 21 5 Box Operations 5 4 3 Description of Use Document screen Selecting a box you want
246. end or tilted otherwise toner may spill CAUTION Do not burn the used waste toner box Toner expelled from the fire is dangerous A WARNING Do not burn used imaging units Toner expelled from the fire is dangerous bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 15 Installation and operation precautions Only for Europe CAUTION This unit has more than one power supply cord To reduce the risk of electric shock disconnect all power supply cords before servicing A VORSICHT Dieses Ger t verf gt ber mehrere Netzkabel Um daher der Stromschlaggefahr vorzubeugen sind vor Servicearbeiten alle Netzkabel abzutrennen ASE 20229 h2 NORRI KE EALTWES REOBIRANIES ID Y EROMIKFNTOBRI KEMORLT SKEW Only for USA and Taiwan A CAUTION This unit has more than one power supply cord To reduce the risk of electric shock disconnect all power supply cords before servicing bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 4 Space requirements To ensure that machine operation consumables replenishing part replacement and regular maintenance can easily be performed adhere to the recommended space requirements detailed below
247. ender Image Untitled v Add Edit Standard Preview Details Recipient Setting Details Fax Load with Joint Name Change Each Recipient Company Department Name FAX Number Read Match Output Size zi Default Cancel Help Cover Size Standard Specifies standard text Details Specifies the details described under Recipient Setting Details Load with Joint Name Lists the recipient with joint names The items listed are the items shown under Recipient List on the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box Change Each Recipient Changes the description for each recipient The items listed are the items shown under Recipient List on the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box Load Set Information Lists the information that was entered in the Company Department Name and FAX Number text boxes Read Reads the information of the first recipient to the information box Up to 40 separate cover sheets can be created if Change Each Recipient is selected Even if Change Each Recipient is selected the first recipient is displayed as a sample in Preview If Load with Joint Name and Change Each Recipient are selected the names that were added are entered but titles cannot be added If a recipient is not specified on the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box Load Set Information cannot be selected In addition it cannot be selected on the FAX tab in the FAX Printin
248. ents Current Recipients gt Cancel Help If recipients have been added to a group all the members of the group can be added to Recipient List group transmission by selecting a group name then clicking the Add Recipients button 4 click the OK button The names that were specified are added to Recipient List and the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 45 4 Print Operations Specifying the transmission settings When sending a fax you can specify the transmission settings in the Fax Mode Details dialog box that appears when the Fax Mode Setting Details button is clicked in the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box Fax Mode Details J Print Recipient File M Timer Send Send Time 0 rj 0 3 Current Time 01 31 Reflect Current Time M SUB Address Sender IO Default OK Cancel Help Lo Item Function Print Recipient File Prints the document after a fax was sent Timer Send Sets the transmission time By clicking the Reflect Current Time button the current time set on the computer is displayed in the Send Time boxes SUB Address Specifies the sub address for sending confidential faxes using F codes Sender ID Specifies the sender ID for sending confidential faxes using F codes Y Note When using Timer Send check that the time set on the computer is synchronized wit
249. epeat function touch No Job List E Multiple copies of the document can be printed Copies on the selected paper Check Job Applicat Book Copy Repeat gt Image Repeat ay Set Range Check Details E 4 B Ai JAJA Without Margin 7 2 4 8 Repeat vll ml cl xl PE Touching 2 4 8 Repeat displays the 2 4 8 Repeat screen where the number of repeats and the interval can be selected b List Multiple copies of the document can be printed Copies on the selected paper Application gt Image Repeat gt 2 4 8 Repeat A4 D 100 0 Aly A A AA AA 2 Repeat 4 Repeat 8 Repeat iz P AR Check Details Repeat Interval A 7 ings 13 11 2006 21 06 yI wll cll ll Memory 100 3 138 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 6 Check the scanning size under Scan Range touch OK and then touch Close in the next screen that appears If the original size does not appear under Scan Range or to specify the scanning area touch Set Range and then specify the scanning area from any of the screens Touch Photo Size to display the Photo Size screen To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Set Range screen w list Ready to copy ee Reo nm Custom Size A Photo Size j 1g 13 11 2006 21 07 vl ml cll Kl M 1007 Custom Size sc
250. er 100 0 EEEE mM Shift 5 After typing in the name touch OK Job List The current copy mode settings will be registered Type in the program name using the keyboard or keypad Press C to delete the entered program name Recall Copy Program gt Register Copy Program General Affairsi E 100 0 iz 13 11 2006 19 41 cancer vi mi cll kl Rea 100 Shift E SS To stop specifying the name of the copy program touch Cancel The copy program can be given the same name as a copy program that has already been registered The Recall Copy Program screen appears again The copy program is registered and a button with the entered copy program name appears Job List To register a program select blank program key and touch Register Program Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Copy Program aper 100 0 General Affairs vll mil cl xl IAS cancel f bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 81 3 Copy Operations Can the copy program name be corrected gt To change the entered copy program name touch the button whose name is to be changed and then touch Edit Name The Edit Name screen appears Return to step 4 and repeat the procedure to change the copy program name 2 Can the specified settings for a copy program be checked gt To check the programmed copy settings touch the button for the desire
251. er Box No 000000001 User Box Name 04 10 2007 13 21 M cancel a Menor 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 4 The following screen appears To save press Start You can also change the Document Name Check Job E User Box Information User Box No User Box 00000001 000000001 goo User Box Nane box01 Document Nane SMFPO7041013290 Type To save press Start You can also change the Document Nane Publig E88 Box 41 Scan Settings MW Original Settings AAA 621072007 13 29 e _ start YU Ma cu K Menory 99 Specify the document name scan settings and original settings Touch Document Name to change the name of the document Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the document name Press C to erase the entered document nane Save Document gt Document Name roma YR ERE son User Box No E J 000000001 Ele ts gt fie gt fo 1 er MC Jl Je Jr fit iy fu Es Jo o fe fc box01 als fo es fe fs e E TE e Type e0ocDoDooee a public User Box 3 29 Y vlvl ol i AM Touch Scan Settings to specify the scan settings Specify the settings Save Document gt Scan Settings IMMI Basic YAFor Ration i Resolution Samia Ese Erase 000000001 p 3 200x200dpi User Box Name oto Fine Book Si box01 SS File Type i Density Appl on E PDF Multi Page Type Publ
252. er boxes can be registered When registering or editing specify the following items Q Detail To change settings for a registered user box select the user box and touch Edit After touching Edit the user box number cannot be changed To delete a registered user box select the user box and touch Delete Screen 1 2 Job List pecify the settings E Jest nter User Box number using the keypad Utility gt Bulletin Board User Box gt New Back ra gt A Utility User Box Nane y a One Touch User Box Reg y me 04 10 2007 14 14 Bulletin Board User Box ten 04 10 2007 14 14 Ki Menory 99 Item Description User Box No The next available user box number is displayed To specify a user box number touch User Box No and then use the keypad to type in the user box number between 1 and 999999999 User Box Name Touch User Box Name and then enter the user box name from the touch panel 20 characters or less Multiple user boxes can be registered under the same user box name if different user box numbers are specified respectively Password Specify a password to limit access to the user box Touch Password and then enter the password from the touch panel 8 characters or less Type Depending on the state of user authentication and account track operations ei ther Public Personal or Group can be selected When selecting Pers
253. er or decompile the Software 7 Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any reproductions thereof shall remain with KMBT and its licensor 8 Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of the trademark owner s name Trademarks can only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership in that trademark 9 You may not rent lease sublicense lend or transfer versions or copies of the Software Licensee does not use or Software contained on any unused media except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and Documentation as described above 10 INNO EVENT WILL KMBT OR ITS LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVING EVEN IF KMBT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY KMBT OR ITS LICENSOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 11 Notice to Government End Users The Software is a commercial
254. ered in the Fax Number text box To send a fax overseas be sure to enter the country code first bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 53 Print Operations Change the transmission mode as necessary ECM Specifies the ECM Error Correction Mode If the V 34 Mode check box is selected the ECM check box cannot be cleared International Transmission Mode Slows the speed when sending faxes overseas Select this check box if errors occur when sending faxes overseas V 34 Mode Specifies the Super G3 fax mode For normal fax operations leave this check box selected Clear it only if it is not possible to transmit in the recipient s mode To add a recipient to a group select the check box of the group to be added If adding a recipient to a group you can specify the recipient in a group group transmission To send faxes to specific members it comes in handy to add them to a group Multiple groups can be selected and added The group name can be changed Click the OK button The information of the recipient is registered and it is added to Personal Information If a group was specified the group that was added also appears in Group Click the OK button If a name was added the editing of the phone book is complete The first time you register a phone book a dialog box to confirm whether you want to save the phone book appears Click the Yes button The Save As dialog box appears Phone Book E
255. erivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence NetSNMP License Part 1 CMU UCD copyright notice BSD like Copyright 1989 1991 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University Derivative Work 1996 1998 2000 Copyright 1996 1998 2000 The Regents of the University of California All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written permission CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALLWARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Part 2 Networks Associates Technology Inc copyright not
256. ers i Select or enter the body of e mail message No of 000 ie Es Touch Details to view the entire text Lcd Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt Body No Body Besetnat tons 1 data sending 1 Delete AAA ire SEEME yl wll cll ll 0 22 2007 17 11 M 1 Memory 100 6 92 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 12 3 URL Notification Setting User Box FTP SMB WebDAV URL notification gt Specify the E Mail address where notifications of completion of the job are to be sent Job List Select the URL notification address Communication Settings gt URL Notification Setting 2 ros oer en ra oS row wz etc ME Mail ME Mail ME Mail Tokyo Osaka Nagoya 1 Delete Detail Search Direct Input Settinas 4 1 vil wl cll xl AM Detail The destinations that can be specified for URL notification setting include User Box FTP SMB and WebDAV destinations Even if specitied this feature does not work for the Scan to E Mail Internet fax or G3 fax functions Detail Search 1 Search for the destination E Mail address from the address book 2 Enter the destination name or part of the address to search for the corresponding address 3 Select Name or Address and enter the search text Job List Select the conditions for detailed search Barf 000 Search Result
257. ers from the touch panel Password 3 Enter the password for logging on to the destination computer using up to 31 characters from the touch panel anonymous gt To specify no user ID for logging on to the host name touch ON PASV 3 Select whether to use the PASV mode Proxy 3 Select whether to use a proxy server Port Number 3 Enter the port number Range 1 to 65535 6 126 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Index 3 Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches JobList SPecify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New FIP gt Index ac per ca am mo Pors Tw ww OA 09 21 2007 22 52 Mi Memory 100 Icon 3 Select the icon Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list Utility y Address Book Public 09 21 2007 22 52 M Memory 100 Q Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 127 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 7 Address Book WebDAV 3 Specify the WebDAV address directly To register a new address touch New 1 3 screen Registered number
258. es all together Progr m Jobs f tOM ii sadeeacvs cat cecudyscedeccuded ectucuecaveecustecseeeceusicerect 3 127 Producing separate copies of each page in a page spread BOOK Copy funtion cic 2isccts ces seeteci ac etes secede ieckecers cove dwcuees cenece dee Yeccece ceed aariaa aiaiai aaraa aapea 3 132 Tiling copy images Image Repeat function 2 cccssseeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseneeeeeeeseneneeeeesenenes 3 137 Copying an enlarged image on multiple pages Poster Mode function ssssse 3 141 Copying booklets Booklet Original function 2 ccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenseeeeeenseseeeeeeneeeeneeees 3 145 Adjusting the image to fit the paper Image Adjust SettingS occoconancccconnnnnnacannnnannacnnnennanas 3 147 Copying with the page layout of a booklet Booklet function cooccccccccnononnonononanananaacanananas 3 150 Printing the date time or page number on copies Stamp Composition functions a coccion tic ainda 3 152 Saving the scanned original in a user box Save in User Box functi0N cccccnnmoconcnnnnnaannns 3 153 Overview of Utility mode Parameter ooonmmmnccccnnnnccncnnnnnnnannn cnn cocer renace 3 157 Common settings PCL PS drivers for Windows cccssssseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseneneeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeneneneess 4 3 Parameter details PCL PS drivers for WiNGOWS occoncconcccncnnnnnccnnonennnnoncnnnnnenancncnnannrnanererannernanees 4 4 ESEA o EE ads ii aiii 4 4 A O 4 6 PISO TD
259. es are not positioned correctly for the 3 loaded paper the paper size will not be correctly detected Be sure to adjust the lateral guides to the size of the loaded paper LA Load the paper into the tray so that the side of the paper to be printed on the side facing up when the package was unwrapped faces up bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 19 Copy Operations Load letterhead paper so that the side to be printed on faces down If letterhead paper is loaded as shown below to make a single sided copy the document image is printed on the side that was previously printed on The paper will be fed out facing down 9 How is curled paper loaded a 3 Flatten the paper before loading it 2 How many sheets of paper and other media can be loaded 3 Do not load so many sheets of plain paper that the top of the stack is higher than the Y mark Close tray 1 Q Detail If special paper is loaded the paper type setting must be specified Y Reminder Be careful not to touch the film For details on selecting the size and type of paper loaded in tray 1 2 3 4 refer to Copy paper on page 3 90 To print on OHP transparencies thick paper 4 envelopes or postcards use the bypass tray bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3
260. ess directly Enter settings to setup WebDAY destination CE Fe pan J user wame J Passa vod WEE j Settings 7 vl ml cll ll o2 se m Host Name gt Specify the host name or IP address for the destination from the touch panel File Path 3 Specify the path to the destination folder from the touch panel User Name 3 Type the user name to log in from the touch panel Password 3 Type the login password from the touch panel 6 50 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Detailed Settings gt Specify more detailed settings se the keypad to enter the port number No oF 000 Specify the settings rect Input gt WebDAY gt Detailed Settings peseta Yons Port Number MC 1 65535 pray SSL Settings No void Delete _ EE vil wll cl A e MET TE Item Port Number Description Enter the port number Proxy Specify whether or not a proxy server is used SSL Settings Specify whether or not SSL is used for transmission Next Destination 3 Touch this button to add other destinations bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 51 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 12 Direct Input Web Service This function sends scan data to a computer registered in advance on the network Q Detail For details on settings to be specified in advance refer to Using Web services on page 6 11 It is also poss
261. etting and select the original size If highly translucent or transparent originals such as OHP transparencies or diazo photosensitive paper are loaded the original size cannot be detected automatically Place a blank sheet of paper of the same size over the original e Do not place objects exceeding 2 kg on the original glass otherwise the original glass may be damaged e Do not press down extremely hard on a book spread on the original glass otherwise the original glass may be damaged bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 111 3 Copy Operations 3 23 Inserting paper between OHP transparencies OHP Interleave function In order to prevent copies printed onto OHP transparencies from sticking together as a result of the heat that is produced during copying paper interleaves can be inserted between the transparencies ABCD ABCD ABCD Y No Finishing setting can be used 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 For details on loading OHP transparencies refer to Paper types and paper capacities on page 3 91 and Loading paper into the bypass tray on page 3 23 2 Inthe Basic screen touch Color and then touch Black Printing on OHP transparencies is possible only in black 3 Load the OHP transparencies into the bypass tray and load the interleaf paper into the desired paper tray Use interleaf paper with the
262. ettings E Select job setting Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting Default Tab Address Book Book Address Search lt LDAP gt Program Default A PAGE1 Address Book Index Default Favorites Job History Shortcut Key 1 A OFF tres took Shortcut Key 2 A OFF Direct Input 04 22 2007 18 09 M Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 149 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Program Default gt Specify settings for the default screen for Fax Scan mode Default PAGE1 Select the screen that appears as a default in the program screen Utility gt Scan Fax Settings gt Program Default Utility User Settings Custom Settings Scan Fax Settings Program Default PAGES PAGET PAGES PAGE2 PAGES PAGE6 PAGES PAGE PAGE10 PAGE12 04 22 2007 18 09 M Menory 100 PAGE13 Address Book Index Default 3 Select the index characters that appear as a default in Address Book Default Favorites Utility User Settings Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings Address Book Index Default E Select the index character that appears as a default in the address screen Utility gt Scan Fax Settings gt Address Book Index Default 000 00000 et 04 22 2007 18 10 Mi Memory 100 6 150 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax N
263. ettings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed Use the keypad to type in the number JobList To clear your entry press IC 2 tility gt User Box gt New C u Utility Meru Create One Touch 4 y Address Book Public pde 4 ete y Icon 3 y New 10 16 2007 22 09 M Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel 6 112 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations User Box 3 Select one user box where data is to be saved Utility Address Book Public elect the destination User Box max 1 to be registered in the one touch estination key Utility gt New gt User Box Public User Box 000000001 000000003 box01 box02 09 21 2007 22 39 Ki Memory 100 Index 3 Select the index characters For frequently used destinations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches pecify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt New User Box gt Index
264. etwork Fax Operations 6 Shortcut Key 1 Shortcut Key 2 Up to two shortcut keys can be registered each of which is for the Scan Fax Settings Original Settings or Communication Settings mode provided at the bottom of the screen Shortcut keys for frequently used scan settings original settings and communication settings can be added to the Basic screen in Scan Fax Mode Select the function Utility gt Scan Fax Settings gt Shortcut Key 1 oar ES utility gma Text Photo Simplex Efon File Type Custom Displ Image Adjust LE Scan Fax a Erase Shortcut Key 1 04 22 2007 18 10 M Memory 100 Detail Two shortcut keys can be programmed For a machine equipped with the optional image controller 1C 409 one shortcut key can be specified To cancel the shortcut key touch OFF Default Address Book 3 Select whether the index or address type appear as a default in the Address Book screen Job List Select job setting Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting Default Address Book index User Settings Address Type Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings 04 22 2007 18 10 Mi Menory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 151 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 16 3 Custom Display Settings FAX Active Screen G3 IP I FAX The FAX
265. eview gt Select page s to rotate bririt DEF GHI JKL STU VWX vll wll cll kil FA bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 75 a Copy Operations View Finishing 3 Touch View Finishing to display the finishing settings in the preview image with icons and texts and finishing status can be checked Press View Finishing again to cancel the finishing view of the preview image JobList Scanning will be finished If the display size is changed View Finishing will not be available heey pei oe Hass Status 2A4D 100 0 Name Copy PrintWait fi E E Page Rotation Rotate current page Select pages to rotate j JU ee View status Job Details SS 27 09 2007 09 21 vl ml cl k Memory 99 Change Setting In Change Setting settings for the original to be scanned next can be changed Following settings can be changed from the next set of originals scanned Margin position and staple punch position will be applied to all originals Touch Cancel to cancel the changes Preview Application Nare Status l PrintHait Frame Erase Zoon A _ Margin Position Binding Position Job Details 27 09 2007 09 50 Cancel ok vl ml cll xl Memory 98 A se eee Note For details on the setting method refer to the appropriate description section Touching Preview in the left pane displays the preview image The settings d
266. f 60 g m to 90 g m A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Colored Paper Select this setting when colored paper is loaded as plain paper with a weight of 60 g m to 90 g m A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Transparency Select this setting when OHP transparencies are loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified When selecting OHP transparencies select the Black Color setting and then select the paper type Thick 1 Select this setting when the thick paper that is loaded has a weight of 91 g m to 150 g m7 A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Thick 2 Select this setting when the thick paper that is loaded has a weight of 151 g m to 209 g m7 A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Thick 3 Select this setting when the thick paper that is loaded has a weight of 210 g m to 256 g m A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Thick 4 QJUODODOUCO0ONA Select this setting when the thick paper that is loaded has a weight of 257 g m to 271 g m A paper tray with this setting is not automatical
267. f the zoom ratio was increased or decreased a paper size that corresponds to the specified zoom ratio is automatically selected 1 In the Basic screen touch Paper eady to copy copies Check Job s Original Setting Density Application Duplex Combine user Status Ol O Auto Paper Select Auto Color 191 Job Details y yl ml cll ll sQ 3 ar ME J auto Rotate orr 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 The Paper screen appears 2 Touch Auto Copies eady to copy Original Setting Density Application oe a AE STecE Per 100 0 1 Check Details vl wll cll xl Ie 3 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 40 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 7 2 Manually selecting the desired paper size Y 2 3 By also selecting the Auto Zoom setting the most appropriate zoom ratio is selected based on the size of the loaded original and the specified paper size For details on the Auto Zoom setting refer to Automatically selecting the zoom ratio Auto Zoom Setting on page 3 42 Load the appropriate papers into the paper tray in advance In the Basic screen touch Paper Ready to copy copies original Setting See __Avplication Duplex Combine 0 0 191 Hane Status Auto Paper Select eq 7 i Z ia 23 02 2007 Memory MS yl mil cll ll
268. ff The machine may not operate correctly if it is turned on immediately after being turned off Do not turn off the machine with the main power switch or the sub power switch while it is making copies or printing otherwise a paper misfeed may occur Do not turn off the machine with the main power switch or the sub power switch while it is scanning or sending or receiving data otherwise all scan data or transmission data will be deleted Do not turn off the machine with the main power switch while a queued job or stored data is waiting to be printed otherwise the jobs will be deleted Detail The following are cleared when the main power switch and sub power switch are turned off Settings that have not been programmed Jobs queued to be printed 3 10 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 2 4 Manually conserving energy The machine can be manually set to an energy conservation mode Low Power mode or Sleep mode 3 Press the Power Save key or press the sub power switch As the factory default the machine enters Low Power mode Q Detail Power Save E SR Whether the machine enters Low Power mode or Sleep mode when the Power Save key is pressed can be set from the Administrator Settings mode bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 2 5 Controlling each user s use of this machine User Authentication If user authentication settings have been specified by t
269. from RSA Security Inc SECURED bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 11 Appendix This product contains ACCESS Co Ltd s NetFront Internet browser software NetFront is a trademark or registered trademark of ACCESS Co Ltd in Japan and in other countries Portions of the software contained in this product are based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group Copyright c 2004 Adobe Systems Incorporated All rights reserved Patents Pending ACG ESS NetFront All other product and brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or organizations bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix OpenSSL Statement OpenSSL License Copyright 1998 2005 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use i
270. function to add paper from the specified paper tray to the copies as a cover page D Density Select a setting to adjust the density of the print image to one of nine levels Duplex 2nd Side Select this setting to switch the image transfer current of this machine when copying on paper that has already been printed on one side E Edit Color Set the functions and parameters that are available to adjust the print image as desired F Fold amp Staple Set this function to fold the copies in half and staple them together at the center Finishing Select from the settings that are available for sorting and finishing copies when they are fed into the finishing tray G Glossy Select this setting for an improved glossy finish of images Green Set this parameter to adjust the level of green in the image for example if you wish to emphasize the green of forests and trees Group Copy Finishing Select this setting to separate the copies of each page in the original The specified number of copies of the second page is printed after all copies of the first page are finished Group reference permission Use this feature to limit the addresses that each user can reference and to manage security H Hue Set this parameter to make the image either more reddish or more bluish Insert Image Set this function to later scan multiple images from the original glass and insert them at the desired locations in an original scanned w
271. g and then touch OK Copies eady to copy 20 Quality Density gt Photo SefectoPe 100 0 1b Printed Proto Check Details 13 11 2006 18 48 vu wi cll kl PA 99 Foran original that contains maps touch Map Foran original that contains faint text touch Dot Matrix Original Foran original printed with this machine touch Copied Paper yo ts Ready to copy lees Application Original Type Text Photo sememooooo Printed Photo Background Removal 3 RARO Check Details Photo Text Enhancenent O Dot Matrix Original 13 11 2006 18 47 vil mil ell kl Memory 99 The Quality Density screen appears again 3 52 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 12 Selecting Finishing settings Various settings can be selected for sorting and finishing copies fed into the copy output tray amp Note As the factory default Group is selected Q Detail f no finisher or separator s installed and all of the following conditions are met printed copies are fed out and sorted in an alternating crisscross pattern A4 or B5 size paper is used Paper of the same size and type is loaded with the La orientation in one paper tray and with the y orientation in another tray The Auto Paper setting is selected The Auto Paper setting is not selected when the Mixed Original setting is selected A Note
272. g Preferences dialog box as well 4 48 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 6 Specify the sender information on the Sender tab by selecting the check box of the information to be listed and then enter the information FAX Cover Sheet Settings Cover Sheet Settings Basic Recipient Sender Image JUntted z Add Edt l mage Sender Information Settings Preview T Company Department Name Phone FAX Number E mail Cover Size Match Output Size x Default Cancel Help To place graphics such as a company logo or map on a cover sheet specify the image file on the Image tab Select the Zoom check box to specify the size and set the position with the values in the X and Y boxes FAX Cover Sheet Settings Cover Sheet Settings Untitled Y Add Edit Preview Basic Recipient Sender Image Browse 1 1 100 P 1 100 Cover Size Match Output Size y Default Cancel Help Check the specified settings Click the Check button to check an enlarged preview image Click the Add button to save the cover sheet settings The settings can then be recalled from the Cover Sheet Settings drop down list the next time a cover sheet is used Click the OK button bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 49 4 Print Operations 4 8 Setting up the fax driver for Windows Comm
273. g settings are available when Copy Protect is selected Function name Description Pattern Specifies the embedding method of a pattern Pattern Overwrite Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the original Background Pattern Specifies the pattern background Text Background Color Specifies the color of the pattern The density and color contrast can be specified by clicking the Adjust Color button The following settings are available when Stamp Repeat is selected Function name Description Pattern Overwrite Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the original Text Color Specifies the color of the pattern The density and color contrast can be specified by clicking the Adjust Color button Y Note Copy Protect and Stamp Repeat cannot be selected at the same time Different setting items are available for Copy Protect and Stamp Repeat bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 15 Print Operations Editing date time and page number Edit Date Time Page Number Format MV Page Number Starting Page 07 1 23 1 1 99999 Starting Page Number Pages 1 1 99999 M Cover Mode All Pages Text Color Print on Front and Back Cover Text Color H black Print Position H Black y Print Position E Top Left EE Top Left Default Function name Description For
274. ge layout filling in form Commenting filling in form fields fields and signing and signing Broadcast Destinations Any except extracting pages 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 vilni cli 27 tes amp If High Level is selected 3 Specify the encryption conditions Use Document gt Encryption gt Detail Settings Changes Allowed Broadcast Destinations Restrict Inserting deleting and Commenting filling in form fields rotating pages and signing Any except extracting pages Filling in form fields and signing 1 Delete _ 1 yl ml cll Kl PA 6 62 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Stamp Composition gt Select a method for composing contents to be added by stamp page print Select whether to combine the stamp as an No oF image or as text an Settings gt File Type gt Stamp Composition 000 Broadcast Destinations 1 MT EE vmi cl xd PAGS E 1 Memory 100 Item Description Image Inserts the text as an image Text Insert the text as text Detail The date time page number and header footer can be combined as text Stamps are combined as images 6 10 5 Scan Settings Density 1 Adjust the density for scanning 2 To adjust the density touch Light or Dark Job List Select des
275. ges Specify the various settings by directly touching the panel 2 Main Power indicator Lights up in green when the machine is turned on with the main power switch 3 Sub power switch Press to turn on off machine operations When turned off the machine enters a state where it conserves energy 4 Mode Memory key Press to register store the desired copy fax scan settings as a program or to recall a registered program See p 3 80 5 Utility Counter key Press to display the Meter Count screen and the Utility screen 6 Reset key Press to clear all settings except programmed settings entered in the control panel and touch panel 7 Interrupt key Press to enter Interrupt mode While the machine is in Interrupt mode the in dicator on the Interrupt key lights up in green and the message Now in Inter rupt mode appears on the touch panel To cancel Interrupt mode press the Interrupt key again 8 Stop key Pressing the Stop key while copying scanning or printing temporarily stops the operation 9 Proof Copy key Press to print a single proof copy to be checked before printing a large number of copies Press the Proof Copy key before pressing the Start key to display the pre view image of the currently specified settings on the touch panel See p 3 73 10 Start key Press to start the copy scan or fax operation When this machine is ready to begin the operation t
276. ginal For bound originals spread over two facing pages such as a book or magazine position the top of the original toward the back of this machine and align the original with the mark in the back left corner of the original scales as shown Close the ADF or the original cover 3 30 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 6 3 Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting A large original can be divided and scanned in a number of batches A maximum of 100 original pages can be loaded into the ADF at one time However by specitying the Separate Scan setting an original that exceeds 100 pages can be scanned and treated as a single copy job In addition the scanning location can be switched between the original glass and the ADF during the scanning operation FS 2 gt os V The loading capacity of the ADF is 100 sheets of plain paper 80 g m or 38 sheets of thick paper 210 g m Y The output method used with the Separate Scan setting can be set to Page Print or Batch Print As a default Batch Print is selected 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 2 Inthe Basic screen touch Separate Scan gt E Copies Job List Ready to copy Check Job Original Setting Bensity Application Duplex Combine Auto Paper 17 Select al O Auto Color 191
277. gl ngden r 775 800 nm A VAROITUS Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle 3 Al katso s teeseen A VARNING Osynlig laserstralning n r denna del r ppnad och sp rren r urkopplad gt Betrakta ej str len bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 For Norway users A ADVARSEL Dette en halvleder laser gt Dersom apparatet brukes p annen m te enn spesifisert i denne bruksanvisning kan brukeren utsettes for unsynlig laserstr ling som overskrider grensen for laser klass 1 Dette en halvleder laser Maksimal effekt till laserdiode er 30 mW og b lgelengde er 775 800 nm Laser safety label A laser safety label is attached to the outside of the machine as shown below CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT ITA 1L V Mi Usa AoH AE IRAH m SR BNR Cat apparall oxm rique de la siasa A val canon ln norme MMB 108 du Canada A M AA OY MADE IN CHINA Eiis ONCE US USTED o Only for USA bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 13 Installation and operation precautions Ozone release A CAUTION Locate the machine in a well ventilated room 3 Anegligible amount of ozone is generated during normal operation of this machine An unpleasant odor may however be created in poorly ventilated rooms during extensive machine operations For a comforta
278. h OK BuyeceoPer 100 0 yl ml cll ll Copies 2 Ge Gd Go En EN E7 GE E E 13 11 2006 18 11 Memory 99 3 36 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 9 10 Press the Start key Scanning begins Load the next original and then press Start a scanning of the current original is 1 nished touch Finish Number of Sets 0 1 Number of Originals Job Details E AA__A4 lt 4 lt _ _ _ _ _ __ gt ll mil cl ll P Position the second page or second side of the original onto the original glass and then press the Start key Toscan the remaining pages in the original repeat step 10 To change the scanning settings touch Change Setting The buttons that appear in the screen for changing the settings differ depending on the specified settings Settings for the following can be changed 1 Sided 2 Sided Binding Position Zoom Frame Erase Center Erase Original Size To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel settings can be changed for stopped scan job Press Start to continue Press Stop to cancel changes to settings Job No 3 Change Setting Application ication EEES Binding Position Original Size 19 11 2006 15 07 Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 37 Copy Operations 11 After all original pages have been scanned touch F
279. h or in a location subject to a lot of vibration and shock It could drop or fall causing personal injury or mechanical O breakdown e Do not let any object plug the ventilation holes of this product Heat could accumulate inside the product resulting in a fire or malfunction O e Do not use flammable sprays liquids or gases near this product as a fire could result S Ventilation A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property gt Do not ignore these safety advices Caution Symbol Always use this product in a well ventilated location Operating the product in a poorly ventilated room for an extended period of time could injure your health Ventilate the room at regular intervals bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 7 Installation and operation precautions Actions in response to troubles A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death gt Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol e Do not keep using this product if this product becomes inordinately hot or emits smoke or unusual odor or noise Immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative If you keep on using it as is a fire or electrical shock could result Immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your auth
280. h the first page For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 If Front and Back Cover was selected the front cover is scanned before the back cover and then all page spreads are scanned in order How are the front and back covers copied 3 Scan the front cover then the back cover and then scan the remainder of the original Load the paper to be used into the desired paper tray 3 132 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 4 Touch Application and then touch Book Copy Repeat To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled sb tist Ready to copy copies AS CATE votaron Pas ALA ERE 100 07 ij AA Bere Edit Color Book Copy Repeat y R E y Stamp Composition Save in User Box Check Details yU wll cll Kl PEA The Book Copy Repeat screen appears Touch Book Copy soo tist Ready to copy Copies Check Job Application gt Book Copy Repeat SefectoPe 100 0 ES ALA Lala aa A Book Copy 4 Image Repeat 4 Poster Mode Check Details Booklet Original 13 11 2006 21 03 vil mll ell ll Memory 100 Booklet Original appears if optional finisher FS 609 is installed or optional finisher FS 519 is installed with the saddle stitcher attached The Book Copy screen appears
281. h the time on this machine If the transmission time is earlier than the current time of this machine the fax is sent the next day If sending confidential faxes using F codes to another fax model enter the sub address and sender ID in the SUB Address and the Sender ID text boxes Up to 20 characters numbers 0 through 9 can be entered in the Sub Address text box Up to 20 characters numbers 0 through 9 and can be entered in the Sender ID text box For the details on the sub address and the sender ID refer to F Code TX on page 6 100 4 46 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 Creating a fax cover sheet When sending a fax you can attach a cover sheet to the fax message by selecting the FAX Cover Sheet check box in the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box You can edit the cover sheets from the FAX Cover Sheet Settings dialog box that appears by clicking the Settings button in the Fax Transmission Popup dialog box In the FAX Cover Sheet Settings dialog box you can change the settings on the Basic Recipient Sender or Image tab by switching between each screen Y Note For Windows Vista x64 the FAX Cover Sheet check box cannot be selected from the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box lt must be specified in the Print settings for the fax driver in advance In addition FAX Cover Sheet cannot be selected with any of the following functions at the same time User Authentication Account T
282. have been specified by the administrator only users of registered accounts can use this machine In addition the number of prints produced with each account can be controlled This is account track Y When account track settings have been specified only users who enter passwords for specified accounts can use this machine Y Ifyou do not know the account name or password contact your administrator w A total of 1 000 users and accounts can be registered 1 Touch Account Name iouen Lovin or press the Accesa key Hane Status Account Name Password Job Details ull cl Henory 100 f the Administrator Settings mode settings have been set to Password Only touch Password and then continue with step 4 oist N taal Hame Status Password Job Details RERE oe 3 16 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 2 Type in the account name and then touch OK Type in the login account name using the keyboard or keypad Press C to delete the entered Account Name Account Track gt Enter Account Name Hame Status Delete Job Details 13 11 2006 48 vl ull Memory 100 Enlarge ON 3 Touch Password Enter Account Name and password and then touch Login or press the Access key Hame Status Account Name Group Password Job Details 7 13 11 2006 vl ml Memory 4 Type in the password and then touch OK Use the keyboard or keypad to type
283. he administrator only users that have been registered can use this machine In addition the number of printed pages can be managed for each user Vv Vv Vv When user authentication settings have been specified only users who enter passwords for specified users can use this machine Contact the administrator for a user name and password and for the server name If machine authentication or external server authentication has been set a total of 1 000 users and accounts can be registered Touch User Name Enter User Name and password and then touch Login or press the Access key user Name Status User Name Password Job Details l ull cll ll ea n Tea Ifa list of user names can be displayed the desired user name can be selected from the list Touch User Name List touch the button for the desired user name to select it and then touch OK Users who have no access to a user name and password can touch Public User Access to use this machine If Enhanced Security Mode is set to ON Public User Access and User Name List do not appear Enter User Name and password and then touch Login or press the Access key user Name Status User Name User Name List 4 Password Login Job Details l ull cll ll Neo rico ie bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 Copy Operations If external server authentication was sel
284. he back 3 118 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 4 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer to Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting on page 3 31 Load the paper to be used for the insertions sheets and the main body of the original into the desired paper trays Use paper with the same size for the insertion sheets and for the main body of the original and load them in the same orientation To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled Touch Application and then touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert For details on using thick paper for the insertion sheets and on loading the paper refer to Paper types and paper capacities on page 3 91 and Loading paper into the bypass tray on page 3 23 To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key wust Ready to copy Basic Original Setting Density A A Edit Color Ex Image Adjust E a Stamp Composition 4 Copies Application ALA ATA Book Copy Repeat 4 Booklet y SetectoPe 100 0 E gheet cover z Chapter Insert 4 Page Margin A Frame Erase A 13 11 2006 Memory Check Details Save in User Box 4 20 37 100 yl ml cl ki The S
285. he group which contains fax number to be forwarded in advance To use Memory RX user box If the optional fax kit is installed and you do not want the documents printed upon reception use the Memory RX setting bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 2 User box registration 5 2 1 User box registration New user boxes can be registered Available user box types are as follows Item Description Public user box Shared box that any user can access Personal user box Personal use user box that only the user who is logged on can access when the machine is subject to management with user authentication Group user box User box that can only be accessed by users who belong to the account that is logged on when the Account Track function is operating on the machine Bulletin board user box Used for F coded polling transmission reception via a bulletin board This type can be specified if the optional fax kit is installed Relay user box Used for storing relay data when this machine operates as the relay distribution station for F coded relay distribution This type can be specified if the optional fax kit is installed Annotation user box Used for adding an image of the date time or an annotation number to a docu ment when printing or transmitting it The type of text added can be specified when the document is used Annotation user boxes are registered in Administra tor mode
286. he indicator on the Start key lights up in blue If the in dicator on the Start key lights up in orange copying cannot begin Press to restart a stopped job bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 3 Copy Operations No Part name Description 11 Data indicator Flashes in blue while a print job is being received Lights up in blue when a print job is queued to be printed or while it is being printed The indicator lights up in blue when there is saved fax data or unprinted fax data 12 C clear key Press to clear a value such as the number of copies a zoom ratio or a size entered using the keypad 13 Keypad Use to type in the number of copies to be produced Use to type in the zoom ratio Use to type in the various settings 14 Help key Press to display the Help Menu screen From this screen descriptions of the various functions and details of opera tions can be displayed See p 3 85 15 Enlarge Display key Press to enter Enlarge Display mode If authentication is performed with PageScope Authentication Manager it does not enter Enlarge Display mode 16 Accessibility key Press to display the screen for specifying settings for user accessibility func tions 17 Power Save key Press to enter Power Save mode While the machine is in Power Save mode the indicator on the Power Save key lights up in green and the touch panel goes off To cancel Power Save mode press the Powe
287. he interleaf paper To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key To cancel the OHP Interleave function touch No Copies Transparency ay 2 A4 DB Check Details vl wll cll kil RAR 8 Touch OK 9 Specify any other desired copy settings The number of copies is set to 1 and cannot be changed 10 Press the Start key 3 114 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 24 Adding cover pages Cover Sheet function Copies can be made using paper different from the main body of the original excluding the cover pages and cover pages can be added using paper different from the copy The following types of cover pages and front and back cover page settings are available Setting Description Front Cover Front Copy The first page of the original is copied onto paper for the front cover sheet With double sided copying the second page of the original is copied onto the back of the front cover sheet Front Blank Paper for the front cover sheet is added as the first page of the copy The same operation is performed with double sided copying Back Cover Back Copy The last page of the original is copied onto the back cover page With double sided copying a double sided copy of the last two pages of the original is printed on paper for the back cover sheet if the original contains an even number of pages
288. he print head unit bizhub C353 11 6 uW at the laser aperture of the print head unit Wavelength 775 800 nm A WARNING This product employs a Class 3B laser diode that emits an invisible laser beam gt The laser diode and the scanning polygon mirror are incorporated in the print head unit 3 The print head unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICE ITEM Therefore the print head unit should not be opened under any circumstances Laser Aperture of the Print Head Unit Print Head CDRH regulations This machine is certified as a Class 1 Laser product under Radiation Performance Standard according to the Food Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1990 Compliance is mandatory for Laser products marketed in the United States and is reported to the Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration of the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS This means that the device does not produce hazardous laser radiation The label shown on page 2 13 indicates compliance with the CDRH regulations and must be attached to laser products marketed in the United States A CAUTION Use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure 3 This is a semiconductor laser The maximum power of the laser diode is 30 mW and the wavelength is 775 8
289. heck ga gt Settings 4 04 22 2007 16 23 M vl ml cll ki Memory 100 Address Type appears by touching Search if Default Address Book displayed by touching Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings on the User Settings is set to Index Job List Select the conditions for searching No oF 000 Address Book Dest dress Book gt Search para esti ations Registered destinations can be searched by transmission type Address Type j Registered destinations can be searched by specifying name or destination 17 1 Detail Search Delete Check Job Settinas 08 01 2007 13 36 amp vil ull cll kl Memory 100 Y Note For the method to register destinations in Address Book refer to One Touch User Box Registration on page 6 108 For details on settings refer to Default Address Book on page 6 151 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 39 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Search Index The index is displayed based on the index that was specified when the destination was registered he registered one touches can be viewed nd selected from their respective indexes Registered Destinations gt Search gt Index Broadcast n A AECE fher Gl E Mail ME Mail ME Mail User Box va IP_FAX1 Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box01 e Fax WebDAV I Fax testi WebDAV ifax1 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings y 05 07 2007 15 05 amp vil mi cll ll Memor
290. heet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears Touch Insert Sheet To cancel the Insert Sheet function touch No Copies Job List Ready to copy Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Cover Sheet Insert Sheet a y SefeceoPe 100 0 OHP Interleave iJ Check Details 13 11 2006 Memory 20 37 100 yl ml cll ll The Insert Sheet screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 119 Copy Operations 5 Touch a button for a page number and then use the keypad to type in the number of the page where the paper is to be inserted There are two Insert Sheet screens Touch and to display a different screen To arrange the page numbers in order starting with the lowest number touch Sort To remove a page number that has been specified touch the button for the page to be removed and then press the C clear key Ifthe same page number is entered multiple times copying is not possible Delete repeated page numbers Ifthe entered page number is greater than the number of pages in the original paper is not inserted he insert paper size is different fron Copies he original document size orientation E A4 D Insert Paper iy 4D A Insert Type Check Details Blank vl mil cll kil A 6 Touch Insert Paper The Insert Paper Settings screen appears Select the paper tray loaded with the paper f
291. hen the Center Staple and Half Fold setting is selected the following factory default settings are automatically selected 1 Sided gt 2 Sided Booklet Recommended zoom ratio 70 7 when the Booklet function is selected When the Center Staple and Half Fold setting is selected the following Finishing settings are not available Group Offset Staple Punch To cancel the Center Staple and Half Fold setting touch No or the button for a different setting Touch OK and then touch OK again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 69 Copy Operations When Finisher FS 609 is installed Paper weight Paper size Maximum number of folded sheets 60 g m to 90 g m A3 a B4 a A4 y 2 sheets or 20 sets Number of bound pages Maximum number of sets 2 sheets to 5 sheets 20 sets 6 sheets to 10 sheets 10 sets 11 sheets to 15 sheets 10 sets E The number of sheets that can be bound together differs depending on the paper weight 64 g m paper 15 sheets 80 g m paper 10 sheets Q Detail In order for copies to be bound at the center all of the following conditions must be met The paper width must be between 210 mm and 297 mm The paper length must be between 279 mm and 432 mm 1 In the Basic screen touch Finishing List Copies eady to copy Original Setting Density Application Ra e Status Pema yl ml cll ll The Finishing screen a
292. his Agreement and any other agreement included in the Software the terms of such included agreement shall apply If either you or Adobe employs attorneys to enforce any rights arising out of or relating to this Agreement the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees You acknowledge that you have read this Agreement understand it and that it is the complete and exclusive statement of your agreement with Adobe which supersedes any prior agreement oral or written between Adobe and you with respect to the licensing to you of the Software No variation of the terms of this Agreement will be enforceable against Adobe unless Adobe gives its express consent in writing signed by an authorized signatory of Adobe bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 19 Appendix ICC Profile for TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper TOYO Offset Coated 2 0 This ICC Profile TOYO Offset Coated 2 0 characterizes Japanese offset press on Coated paper and is fully compatible with ICC profile format About TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper This is the standard for color reproduction of sheet fed offset press on Coated paper made by TOYO INK MFG CO LTD TOYO INK This standard is made from printing test with using TOYO INK s sheet fed offset printing inks and TOYO INK s own printing conditions TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper is compatible with JAPAN COLOR Agreement 1 The reproduction of image
293. his function to insert paper between OHP that are being copied This prevents OHP from sticking together Original Type Select the setting for the image type of the original to better adjust the copy quality Original Direction Select the setting for the orientation that the original is placed on the original glass or loaded into the ADF P Paper Select settings for the type and size of paper to be printed on Preview Print image can be checked as a preview image before printing Proof Copy Press this key to print a single sample copy and stop the machine so that it can be checked before printing a large number of copies This prevents copy errors from occurring in a large number of copies Punch Select the setting to punch holes in the copies for filing R Red Set this parameter to adjust the level of red in the image for example if you wish to redden skin tones S Saturation Set this parameter to adjust the degree of vividness of the colors in the image Save in User Box Temporarily saves the job on the hard disk so that it can later be recalled and used again Sharpness Set this parameter to emphasize the edges of text so that they can be read more easily In addition this parameter can be used to adjust the original image Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Select from the functions that are available to edit copies as desired Simplex Duplex Select the setting to specify if the scanned original and the printed copy are
294. his machine allowing the data to be reused The file name can be entered from the touch panel of this machine when the data is saved Other data such as received fax data can also be stored in user boxes Machine Hard disk bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 WebDAV TX Scanned data can be uploaded to a specified server 3 Enter the server address login password and other information from the touch panel of the machine The data uploaded to the server can be downloaded from a computer on the network Original ES Machine Download Scan data Server Internet Web Service If a driver is installed with the machine recognized by a computer on the network Windows Vista it is possible to give a scan command from the computer or to perform scanning according to the purpose from the machine and to send the scanned data to the computer Original Scanning instruction gt rs em I Windows Vista Scan data gt Y Note If optional image controller IC 409 has been installed this function is not available bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 7 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 2 2 Available Fax functions G3 fax transmission reception This machine can send
295. his software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Kerberos Copyright 1985 2005 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology All rights reserved permission notice WITHIN THAT CONSTRAINT permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of M I T not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission Furthermore if you modify this software you must label your software as
296. hub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 TWAIN Lock Time 3 Specify the length of time until the machine operations are unlocked during scanning except with PUSH scanning Default setting 120 sec se the keypad to enter the TWAIN Lock release time ility gt Scan Fax Settings gt TWAIN Lock Time Utility User Settings 30 300 Scan Fax Settings TWAIN Lock Time 05 11 2007 11 38 Mi Memory 100 Detail To use the machine as a scanner from application software using TWAIN install the KONICA MINOLTA TWAIN driver software designed for that purpose For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual on the bizhub C353 Series CD ROM For a machine equipped with the optional image controller IC 409 this function is not available Default Scan Fax Settings 3 Specify the default settings settings selected when the Reset key is pressed for the Fax Scan mode he default scansfax settings can be specified ility gt Scan Fax Settings gt Default Scan Fax Settings Utility y User Settings y Scan Fax Settings y Default Scan Fax Settings 04 22 2007 18 14 M Memory 100 Current Setting Factory Default bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 155 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Compact PDF XPS Compression Level E Mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV gt Specify the compression method for saving data in the compact PDF format or compact XPS fo
297. ial buttons E or keypad Touch Enter Registered No 1 to select the number of a registered destination Enter New Address gt Fax Broadcast Destinations 11 Delete Chec Sett A vil wl cll xl ee If the Confirm Address TX is specified after touching OK a screen appears prompting you to enter the fax number again job List Enter fax nunber again to confirn Broadcast Destinations ORO Check Job Settings yl ml cll ll 09 21 2007 22 22 M Memory 100 Touch Send bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 43 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 5 Direct Input E Mail gt Enter an E Mail address from the touch panel 6 9 6 Direct Input User Box 1 Select a user box type 2 Specify a user box for saving the document elect desired User Box to save document he document name can also be specified Enter New Address gt User Box User Box Document Name SMFPO7042216240 void Delete Serine v mi cll ll 04 22 2007 16 26 M Memory 100 6 44 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 9 7 Direct Input Internet Fax 3 Enter an E Mail address from the touch panel RX Ability Destination 3 Select a receivable setting at the Internet fax destination Specify the receiving capability of RX device Applied to internet fax tr
298. ible to give a scan command from the computer to the machine and save the data Computers on the network in which the machine is registered as a Web service scanner are listed on the screen as available destinations 3 Select a destination t elect destination ress Start to begin sending 5 Search Result Direct Input gt Web Service Hane Status No Destination 1 Scan to TESTI 2 Scan for Print to TESTI 3 Scan for E mail to TESTI 4 Scan for Fax to TESTI 5 Scan for OCR to TESTI E peri vil wll ol eat a Z METIO Detail Displays the name of the destination and its URL Search 3 Entera keyword that is included in the destination name from the touch panel and then search for the destination 6 9 13 Job History G3 The destinations of the five latest fax transmissions are displayed You can select a destination from this history 000 JobList elect desired destinations No oF SS Ss o Fax can be sent at any time using keypad o ress took Direct oct Sg PEE eS 6 No No LES Last 0009 1234567890T0KY0 0010 11223344 OSAKA Broadcast Destinations 2 1 Delete 81 Scan Settings Original Settings Settings 4 yl wll cll ll 04 22 2007 16 45 Mi 1 Memory 100 6 52 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 14 6 9 15 Address
299. ic User Box mb ol xl AA Touch Original Settings to specify the original settings Job List specify the settings Save Document gt Or 1 Settings arsginar Direction Settings YA ForisEion El Es Original Direction Veer Bor No Mixed Original mr 000000001 m al User Box Name a box01 Zokolded Binding Position Type E BEB Box E na Pal E z B lul 021072007 13 49 e YU ME co KE A 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 13 Box Operations 5 Position the original Start CG 6 Press the Start key or touch Start bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 14 Box Operations 5 5 3 1 Available operations in the Save Document screen 3 Tosave documents in User Box mode directly specify the user box where the document is to be saved Documents to be saved can be used in the same way as saved scan data Public personal group user boxes Document data copies and scans created using this machine can all be saved in boxes Document data sent for print jobs from a computer over the network can be saved Depending on user authentication and account track settings access to some boxes such as personal and group user boxes can be limited to a particular user Annotation User Box To print or send document data saved with an image of the date time or an annotation number save the document data in this Annotation User Bo
300. ice BSD Copyright O 2001 2003 Networks Associates Technology Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOF
301. ies that are to be kept for a long time should be kept where they are not exposed to light in order to prevent them from fading Adhesive that contains solvent e g spray glue may dissolve the toner on copies e Color copies have a thicker layer of toner than normal black and white copies Therefore when a color copy is folded the toner at the fold may peel off 2 18 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 2 6 Legal restrictions on copying Certain types of originals must never be copied with the purpose or intent to pass copies of such originals off as the originals The following is not a complete list but is meant to be used as a guide to responsible copying Financial Instruments Personal checks Traveler s checks Money orders Certificates of deposit Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Legal Originals Food stamps Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Passports Immigration papers Motor vehicle licenses and titles House and property titles and deeds General Identification cards badges or insignias Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner In addition t is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies or works of art without permission of the copyright owner When in doubt about the nature of an or
302. ies whether to enable pure black of the text in a document Screen Text Specifies screening of the text in a document Color Matching Photo Adjusts the color quality of the photo in the original Pure Black Photo Specifies whether to enable pure black of the photo in the original Screen Photo Specifies screening of the photo in the original Smoothing Photo Specifies smoothing of the photo in the original 4 40 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 Function name Description Color Settings Graphic Adjusts the color quality of a chart and graph in the original to the text or photo settings Smoothing Graphic Adjusts smoothing of a chart and graph in the original to the text or photo settings Toner Save Controls the print density and saves the toner consumption Edge Enhancement Highlights the edge of characters graphics and images to make small characters more visible It can be specified when Gray Scale is selcted for the color Y Reminder The Staple and Fold functions are available only if the optional finisher is installed The Punch function is available only if the punch kit is installed on the optional finisher The Center Erase function is available only when optional finisher FS 609 is installed and the Fold function is specified bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 41 Sending a fax Fax operations A Print Operations A N a Reminder To use the fax f
303. ified in the File Document screen You can enter up to 30 characters Subject Automatically displays the text specified in the Utility mode 3 Press Direct Input to change the text You can enter up to 64 characters Select or enter the subject of the e mail message unication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt Subject No Subject Broadcast Destinations 1 data_PHOTO 2 doc 1 Delete Direct Input Check Job Settings y yl wll ell ll 04 22 2007 17 11 M 1 Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 91 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations From Displays the administrator E Mail address specified in the Utility mode 3 Press Direct Input to change the text Job List Select or enter the from address Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt From Broadcast Edmai kaaress admin test local Destinations va Delete Se Direct Input Sectas vil wll cll i Ir Detail For Internet fax the E Mail address of the machine is used If you set Change the From Address displayed by touching System Settings on the Administrator Settings screen then Restrict User Access then Restrict Operation to Restrict you cannot directly enter the from adaress Body Displays the text specified in the Utility mode 3 Press Direct Input to change the text You can enter up to 256 charact
304. iginal consult with legal counsel Q Detail In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals such as paper currency this machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with images may be distorted bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 19 2 Installation and operation precautions 2 20 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 Copy Operations Copy Operations 3 3 1 3 1 1 Copy Operations Part names and their functions Control panel Copies Main Power 2 ae Power 3 Mode Memory ee 4 22 Utility Counter al E gt 5 20 19 lg co User Box Fax Scan Cilipy 6 18 MS e a WM PowerSave ccess 17 _______ z 1 2J B3 7 16 Accessibility 74 5 Gs Enlarge Display ea os 8 a lt gt Help n NX Ce E E CG Data SS 14 13 12 11 10 9 No Part name Description 1 Touch panel Displays various screens and messa
305. iginal to one of nine levels Blue Set this parameter to adjust the level of blue in the image for example if you wish to emphasize the blue of water or the sky Brightness Set this parameter to make the image either lighter or darker Cc Change Tray Settings Touch this button to specify a paper size not loaded in a paper tray or to copy on paper other than normal paper Chapters Set this function to specify chapter title pages that must be printed on the front side of the paper when printing double sided copies Color Balance Set this parameter to adjust the balance in the concentrations of cyan C magenta M yellow Y and black K Each color can be finely adjusted to any of 19 levels between 3 and 3 Combine Originals Select a setting to arrange reduced copies of multiple original pages on a single copy page The settings for the number of pages that can be combined are 2 in 1 4 in 1 and 8 in 1 Contrast Set this parameter to adjust the contrast between light and dark Copy Density Set this parameter to finely adjust the copy density to any of 19 levels between 3 and 3 Copy Protection Set this function to print hidden text in order to prevent improper copying When an original printed with copy protection text is copied the hidden text appears clearly repeated in all pages of the copies so that the reader knows that it is a copy bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 7 Appendix Cover Mode Set this
306. ils Mac OS 9 2 ocio aiana aea aina praadida nanata iaaa a aurias 4 37 4 6 1 AA A Paie anaana 4 37 4 6 2 Setting Custom Page Sienie di 4 38 4 6 3 EEIE ge E O AT 4 39 4 6 4 Layout Pages per Sh A r setae a a aae aaa aa a a a a a aaa Eaa aA aAa aaa Aa aa Lae Eana 4 39 4 6 5 Printer specific options Finishing Options 1 to BD ocooninoccccnnnnccccccnnnnnonanccnnnnnnnannnnnn nana ncc cnn nn nnnnncnnnanns 4 40 4 7 A AA T Cucverscescbeapele 4 42 EA A ANN 4 42 Selecting a recipient from the phone DOOK iooccccccccnnccccncncononcccnnnonnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nn nnnn acc c nn rnnnnn cnn 4 44 Specifying the transmission SettidQS ooooconnncnnonoccnononnnoncnnnnrrnnnnnrn cnn nrr nn rre 4 46 Creating a fax COVES dll bebida eis a AA EA A E 4 47 4 8 Setting up the fax driver for WiNdOWS ccccssseeeeeeeessneeeeeeesseeeeeeeesseneeeeeesseneeneseeeseneeeseeseneeneees 4 50 A O 4 50 NA O 4 51 Basic O O 4 51 E a A 4 51 Stamp Composition Tarn idas 4 51 Configure TAD ic succeeds tats illa ici ira Tanna el lo daria 4 51 Settings tab srna NT 4 52 4 9 Using A plhone book sacdetteassscceectcesscuaecueuseduuesecessedeuendereees 4 53 Adding a recipient to the phone DOOK 1 eee eeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeee eee saaaaeeeeeeseaaaeeeeesecaaeeeeeseeneeeeeeeeeeaee 4 53 Editing a phornie DOOkK itr hescela eat i Ral A A dase ee e Aa aa a aaa aaa 4 55 Bo rations 5 1 User Box Tunisia 5 3 5 1 1 Available User BOX TUNCIONS ii aia 5 3 A O CNN 5 3 USI
307. imiting Access to Destinations 8 Authentication Device Setting 5 Network Settings 1 TCP IP Settings 2 NetWare Settings 3 HTTP Server Settings 4 FTP Settings 5 SMB Settings 6 LDAP Settings 7 E Mail Settings 8 SNMP Settings 9 AppleTalk Settings 0 Bonjour Setting next screen bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 159 Copy Operations First level menu Second level menu Third level menu 3 Administrator Settings 5 Network Settings 1 TCP Socket Settings 2 Network Fax Settings 3 WebDAV Settings 4 Web Service Settings 5 Detail Settings 6 Copier Settings Auto Zoom Platen Auto Zoom ADF Specify Default Tray when APS Off Select Tray for Insert Sheet Print Jobs During Copy Operation Automatic Image Rotation 7 Printer Settings USB Timeout Network Timeout Print XPS Errors 8 Fax Settings 1 Header Information 2 Header Footer Position 3 Line Parameter Setting 4 TX RX Settings 5 Function Settings 6 PBX Connection Setting 7 Report Settings 8 Job Settings List 9 Multi Line Setting 0 Network Fax Setting 9 System Connection 1 Open API Settings 0 Security Settings 1 Administrator Password 2 User Box Administrator Setting 3 Administrator Securit
308. in the password Press C to erase the entered password Hane Status Shift Job Details yi ml cll Henory bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 17 3 Copy Operations 5 Touch Login or press the Access key The Basic screen appears Access lt a 6 Make copies using the desired copy settings When you are finished printing press the Access key A message appears requesting confirmation to log off Job List A Are you sure you want to log out Hane Status Account Name Group ne Yes No Job Details OK vll ml chi enory 00x 8 Touch Yes and then touch OK The account track screen appears Q Detail The accounts can be managed in Administrator Settings mode available from the Utility mode Settings should be specified by the administrator If Account Track Input Method on the General Settings screen of Administrator Settings mode was set to Password Only log on is possible by only entering the password 3 18 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 3 Loading paper into tray 1 2 3 4 The paper loading method is the same for trays 1 2 3 and 4 The following describes the paper loading procedure for tray 1 VY Tray 3 4 is an option Pull out tray 1 Film Slide the lateral guides to fit the size of paper to be loaded Lateral guides Ifthe lateral guid
309. inal Set Specify a type of original and orientation of loaded original tings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 Box Operations 5 4 Printing documents in user boxes 1 Press the User Box key User Box Le O Touch Use Document elect an operation User Box Operations File Document J vlvl ol ei o Select the desired user box and then touch OK Job List sSelect the desired User Box to use document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad 100000002 Enter User Box No inlet P a bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 4 Select one or multiple documents One document selected Select document lt s ion after selecting document s Use Document Preview Selected Documents Mey MFPO CE 000000001 box01 Action Detail 7 1 cho amm I 04 10 2007 13 23 M E Henor 99 Use Document 000000001 box01 Action Cru SI TA ale Reset 7 1 1 E Me ara Em Bim Bice 10 3 23 Y Cancel vi wl ol i ai alin If one document is selected touch Print f multiple documents are selected touch Combine Specify an order for printing combination order Job List lect two documents to switch the combining order Document gt Combining Order Selected
310. inals such as carbon backed paper Originals printed on paper thicker than 210 g m Originals printed on paper thicker than 128 g m during double sided printing Originals that are bound for example with staples or paper clips Originals that are bound in a book or booklet Originals with pages bound together with glue Originals with pages that have had cutouts removed or are cutouts Label sheets Offset printing masters Originals with binder holes Originals that have just been printed with this machine A Reminder Before loading folded originals such as those folded in half or in a zigzag into the ADF be sure to flatten the pages Originals that can be placed on the original glass To copy originals that cannot be loaded into the ADF position them on the original glass Original glass originals Original types Sheets books page spreads three dimensional objects Original sizes A3 a to B6 A6 Ga 11 x 17 to 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 G Q 8K da 16K J Ca Maximum weight 2 kg Precautions for positioning originals on the original glass Observe the following precautions when placing the original on the original glass If an original of non standard paper size is loaded the Auto Paper setting and Auto Zoom setting cannot be used since the original size cannot be detected automatically o If an original of a non standard paper size is loaded select the paper drawer and zoom ratio or touch Original S
311. ine has two power controls the main power switch and the sub power switch 3 2 1 Turning on the machine The main power switch turns on off all functions of the machine Normally the main power switch is turned on The sub power switch turns on off machine operations for example for copying printing or scanning When the sub power switch is turned off the machine enters a state where it conserves energy Open the front door and then set the main power switch to Close the front door Press the sub power switch eS Check that the touch panel is turned on ee Detail When the sub power switch is turned on the indicator on the Start key lights up in orange and a screen indicating that the machine s starting up appears After a few seconds the message Warming up Ready to scan appears on the touch panel and the indicator on the Start key lights up in blue indicating that a job can now be queued The default settings are the settings that are selected immediately after the machine is turned on the power switch is set to and before any setting is specified from the control panel or touch panel and those that are selected when the Reset key is pressed to cancel all settings specified from the control panel or touch panel The default settings can be changed The factory default settings are the settings that were selected when this machine was sent from the factory Note A job can also be queued while the machine is warming up af
312. ing Application Document 2 Sided Frane Erase vi wll ol i AMM Item Description Basic Document Select either 1 sided or 2 sided If the Cover 2 Sided is specified Cover 2 Sided also appears Basic Binding Posi tion This item can be selected when the destination of E Mail User Box FTP SMB or WebDAV is specified and Book Copy is not selected Basic Original Size This item can be selected when Mixed Original is specified Application Frame Erase Specify settings for the Frame Erase function page 6 67 Application Center Erase This item can be selected when the destination of E Mail User Box FTP SMB or WebDAV is specified and Book Scan is selected Preview View Status 3 Select whether or not to continue scanning JobList Scanning will stop To stop previewing press Stop I ml cll 09 24 2007 11 12 YU ME CU KE mm 99 Preview l E Transmission will start a Press the Start key To change settings touch View Pages Item Description Finish To continue scanning after the currently displayed original make sure that Finish is not se lected 6 28 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 7 2 Sending using Advanced Preview Operation procedure after positioning the original is described below For details on fax and s
313. ing to the orientation and number of the combined pages If 4in1 8in1 is selected whether the Horizontal or Vertical paper arrangement is selected can be viewed in the touch panel However this appears only if the Left Pane Display Default parameter in Utility mode is set to Check Job Settings If 2in1 was selected the pages will be arranged as shown below Horizontal If 4in1 8in1 was selected the 4in1 8in1 screen appears Touch Vertical or Horizontal to select the page arrangement Copies Duplex Combine gt 4in1 8in1 Combine Pages Numbering Direction Se eckP 50 0 3 Lp oft CY ES Pata Vertical 13 11 2006 18 54 vil mll ell il Menory 99 To cancel the setting touch No bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 49 3 Copy Operations 3 11 Selecting the quality of the original 3 11 1 Loading originals with small print or photos Original Type settings Select the setting for the text and image type of the original to better adjust the copy quality The following Original Type settings are available Y Note As the factory default Text Photo is selected Icon Description Select this setting when copying originals containing only text The edges of copied text are reproduced with sharpness providing an image that is easy to read Text Select this setting when printing photos from originals containing both
314. inish Scanning will be finished Bona Ie Ksg Statis Auto Color COPY PrintWait Printing will start Press Start Number of Sets 071 Number of Originals 13 11 2006 18 13 Memory 99 12 Press the Start key If the Separate Scan Output Method parameter is set to Batch Print touch Print or press the Start key Please wait Rss Status Auto Color PrintWait To print touch Print To change setting touch Change Setting Number of Sets Se eee 23 02 2007 22 34 Memory 99 If the Separate Scan Output Method parameter is set to Batch Print the copy settings can be changed To change the copy settings touch Change Setting and then touch OK after changing the settings as desired The settings for the proof copy can be changed Press Start to restart Job No 10 Change Setting Application None Status copy PrintHait f Page Margin 4 Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 4 stamps Composition 4 B 13 11 2006 18 15 E Memory 99 3 38 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3
315. ions on copying 2 79 Limiting Access to Destinations 6 747 Line Settings 6 89 Loading paper 3 79 3 21 3 23 Long Original 6 85 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Index M Main power switch 3 8 Manual conventions 7 5 Manual redialing 6 702 Manual transmission 6 55 Memory RX 5 6 Menu tree 6 37 Menu trees 6 704 Minimal 3 44 Mixed Original 6 85 8 7 Mode Memory 3 80 Move 5 47 N Name 6 53 Next Destination 6 47 6 49 6 57 Non standard sized paper 3 98 Off Hook 6 55 Offset 4 4 4 23 4 40 5 25 OHP Interleave 3 772 One Touch User Box Registration 6 108 Operating environment 2 18 OR AND STARTS WITH ENDS WITH 6 54 Organizing user box documents 5 37 Orientation 4 27 4 37 Original gt Copy settings 3 46 Original Direction 6 86 8 7 Original feeding 3 28 Original glass 3 29 3 111 Original Orientation 4 4 Original orientation 7 6 Original Settings 6 85 Original Size 4 4 Original Type 3 50 8 7 Originals 3 770 Other tab 4 78 Output Method 4 4 4 23 4 40 Output Tray 4 8 4 28 4 40 Overseas TX 6 89 Oversized paper 3 703 P Page Attributes 4 27 4 37 Page Number 4 77 4 31 6 75 Pages 4 22 4 39 Pages per sheet 4 39 Paper 4 37 Paper Arrangement 4 8 4 26 Paper capacity 3 97 Paper settings 3 94 Paper Size 4 4 4 27 Paper sizes 3 90 Paper Source 4 39 Paper Tray 4 4 4 28 Paper Tray Output Tray 4 28 Paper Type 4 4 4 28 Paper types 3 97 Parameter details 4 4 4 27 4 37 Part name 3 3
316. ired density for the scanned No oF 000 AAA i ocet Dest can Settings gt Density Broadcast Destinations QGooosmeaeep En Es vod Delete heck Job ettings 4 vi vil cl x cr Touch Standard to reset the setting to its default bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 63 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 6 Scan Settings Separate Scan The scan operation can be divided into several sessions for various types of documents for example when all pages of a document cannot be loaded into the ADF when placing the document on the original glass or when single sided documents are combined with double sided documents 3 To specify this setting touch Separate Scan to have the key label highlighted Job List E Specify the settings St 13 Destinations Original Type Simplex Duplex Resolution eg 74 200x200dpi ooo Fine O Erase A Book scan Application A E Tex Pho rin hot p Pi File Type Density PDF 1 1 PDF Delete Multi Page Uloolofoofolefalafa A Check Job Settings 4 04 22 2007 16 52 M vO wll cll kl P 100 6 64 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 10 7 Quality Adjustment 3 Adjust the quality such as color and background for scanning olor is not applied to fax transmissions BaF 000 pecify the settings
317. is automatically applied by touching 0K To specify a registered number touch the No button Utility gt WebDAV gt New 1 2000 10 16 2007 22 15 amp Cancel Memory 100 2 3 screen Job List Select item and enter setting Host Address Create One To o Public 10 16 2007 22 15 amp Cancel Memory 100 3 3 screen Use the keypad to enter port number To clear your entry press C Specify index according to name Port munter M 1 65535 Index y eto Address Book Public New 10 16 2007 22 15 amp Cancel Memory 100 6 128 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Q Detail To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed se the keypad to type in the number Job List o clear your entry press C Address Book Public New 10 16 2007 22 16 Mi Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 charac
318. isplayed in the preview image are limited to those apply to all original pages 3 76 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 15 2 Checking the advanced preview In Preview finishing image of copies can be checked before printing 1 Place the original on the original glass or load the original into the ADF 2 Select the desired copy settings 3 Press the Proof Copy key The Select Proof Copy Method screen appears Proof Copy a A Touch Preview on Screen for Mode and then select the original direction When the original is placed on the original glass Hane Status yl mi cll ll Press Start If the original is not set upright select direction Select Proof Copy Method 27 09 2007 09 18 Memory 100 When the original is loaded into the ADF Hane Status Press Start If the original is not set upright select direction Select Proof Copy Method M Original Direction E 27 09 2007 09 18 E Memory 100 5 Press the Start key Scanning of the original starts and the Preview screen View Status appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 77 Copy Operations 7 8 Check the preview image To change the settings touch View Pages Go to step 7 To start printing press the Start key Toscan more originals touch Finish place or load the originals and then press the Start key
319. item as that term is defined at 48 C F R 2 101 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 all U S Government End Users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth herein 12 You agree that you will not export the Software in any form in violation of any applicable laws and regulations regarding export control of any countries 1 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Introduction 1 3 Explanation of manual conventions The marks and text formats used in this manual are described below Safety advices A DANGER Failure to observe instructions highlighted in this manner may result in fatal or critical injuries in fact of electrical power 3 Observe all dangers in order to prevent injuries A WARNING Failure to observe instructions highlighted in this manner may result in serious injuries or property damage 3 Observe all warnings in order to prevent injuries and to ensure safe use of the machine A CAUTION Failure to observe instructions highlighted in this manner may result in slight injuries or property damage 3 Observe all cautions in order to prevent injuries and to ensure safe use of the machine Sequence of action The number 1 as formatted here indicates the first step of a sequence of actions Subsequent numbers as f
320. ith the ADF then feed out all copies together Insert Sheet Set this function to insert paper from the specified paper tray into the copies as chapter title pages M Margin Select the setting for the position of the binding margin for the loaded original Selecting the appropriate setting prevents the copy from being printed upside down when making double sided copies from single sided original or when making single sided copies from double sided originals Memory Scan Scans an original exceeding the maximum 100 pages that can be loaded into the ADF by scanning the original in separate batches The original can be scanned and treated as a single copy job In addition the scanning location can be switched between the original glass and the ADF during the scanning operation Minimal Select this setting to produce a copy with the original image slightly reduced Mirror Image Set this function to produce a copy in the mirror image of the original Mixed Original Select this setting to detect the size of each original page and print a copy on paper of the appropriate size when an original with different page sizes is loaded together into the ADF bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix N Neg Pos Reverse Set this function to copy the original with the light and dark colored areas or the colors gradations of the image inversed O Offset Select this setting to separate copies that are fed out OHP Interleave Set t
321. ition When TX Stamp is enabled a stamp with a diameter of 4 mm is printed in pink at the position shown in the figure To enable printing a stamp the optional stamp unit is required The stamp ink is a consumable item If the stamp color becomes faint contact your service representative When the original is mixed the stamp position may be displaced from the point shown in the figure To check that the original is successfully transmitted refer to the transmission report or the transmission result that appears on the setting confirmation screen Detail When the quick memory transmission function is selected that function is canceled after selecting TX Stamp Printing a TX stamp 3 Select TX Stamp on the Application screen Jolit E Specify the settings MESA B E E r sal g LS sto vod Delete vi wll cll Falter 6 10 18 Document Name E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV I FAX 3 Enter the document name from the touch panel 6 84 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 11 Original Settings 3 Specify the original setting type Job List pecify the settings ginal Settings origifar Direction Settings Broadcast as Original Direction Mixed Original C El A Teal 1 94 Paces Quick Memory Binding Position vi E A AG ti nespeckle ETE 04 22 2007 16 22 Mi vl ml cll xl Memory 100 Q Detail The special original and di
322. itions and copies of the Software The Software is being licensed to you under the terms of this Agreement KMBT grants to you a non exclusive sublicense to use the Software and Documentation provided that you agree to the following 1 You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs for imaging to the licensed output de vice s solely for your own internal business purposes 2 In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in Section 1 Printing Software above you may use Roman Font Programs to reproduce weights styles and versions of letters numerals characters and symbols Typefaces on the display or monitor for your own internal business purposes 3 You may make one backup copy of the Host Software provided your backup copy is not installed or used on any computer Notwithstanding the above restrictions you may install the on any number of computers solely for use with one or more printing systems running the Printing Software 4 You may assign its rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of Licensee s right and interest to such Software and Documentation Assignee provided you transfer to Assignee all copies of such Software and Documentation Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement 5 You agree not to modify adapt or translate the Software and Documentation 6 You agree that you will not attempt to alter disassemble decrypt reverse engine
323. ize and then touch OK If the original size cannot be detected automatically or to specify the original size touch Original Size and then specify the original size from any of the screens To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Original Size screen C wist Ready to copy Copies Check Job 2 Application gt Image Adjust gt Original Size Custom Size A Photo Size j gug EPer 100 0 13 11 2006 21 26 yu sl cll ll Memory 100 Custom Size screen Use the keypad to type in the document size Copies Application gt Original Size gt Custom Size A4 D 100 0 X D m 13 30 0 432 0 Es 297 0 nm 30 0 297 0 vol wll cll xl 13 11 2006 21 26 Cancel OK Memory 100 3 148 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Touch Photo Size to display the Photo Size screen Photo Size screen Copies Check Details vl wll cll kil IAS 2 Can sizes in inches be displayed gt Touch or to display a different list of sizes 2 Can any size be specified gt Any size can be specified from the Custom Size screen Touch X or Y to select the dimension and then use the keypad to specify the correct value To enter a value press the C clear key and then use the keypad to type in the new value What happens when a value outside of the allowable range is specified 3 The message Input error app
324. key for the entered characters is automatically creat ed which is to be used for communication with this machine Y Note Match the Encryption Passphrase to that specified by Driver Password Encryption Setting of this machine bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 25 4 Print Operations 4 5 4 Layout Finish You can switch between the Layout dialog box and the Finish dialog box Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 E Presets Standard Layout Finish A gt Detailed Information Print Type 8 1 2x11 a 1 Sided 3 y 8 1 2x11 Binding Position Left Bind 3 Poster Mode Cort _JOverlap width line E LU Rotate 180 2 7 Image Shift _ Chapters Crore Crreview Ccancel prints Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 E Presets Standard E Layout Finish E a i Detailed Information O staple 8 12x11 Off 8 1 2x11 Le O Punch Off 33 Fold Staple Corr Center Erase Paper Arrangement Prioritize Arranging Papers 3 s Sa Detail Seringe Crore Preview Ccancel Garin A Note When printing a job that contains pages of different sizes and orientations with the Poster Mode setting specified images may be missing or overlapping when the document is printed 4 26 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Function name Optio
325. l al pos ES pe Function name Option Description Staple ON OFF Specifies stapling From the drop down list specify the number of sta ples and the stapling position Center Staple and ON OFF Specifies to saddle stitch a printed document Fold Punch ON OFF Specifies hole punching From the drop down list specify the number of punches and the position Fold ON OFF Specifies folding Center Erase ON OFF When Center Staple and Fold is specified select this option not to print on the center fold line Output Tray Default Tray1 3 Bin 5 6 Specifies the tray where to output the printed pages The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Paper Arrangement Prioritize Arranging Papers Priori Specifies the method for adjusting the binding posi tize Productivity tion for 2 sided print The biding position is adjusted after receiving all data for finishing priority The data is received and printed for productivity priority Y Note Staple and Center Staple and Fold functions are available only if the optional finisher is installed The Punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed on the optional finisher The Fold function is available only when optional finisher FS 519 and saddle kit are installed The Center Erase function is available only when optional finisher FS 609 is installed and the Center Staple and Fold func
326. lder can be up to three layers deep To edit a folder 3 Select the desired folder and then click the Edit button To delete a folder 3 Select the desired folder and then click the Delete button To search the personal information 3 Click the Find button on the right side of the dialog box to display the Find dialog box where the search conditions can be specified 4 56 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 Box Operations Box Operations 5 5 Box Operations 5 1 User Box functions The User Box functions allow document data to be saved on the internal hard disk of the machine and later printed Documents that can be saved are data scanned for copying and saved scan data To save data toa box create the box and then save the data to the specified box The saved data can be printed sent by e mail forwarded to an FTP site or sent to a computer By using the User Box functions documents can easily be scanned repeatedly and the separate data can be saved ona computer 5 1 1 Available User Box functions Saving documents Data can be saved to the following box User box Description Public personal group user box Document data that has been copied or scanned on this machine can be saved es in the user boxes Document data which is printed from a computer on the network can be saved Based on user authentication or account track settings access to some boxes such as personal and group user boxes can be
327. level menu Fourth level menu 2 Custom Display Set 2 Scan Fax Settings Default Tab p 6 149 tin ngs Program Default p 6 150 Address Book Index De fault p 6 150 Shortcut Key 1 p 6 151 Shortcut Key 2 p 6 151 Default Address Book p 6 151 4 Fax Active Screen TX Display p 6 152 RX Display p 6 152 7 Search Option Settings Uppercase and Lower case Letters p 6 153 Search Options Screen p 6 153 4 Scan Fax Settings JPEG Compression Level p 6 154 Black Compression Level p 6 154 TWAIN Lock Time p 6 155 Default Scan Fax Settings p 6 155 Compact PDF XPS Com pression Level p 6 156 6 106 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 14 3 Recall Scan Fax Program To register a program select blank program key and touch Register Program q AA Programs can be recalled or deleted Check Job Hane Status Job Details xl wll oll o o First level menu Second level menu Third level menu Fourth level menu Register Program Name p 6 142 Address p 6 143 URL Notif Destination p 6 143 Check Program Settings Check Address p 6 144 Check Scan Settings p 6 144 Check Original Settings p 6 145 Communication Settings p 6 145 Check E Mail Settings p 6 145 Check URL Notif Destina tion p 6 146 Delete bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6
328. ly selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified Envelopes Select these settings when envelopes are loaded A paper tray with this setting is not automatically selected when the Auto Paper setting is specified 3 92 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Paper type Icon Descriptions Duplex Plain Paper Select these settings when loading paper that has already been printed on 2nd Side one side 2nd Side can be selected only if plain paper thick paper 1 thick paper 2 thick paper 3 or thick paper 4 is loaded in the bypass tray Thick 1 J Thick 2 E Thick 4 E bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 93 3 Copy Operations 3 21 Selecting the Paper settings This section describes the procedures for specifying the size and type of paper loaded in each paper tray Q Detail For details on loading the paper into tray 1 2 3 4 refer to Loading paper into tray 1 2 3 4 on page 3 19 For details on loading the paper into the bypass tray refer to Loading paper into the bypass tray on page 3 23 3 21 1 Automatically detecting the paper size Auto Detect setting The size of the paper loaded into tray 1 2 3 4 and the bypass tray can be detected automatically The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for automatically detecting the paper loaded into tray 1 1 In the Basic screen touch Paper Copies eady to copy Original
329. m This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tihOcryptsoft com Original SSLeay License Copyright 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com All rights reserved This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA Ihash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclai
330. mat Displays the format for the date and time to be printed The display type or the time format can be specified by clicking the Edit button Pages Specifies the pages to print the date and time Text Color Specifies the text color used for printing Print Position Specifies the print position Starting Page Specifies the page to start printing the page number Starting Page Number Specifies the start number for printing the page number Cover Mode If cover pages are attached specifies whether to print the page number on the front cover page or the back cover page Text Color Specifies the text color used for printing Print Position Specifies the print position 4 16 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 4 2 6 Quality tab 2 Printing Preferences Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting Default Setting v Select Color Full Color y a Pattern Coarse Quality Adjustment Color Settings Image Compression Maximum Compression Printer View ER asa Printer Information M Glossy Mode Toner Save Edge Enhancement Font Settings Default Cancel Help Function name Select Color Option Full Color Gray Scale 2 Color Description Specifies the color to be printed Quality Adjustment Adjusts the image quality
331. mation Job Box Store Address Print Settings Change Settings Number of Sets 1 Sort ON Offset OFF Paper Tray Auto Printed Side 1 Sided Print Complete print settings prior to selecting file Printing of the following format files is supported XPS PDF TIFF PS PCL JPEG Text File Print Item Description Direct Print Files that are saved in a computer can be specified and printed with this machine bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 PageScope Web Connection Operation 7 5 Store Address Store Address Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Doe Model Namenbizhub C353 Information Job Box 2 Public GH resorte Scan A reo Pant gt Store Address The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered Icon Group Program Temporary One Touch Subject gt Text New Registration Direct Print Search from Number Search from Index Logout le Store Address 1 50 x E Go Go No Function Name E mail tokyo E mail osaka sm8 SMB1 S MIME Edit Edit Delete Delete Edi Delete Edit Delete User Box box0t Edit Delete WebDAV WebDAVO1 IP IPA Eat Delete Edit Delete Internet En Fax 123 test local Edit Delete Fax Test FAX Edit oo x eaa on FTP F
332. mer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tin Hudson tjh cryptsoft com bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 8 13 Appendix THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or d
333. ministrator Settings screen Installing the driver of this machine on the computer Pre installation checking 3 Before installation check that Network discovery is enabled in Network and Sharing Center accessed from Control Panel Installation procedure Click the Start button and then select Network Devices connected to the network are listed Z Right click the scanner icon on the machine and then select Install Depending on the settings on the computer the UAC User Account Control dialog box may appear Check the contents and then continue When both the scan and printing functions of the Web service are enabled for this machine this machine is displayed as printer icon The driver software is installed automatically When the confirmation dialog box appears click the Close button On the control panel of the machine select Web Service and check that the connection destination is displayed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 11 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 6 6 1 Operation flow Scan Network fax This section describes the flow of steps for sending scanned data and using Internet fax operations 1 Press the Fax Scan key Fax Scan A O Specify a recipient On the Address Book tab p 6 39 Select d ed destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book MAA Job List ES Off Hook Adare Searci
334. mission settings on page 4 46 or Creating a fax cover sheet on page 4 47 9 Click the OK button The fax data is sent via this machine FAX Transmission Popup Recipients Entry Name F FAX Number IT Intemational Transmission Mode IV 34 Mode S Add From Phone Book Recipient List FAX Number p Department 09876543210 087654321098 V FAX Cover Sheet 3 Fax Mode Setting Details Settings OK Cancel Help pa a Default bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 43 Print Operations Selecting a recipient from the phone book Q Detail To use the phone book the names and fax numbers of the recipients must be added to the phone book first For details refer to Adding a recipient to the phone book on page 4 53 When sending a fax click the Add From Phone Book button in the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box To open the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box follow steps 1 to 5 under Fax operations For details refer to Fax operations on page 4 42 Select Personal List or Group from the list on the left side of the dialog box to display the desired recipient in Personal Information Click the Find button to specify the conditions to search for a recipient Add Recipient from Phone Book C Documents and Settings My Documents Ph_Book csv PR File Help EE Personal List Personal Information WPersonalLit QP Fid Name FAX Number Comp
335. mixed sizes Single sided originals Double sided originals Original paper type Weight Plain paper 50 g m to 128 g m Original size Refer to Mixed originals paper sizes Paper capacity 100 sheets 80 g m Mixed originals paper sizes The following chart shows the possible combinations of standard sized paper that can be used with the Mixed Original setting Maximum Original A3 ul A4 U B4 a B5 A4 ua A5 U B5 ta A5 ul B6 ta Width Original Size A3 a O O x x x x x x x A4 y O O x x x x x x B4 ua O O O O x x x x x B5 W O O O O x x x x x A4 Ca O O O O O O x x x A5 x x O O O O x x x B5 ca x x O O O O O x x A5 a x x x x x x O x B6 a x x x x x x x O O O Possible x Not possible 1 Indicates the width of the widest original size of the mixed originals width of the adjustable lateral guides of the automatic document feeder 2 Indicates original sizes that can be specified together with the maximum original width 3 110 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 22 2 3 22 3 3 22 4 Precautions for loading originals into the ADF The following types of originals should not be loaded into the ADF otherwise paper misfeeds or damage to the original may occur Wrinkled folded curled or torn originals Highly translucent or transparent originals such as OHP transparencies or diazo photosensitive paper Coated orig
336. munications and is prohibited under FCC rules Interference Causing Equipment Standard ICES 003 ISSUE 4 for Canada users This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe A est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada For users in countries not subject to class B regulations A WARNING Interference with radio communications 3 Thisis a Class A product Ina domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 3 This device must be used with a shielded network cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited under CISPR rules and local rules Laser safety This is a digital machine which operates using a laser There is no possibility of danger from the laser provided the machine is operated according to the instructions in this manual Since radiation emitted by the laser is completely confined within protective housing the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation This machine is certified as a Class 1 laser product This means the machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions 2 Internal laser radiation Specification Maximum average radiation power bizhub C253 C203 7 7 uW at the laser aperture of t
337. n Description Print Type 1 Side 2 Sided Booklet Specifies duplex printing and booklet printing Binding Position Left stitch right stitch top stitch Specifies the binding position Poster Mode 2x2 3x9 4x4 Prints one sheet of an original divided on multiple pag es Poster Mode Overlap allows you to specify the presence of the border frame Overlap width line ON OFF Specifies the presence of a poster mode overlap This setting can be specified when the Poster Mode set ting is other than OFF Rotate _180 ON OFF Rotates 180 to print Image Shift ON OFF Prints by shifting the entire print image The screen is displayed when the setting is enabled and allows you to set the detail of the shift length Front Side Back Side Specifies the shift direction and values For 2 sided printing clearing the Same Value for Front and Back Sides check box allows you to set different values between the front and back sides Chapters ON OFF Specifies the page to be printed on the front side The screen is displayed when the setting is enabled and al lows you to set the page You can specify it when the print type is 2 sided or Booklet Page Number Specifies the page to be printed on the front side when Chapters is selected Staple ON OFF Specifies stapling From the drop down list specify the number of sta ples and the stapling position
338. n and then select OFF bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 51 4 Print Operations Settings tab Item Function Display Constraint Message Displays a message when functions that cannot be specified at the same time were enabled from the printer driver Display paper set in Print Uses the paper that was added in Server Properties of the printer folder Server Properties Verify Authentication set Verifies the authentication settings for this machine before printing and displays a mes tings before printing sage if the settings are not compatible Popup Authentication Dia Displays the User Authentication Account Track dialog box when a print job is speci log when printing fied to enter the user name and department name Store Custom Size Store the custom paper sizes Note To display the Settings tab right click the xxxxxxx FAX icon and then click Properties 4 52 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 9 Using a phone book Adding a recipient to the phone book When sending a fax you can recall the fax numbers that are used frequently by adding them to a phone book A phone book can be added from the FAX tab in the FAX Printing Preferences dialog box 1 From the FAX tab in the FAX Printing Preferences dialog box click the Phone Book Entry button The Phone Book Entry dialog box appears 5 Phone Book Entry C Documents and Settings My Documents Ph_Book csv File Edit Help
339. n be added when multiple copies are made The following Stamp Composition functions are available and can be combined Function Description Date Time Select a format and print the date or time on the specified pages Page Number Select a format and print page numbers starting with the specified page number Stamp e Preset Stamp Print copies with previously stored preset stamps overlapping pages e Registered Stamp Print copies with a stamp registered with the Copy Protection Utility overlapping pages Copy Protect Print copies with copy protection text hidden text that prevents unauthorized copying such as a preset stamp or the date Stamp Repeat Print copies with text such as registered stamps preset stamps or the date repeating throughout the page Overlay Copies can be printed with the contents of the first original page overlapped by as an overlay image the remaining original pages Header Footer The date and time or a distribution number can be printed on each page This function is available only when specified by the administrator 1 05 1 23 1 REPORT REPORT 1 la 3 152 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 36 Saving the scanned original in a user box Save in User Box function A scanned original can be saved in a user box Documents saved in user boxes can be printed when necessary 1 Position the original to be copied 2 Touch Application and then touch Save in User Box its Ready to copy a
340. n 139 7 mm and 457 2 mm Touch Y to select it and then use the keypad to type in the length of side Y between 90 0 mm and 311 1 mm Ifa value outside the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Type a value within the allowable range Ifthe value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad to erase the value and then specify the correct value To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel T JobList SPecify the size using the keypad or the Copies ETA memory buttons Check Job 2 Change Tray Settings gt Bypass gt Custom Size 2A4 D 100 0 ay x ET 139 7 457 2 Check Details x Y x Y x Y X Y X Y vol wll cll ll 13 11 2006 20 28 Cancel 0K Memory 100 Can paper sizes be stored Five non standard paper sizes can be stored To recall a stored paper size touch the corresponding memory key Vv yy The names memory1 through memory5 can be changed For details on changing the names refer to Storing a non standard paper size Custom Size settings on page 3 100 y For details on storing paper sizes refer to Storing a non standard paper size Custom Size settings on page 3 100 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next two screens that appear The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 99 Copy Operations 3 21 4 Storing a non standard paper size Custom Size settings
341. n User Box Public Personal Boxis the function to save documents in the machine gt CA Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending ete gt Open System User Box User Box Number EE 900990909 Create System User Box User Box Paseword eee User Box List Search from Index ALL y 6d Page Display by 50 cases 1 y 60 Dis User Box Name Twe Time Stored imu box1 Public 07 04 23 15 07 las box02 Public 07 04 24 12 50 6 box03 Public 07 04 24 12 51 Item Description Open User A public personal or group user box that is currently created can be opened to print send or down Box load a saved document or to change user box settings Create User New user boxes can be created Box Open System Displays if the optional fax kit has been installed System user boxes Bulletin Board User Box Polling User Box TX User Box Memory RX User Box Relay User Box can be opened to work on a saved document or to change user box settings Create Sys Displays ifthe optional fax kit has been installed New bulletin board user boxes and relay user boxes tem User Box can be created bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 7 5 PageScope Web Connection Operation Direct Print E Direct Print Microsoft Internet Explorer Joey Fie Edt view Favortes Toos Help i Q usemi Logout Change Password 82 GH reo to sean Model Namenbizhub C353 GB verse Pint e Infor
342. n a password is specified in the user box a screen to enter a password appears 1 Enter the password 2 Press the OK button ype in the password of the selected box o erase the password entered boxo2 ys Informacion BB ES FEET Pele DDD FEET ESE ME 04 10 2007 15 59 M PAE Es A Menor 297 User Box No 000000002 User Box Nane box02 UTI Ese Box yi ml cll ki 5 4 5 Overview of Print The following functions can be added in Print Item Description Copies Specifies the number of copies to be printed Print Specifies whether 1 sided or 2 sided copies are to be printed Finishing Specifies sort group stapling and hole punching Page Margin Adds a binding margin to the left or right side or to the top of the printed pages Sheet Cov Specifies cover mode insert sheet and chapters to insert covers and papers er Chapter Insert Stamp Composi Prints the specified information including the date time and the stamp tion Q Detail The Center Staple Fold settings are available only if optional Finisher FS 519 is installed The Center Staple amp Fold setting is available only if the optional Finisher FS 609 is installed The Punch setting is available only if the punch kit is installed on the optional finisher bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 23 5 Box Operations 5 4 6 5 4 7 Description of the Print screen 3 Touch P
343. n cnn cnn cn nnn rre nn crac 2 14 For EU member States Only aiii 2 14 2 3 Caution notations and labels cionainononai ccesecescvedesnnniaxscctnnestescesnesceneessnnsctctexsdeneencesenuadtecerece 2 15 2 4 SPACE FECQUIFEIMOENNS iii 2 17 2 5 Operation precautions mnmncccccnnccnnnnennncr nunnan nann nnnn nnana nnana nnna 2 18 Power SOUNCE sikaren aa aaea aaa A a Aa aaa 2 18 Operating CNvirOMMenty sasicisiscecssasstasiueiaascdeiasbeacaunecsanescenedisaessesscauatacansesnaerasadeagiessaieeactessaateateaacibaie 2 18 Storage Of COPIES iii tt aa 2 18 2 6 Legal restrictions On COPY eis sssscceccsecsc eee cccedeek seesaw deseeteec tees esead ceeecieedeetwcind eee eae 2 19 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Contents 1 3 1 Part names and their FUNCTIONS coocccnnconcnnnnnnnc nn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn 3 3 3 1 1 Control PANEL eranen a A A sesbeanane anaa Tee 3 3 3 1 2 Basic Settings Screens ii tiie asinine ass acd dele 3 5 3 1 3 Icons that appear in the screen A 3 7 3 2 Turning on the main power and the SUD pOWe r nmccccccnnnncccncnnnnnacnnnennnnnnon enero creen cnn 3 8 3 2 1 Turning on the MachiNe tiara ld ii eh oe elas ees 3 8 3 2 2 SCANNING GUNG Warm Up siasssscpedivatiateccisatccenanseceadecdasgendesacdesanagiisavaveandasesacueetagtendeaatideandeaaeusesvasenanaaais 3 9 3 2 3 T rning off The MACHING iuris id 3 10 3 2 4 Manually Conserving ENE gY ae e aT a aE aaa a aaa aAa aAa a aa EAA Aa id Ea EEA 3 11 3 2 5 Controlling each user s u
344. n the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact openssl core openssl org 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft co
345. n to use an F code 6 12 5 E Mail Encryption E Mail This parameter appears when ON is selected for S MIME Communication Settings in E Mail Settings in the Network Settings screen in Administrator mode 3 Specify whether or not to encrypt the E Mail to be sent 6 12 6 Adding Digital Signature E Mail This parameter appears when ON is selected for S MIME Communication Settings in E Mail Settings in the Network Settings screen in Administrator mode gt Specify whether or not to add a digital signature to E Mail messages for transmission Detail This parameter may not be available or may be set to normally sign depending on the specified S MIME communication settings 6 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 12 7 Fax Header Settings G3 IP I FAX 1 Specify whether or not to add sender information for transmission 2 Select one from the list of sender names Job List The fax header can be changed to a setting other than the default Communication Settings gt Fax Header Settings Destinations Ne Sender O Name 01 test fax1 Ce Broadcast Set as Default Default 02 test fax2 1 1 ME vl mi cll xl 04 22 2007 17 18 Mi Memory 1007 Eb Detail Use TTI Setting in Administrator Settings to register the detail added to the original as sender information Use TTI RTI in A
346. nations simultaneously specify them in Favorites This setting speeds up searches Specify the index key for the registered one touch destination Utility gt E Mail gt Index ABC DEF GHI JKL MNO PORS TUV WKYZ etc J Z mll ell ll 09 21 2007 22 37 Mi Y Memory 100 6 110 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 Icon 3 Select the icon elect the icon to be displayed in the destination list Hane Status vl ml cl RAE E C cance Memory 100 Q Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 101 is installed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 111 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 3 Address Book User Box Destinations for user box can be registered gt To register a new address touch New Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OKI I To specify a registered number touch the No button Utility gt User Box gt New Utility Ue ey Create One Touch Address Book Public Huey 4 etc Icon J 3 User Box 10 16 2007 22 09 Mi Memory 100 Q Detail In order to register a user box as a destination the user box must be registered first To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address s
347. nction Description Copies The input range is 1 to 999 Type in the desired number of print copies using the keypad 1 Sided 2 Sided Select either 1 sided or 2 sided Finishing Select either Sort Group Offset or Staple Sheet Cover Chapter Insert Select either Cover Sheet Insert Sheet or Chapters Stamp Composition 5 7 5 Deleting The document saved in the secure print user box can be deleted in the File Document screen peat and or Header Footer Select either Date Time Page Number Stamp Copy Protect Stamp Re bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 45 5 Box Operations 5 8 Encrypted PDF User Box System User Box 5 8 1 What is Encrypted PDF User Box If the password protected PDF file data is saved using PageScope Web Connection or PageScope Direct Print documents are automatically saved in the encrypted PDF user box Q Detail Printing is instructed from the encrypted PDF box to print an encrypted PDF file with an external memory 5 8 2 Encrypted PDF User Box screen 1 Select Encrypted PDF user box to display the list of saved documents from the System tab 2 Select the document to be checked ct document s ESOS Choose action after selecting docunentcs Check Job Use Document Encrypted PDF User Box RE ocne name Document Name SKMBT_6110918 photo data UNKNOWN EX 11 21 2006 Memor
348. nd All y Collapse All Function name Description Secure Print This is the same dialog box that appears when you select Output Method and specify Secure Print Save in User Box This is the same dialog box that appears when you select Output Method and specify Save in User Box or Save in User Box and Print User Authentication This is the same dialog box that appears when you select Output Method and select User Authentication checkbox Account Track This is the same dialog box that appears when you select Output Method and select Account Track checkbox Administrator Settings Displays a dialog box to set an input dialog for authentication setting and change the encryption key 4 24 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Administrator Settings User Authentication Account Track Popup Authentication Dialog when printing User Authentication l Account Track Encryption Passphrase O Encryption Passphrase User Authentication Server Settings Relay Server Off Cancel ok 3 Function name Description Popup Authentication Dialog when printing Displays the User Authentication and Account Track dialog box when a print job is specified and checks entry of a user name and a department name each time Encryption Passphrase Specifies an encryption passphrase to use user defined key to communicate with this machine The encryption
349. ne side load 11 x 17 size paper into the tray to be used select the tray in Basic screen Paper select Change Tray Setting Wide Paper on the control panel specify 8 1 2 x 11W and then check that Auto Detect is selected in Custom Size and 11 x 17 is displayed When 12 1 4 x 18 size papers have been loaded 12 1 4 x 18 must be selected in Custom Size To print on a custom size use the bypass tray select Change Tray Settings Wide Paper select 8 1 2 x 11W and then select the paper size to use from Change Size Specify Duplex Side 2 to print on the back side of a page bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 5 4 Print Operations 4 2 2 Layout tab 2 Printing Preferences Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting Default Setting v I Combination Print Type Co 1 Sided Binding Position Auto a a l Rotate 180 Binding Margin I Skip Blank Pages yr Image Shift Y Es Printer View Printer Information Default Cancel Help Function name Option Description Combination 2in1 4in1 6in1 9in1 16in1 Prints multiple pages on one page or prints one sheet 2x2 3x3 4x4 of an original document divided on multiple pages Combination Details allows you to specify the page order and the presence of the border frame Combination De Combination Selects th
350. ng order Jlocument gt Combining Order 1 SHFP07040422200 SMFPO7041013110 yi ml cll ki 2 Baan 04 10 2007 17 34 Ki Memory 99 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 29 5 Box Operations 5 5 Sending documents in user boxes The following outlines are the steps for sending documents saved in public user boxes 1 Press the User Box key User Box Le O Touch Use Document S Select an operation User Box Operations ds Status amp Save Document 4 File Document 4 04 10 2007 13 21 M Select the desired user box and then touch OK Job List Select the desired User Box to use document If you know the User Box numbe ter it AS z garen Public Eger Box SAT 000000001 box01 ng the keypad User Box Information pr f6 000000002 _ User Box No 000000001 User Box Nane boxmi Type SB Box E 04 10 2007 13 23 Y 5 30 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 4 Select one or multiple documents One document selected Select document s ion after selecting document lt s Use Document 000000001 box01 Selected Documents SMFP07040422200 04 10 2007 13 23 M Henory 99 Select document lt s Choose action after selecting document s Use Document 000000001 box01 Selected Documents Action SMFP07040422200
351. not to use the Profile for such usage d You shall not use the Profile to develop any software or other technology having the same primary function as the Profile including but not limited to using the Profile in any development or test procedure that seeks to develop like software or other technology or to determine if such software or other technology performs in a similar manner as the Profile e DIC and other trademarks contained in the Profile are trademarks or registered trademarks of DIC in Japan and or other countries You may not remove or alter any trademark trade names product names logo copyright or other proprietary notices legends symbols or labels in the Profile This License Agreement does not authorize you to use DIC s or its licensors names or any of their respective trademarks WARRANTY DISCLAIMER a THE PROFILE IS PROVIDED TO YOU FREE OF CHARGE AND ON AN AS IS BASIS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND COONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT DIC PROVIDES NO TECHNICAL SUPPORT WARRANTIES OR REMEDIES FOR THE PROFILE b DIC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NON INFRINGEMENT TITLE AND QUIET ENJOYMENT YOU SHALL ASSUME AND BE FULLY LIABLE AND RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL RISKS IN CONNECTION WITH YOUR USE OF THE PROFILE DIC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE PROFILE IS FREE OF DEFECTS OR F
352. nserts headers or footers on all pages The contents of the header footer must be registered in advance in Administrator settings 3 Touch Check Change Temporarily to change what is registered and print it Recall Header Footer gt Select a header footer to be printed from the registered list Select header footer Touch Check Change Temporarily to check or change the settings Recall Header Footer Mode Check Check Change Temporarily 4 vod Delete Sectas yl ml cll ki 04 22 2007 17 05 Mi Memory 100 Check Change Temporarily 3 Display the Check Change Temporarily screen These settings can be changed temporarily can Settings gt Header Footer gt Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Pages All Pages Do Not Print Do Not Print e _ E D Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete Setas yl ml cl ki 04 22 2007 17 05 M Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 79 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings 1 Specify whether or not to print a header footer 2 Touch Print to specify a text the date time or other information distribution number job number or serial number Select parameter to change temporarily Scan Settings gt Check Change Temporarily gt Header Settings Header Type TT Text
353. nt Position Fine TUNe acc ie 6 76 6 10 14 Application Stamp Composition Stamp cceccccsececeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeeneesceeeeessaeeeeseeeeseneeeeseeeeees 6 77 Stamp Type Preset StampS iscccacacninir sia ed lada dice 6 77 A E edie EEEE dad eees sacle ted aed E eel iat a cheese ein teed hele AE 6 77 SA ON 6 77 SA A A E 6 78 Print Position Prnt POSIT Oaa a iaa edad ete 6 78 Print Position Fine TUNe coca a 6 78 Contents 8 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 10 15 Application Stamp Composition Header Footer cccccceeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeenaaeeeesseneaeeeeeeees 6 79 Recall HGacer FOOte r sininen deaa aaie TAa Ra cuattavuvabe a aa SEENDE Check Change Temporarily Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings cesssceeesseeesseeeeesneeeeeneeeeeeees 6 80 Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Text eseceeseeeeeseeeseneeeeneees 6 80 Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Date Time s src 6 81 Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Settings Other cesseeeeseeeeseeeeeeees 6 81 Check Change Temporarily Pages cccescceesseeeeeeneeseneeeeenaeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeneeesnaeeeesaneseenneesenaeess 6 81 Check Change Temporarily Text Color c ooooonccononccononccnnoncnonnonncnnrnnn nano nnnnnr nn rnnn cnn nar n nr nnn cnn nn nnnnnr nn 6 82 Check Change Temporarily Text Size oooooocconcccnnocononcconanononanonnnnnrnnnnn
354. nt to change from Personal List on the left side of the dialog box and then click the Edit button on the right The same Personal Information Personal List dialog box that appeared when you registered the phone book appears allowing you to change the information You can select the name that you want to change from Personal List on the left side of the dialog box and you can delete a recipient by clicking the Delete button on the right If a recipient is deleted it is also deleted from the registered group 5 Phone Book Entry C Documents and Settings My Documents Ph_Book csv File Edit Help Personal List Personal Information MPersonal List A AAAAAAAA Name FAX Number Company Departmer BBBBBBBB CCCCCccc Simple Entry 9 Group Y Results AABAABAA 01234557890 xxxx Inc Sales G gt Cone Y Find AddNew E Add Folder Bedi XJ Delete Select Group Group01 O Groupo2 O Groupt3 O Groupos O Groupos O Groupos O Groupo O Groupos Y Note When sending a fax the names and fax numbers that were entered manually and registered by clicking the Register To Phone Book button appear in the Simple Entry folder of the phone book bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 55 Print Operations To change a registered recipient to a group 3 From Personal List on the left side of the dialog box select the name you want
355. ntry 2 Save the settings Specify the storage location enter the file name and then click the Save button The phone book is saved as a file Save in a My Documents gt Emy Pictures My Recent Documents gt Desktop My Documents 5 My Computer D My Network File name Phones ook Places Save as type Phonebook cs style 4 54 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 The Save As dialog box appears when a phone book is registered for the first time The Save As dialog box does not appear from the second time the phone book is changed and thereafter since the phone book file is automatically overwritten The saved phone book file automatically appears the next time you open the phone book To open a different phone book select Open from the File menu in the Phone Book Entry dialog box If multiple phone books have been saved you can use the phone books by switching between them Anew phone book can be created by clicking New from the File menu in the Phone Book Entry dialog box You can save a file under a different name by clicking Save As from the File menu The file extension for the phone book files is csv Editing a phone book You can easily change the personal information that was registered change the group names edit or organize the phone books 3 To change the personal information select the name you wa
356. o register a new address touch New 1 2 screen f Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK y E To specify a registered number touch the No button Dest y Address Book Public y Internet Fax New 10 16 2007 22 17 t Cancel Memory 100 2 2 screen Job List Specify index according to name Utility gt Internet Fax gt New Utility Index MG y Destination y Address Book Public Internet Fax y 10 16 2007 22 18 Mi Cancel Memory 100 Detail To check a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 135 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed Job List Utility y Create One Touch Destination y Address Book Public y Internet Fax y New se the keypad to type in the number o clear your entry press C Utility gt Internet Fax gt New 1 2000 E Mail Address C cancel _ 10 16 20
357. oaded into the ADF refer to Originals on page 3 110 To change the scanning settings touch Change Setting 3 32 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 The buttons that appear in the screen for changing the settings differ depending on the specified settings Settings for the following can be changed 1 Sided 2 Sided Binding Position Zoom Frame Erase Center Erase Original Size To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Settings can be changed for stopped scan job Press Start to continue Press Stop to cancel changes to settings Application Hame Status COPY PrintHait Document 2 Sided Frame Erase y Binding Position _ Original Size y Job Details yi ull ol 19 11 2006 15 07 Cancel YU ME cU K Memory 99 The amount of memory available can be checked beside Memory in the lower left corner of the screen To delete the image data press the Stop key and then delete the job For details refer to Temporarily stopping scanning printing on page 3 72 4 Afterall original pages have been scanned touch Finish Scanning will be finished Hame Status copy PrintWait Number of Sets Number of Originals Job Details vl wll cll ll RRR aan bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 33 3 dl Copy Operations 5 Press the Start key Ifthe Separate Scan Output Method parameter is set to Batch Print
358. oading Capacity Finishing tray 1 60 g m to 209 g m A3 Ga to A5 y 32 mm Equivalent of 200 sheets Finishing tray 2 60 g m to 209 g m A4 Q d 132 mm Equivalent of 1 000 sheets B5 Q d A5 A3 ua B4 64 5 mm Equivalent of 500 sheets Optional finishing tray 60 g m to 209 g m A3 toA5G 24 mm Equivalent of 200 sheets The value in parentheses is reference value when using 60 g m to 90 g m paper Number of Bound Pages Examples of the possible number of bound pages are listed below e 50 sheets of 90 g m paper Q Detail In order for the copies to be stapled all of the following conditions must be met The paper width must be between 182 mm and 297 mm The paper length must be between 148 5 mm and 437 8 mm If the Mixed Original setting is selected all copies must have the same paper width bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 59 Copy Operations When Finisher FS 609 is installed Paper Weight Paper Size Loading Capacity 60 g m to 209 g m A4 Gi B5 G 150 mm Equivalent of 1 000 sheets A3 aa B4 a 75 mm Equivalent of 500 sheets i The value in parentheses is reference value when using 60 g m to 90 g m paper Size Number of bound Maximum number of sets ages P One place towards One place towards Two places the back the front A4 Ga or 2 sheets 100 sets 40 sets 40 sets smaller 3 sheets to 5 sheets 80 sets 40 sets 40 sets 6 sheets to 10 sheets 60
359. occcccnncnncccccnncononnnncnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnn nn cra rra nn nc nn rnnnnnn cc nn nnnnnncni 6 5 Scan to E Mail dilo dad 6 5 A O 6 5 SAMBA ia 6 6 SaveimUser BOX ici ii did 6 6 WebDAV TX eaaa ee A cial ate 6 7 Web Service A iia 6 7 6 2 2 Available Fax functionss at cli lll io eit wae AM 6 8 G3faxtransmission FeCePtiOn daraa raS aa ra aaa ae aA a Eaa AA a E aeaa iaa qutashiamecesensaleeietens sau ae 6 8 Poll iii ii 6 8 6 2 3 Available Network Fax functions oococccononccocnncnononcccnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnncnnn nana nn cnn nn nan n nn rra rnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnncncnnannnnes 6 9 A idee ce ON 6 9 P Addr sS e D ATES A a AA AA 6 9 6 3 Address RESTAN tii 6 10 6 3 1 Address BOOK maoa Adidas 6 10 6 3 2 GrOUD ena han ee ne 6 10 6 4 Optional SettinGs ae ias 6 10 Fax Scan PrOOrams ii A A dc 6 10 Setting display CONTENTS si sevscgcascieiseseebcastcadscacdeastsdbscaeaanicasedectsaedsccessetadzanscgedascensesedeadunicneviedcraventaed 6 10 6 5 Using Web services cmmmcccnoacccnccnnancanccanararar canon 6 11 6 5 1 Settings required for using Web ServiCOS oomoccioncccnnccccnonnncnnornnonnnccn nano nnnnnr nn rare nn nnnr nr naar rra rnr rra nana nnnnns 6 11 6 5 2 Installing the driver of this machine On the computer c oococccncccccnocccnnoncnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnrnnnnanena nano 6 11 Pre installation Checking i icocondas ia ai espia 6 11 Installation proc d re sisi selec a aa dada iia 6 11 6 6 A Aaaa saada seating cay seeceeccneb
360. ol warns against possible TAN which you should take precaution A causes of burns A diagonal line indicates a prohibited This symbol warns against dismantling O course of action Q the device A black circle indicates an imperative This symbol indicates you must unplug course of action the device bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 3 Installation and operation precautions Disassemble and modification A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death gt Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol Do not attempt to remove the covers and panels which have been fixed to the product Some products have a high voltage part or a laser beam source inside that could cause an electrical shock or blindness Do not modify this product as a fire electrical shock or breakdown could result If the product employs a laser the laser beam source could cause blindness SMS Power cord A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death gt Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol Use only the power cord supplied in the package If a power cord is not supplied only use the power cord and plug that is specified in POWER CORD INSTRUCTION Failure to use this cord could result in a fire or electrical shock Use the power cord supplied in the package only for this machine and NEVER use it for
361. omote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Any feedback is very welcome http www math sci hiroshima u ac jp m mat MT emt html email m mat math sci hiroshima u ac jp remove space Copyright 2007 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC All Rights Reserved Note This user manual may not be reproduced in part or in full without permission KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC will not be held liable for any incidents caused by using this printing system or user manual Information included in this user manual is subject to change without notice KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC maintains the copyright of the printer drivers
362. on Displays the status of the installed options Default Click this button to return to the default setting Help Click this button to display the help for each item on the currently displayed dialog box Cancel Click this button to cancel any settings that have been changed and close the dialog box Print Click this button to enable the changed settings for printing Detail Click the Acquire Device Information button on the Printer Info dialog box to communicate with this machine and read the status of the settings specified on this machine This function is not available unless the connection is enabled for communications with the machine bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 4 How to add a custom size Mac OS X To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes register the custom paper size 1 In the File menu select Page Setup or Paper Setup 2 For Mac OS 10 4 select Manage Custom Sizes from the Paper Size list For Mac OS 10 2 10 3 select Custom Paper Sizes from Settings 3 Click the button OS 10 4 or the Add button OS 10 2 10 3 4 Enter the paper size name 5 Specify settings for the following Page size paper size Specifies the paper size Printer Margins Specifies the paper margins 800 Custom Page Sizes gt Aak Page Size 8 26 in 11 69 in Width Height Printer Margins User defined he 0 25 in _ 0 25 in
363. on name and then touch Check Job Settings To change registered address settings select a desired registration name and then touch Edit On the Edit screen the registration number cannot be changed To delete a registered address select a desired registration name and then touch Delete 6 132 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations No 3 Touch No and then enter the registration number of Address Book between 1 and 2 000 When the screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed sob ist 5 ie Soa ery press tae Utility ZA Create One Touch n dresa Book Public E IP Address Fax non veritas A tonochrone__ a 10 16 2007 22 17 amp Cancel L Memory 100 Name 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel IP Address gt Enter the host address for the destination device in the format of a host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address Fora host name enter 63 characters or less T Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the host name Press C to erase the entered host name Utility gt New IP Address Fax gt IP Address Input Host Nane AS IPv6 Address Input MA ee ee FEEL zz BBDO B y 09 21 2007 23 00 M BAN ox Memory 100 Detail When the input format is switched to the IP address input mode after the host name was entered the host name is cleared Tou
364. on pages Job List E Select desired date time type Scan Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Date Time Broadcast Destinations Time Format Date Format Pages onza hm iras E AE r lt a wid nt Position Delete Text Color Black ee Check Job 4 Settings 4 04 22 2007 17 00 Ki vl ml cll ki Memory 100 Date Format gt Select the format for displaying the date Time Format 3 Select whether or not the time is added and select its format Pages gt Select either All Pages or 1st Page Only for printing Text Color 3 Selecta printing color from Black Red Blue Green Yellow Cyan and Magenta he stamp will be printed in selected olor The specified color is applied o date time and page number Scan Settings gt Date Time gt Text Color Select Color Broadcast Destinations Black 1 m delete 1 Check Job Settings A vl ul cli PA bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 73 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Text Size gt Select a size of characters to be printed from Minimal and Std Specify the size of the stamp Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete _ EE vl mi cll ki 1 04 22 2007 17 00 Ki Memory 100 Print Position Print Position gt Select a desired printing position Specify the settings
365. on settings The following describes the common settings and buttons that are displayed on all tabs FAX Printing Preferences Basic Layout Stamp Composition Version Information Favorite Setting Default Setting v Ag Edit 8 1 2x11 8 5x11 in y 8 1 2x11 8 5x11 in Resolution I SUB Address 200x200dpi Fine bd I Sender ID FT Print Recipient File I Timer Send I Cover Sheet sa Phone Book Entry Printer Information Specify FAX Number in the dialog shown up when Y printing Default Apply Help Button Function OK Click this button to close the dialog box and apply any settings that have been changed Cancel Click this button to cancel any settings that have been changed and close the dialog box Help Click this button to display the help for each item on the currently displayed dialog box Add Favorite Setting Click this button to save the current settings and to view them at a later time Edit Favorite Setting Click this button to change the saved settings Default Click this button to return the settings to their defaults which were selected when the driver was installed View A preview of the page layout as specified in the current settings is displayed and a pre view image of the print job can be checked 8 1 2x11 8 5x11 in hd 8 1 2x11 8 5x11 in Printer Information Starts up the P
366. on the center fold line with Center Staple amp Fold can be automatically erased Erase Erases the image in the 10mm wide area with the fold line as the center None Does not erase the image on the center fold line Job List T To change document print settings choose from the following E options If you are ready to print press Start Se ecE9Pe 100 0 Center Erase 13 16 Y vO ull cll xl Ire an 5 28 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 4 10 Combining Order Multiple documents can be selected and printed together Up to 10 documents can be selected to print together Additional settings can be made on finishing such as the number of copies for the selected document Settings can be specified for the following Item Description Copies Specifies the number of copies to be printed 1 Sided 2 Specifies whether 1 sided or 2 sided copies are to be printed Sided Finishing Specifies offset stapling and hole punching Page Margin Prints the document with a binding margin Stamp Com Prints the document with the date time page number or a stamp position Selecting multiple documents and touching Combine displays a screen to specify the combining order The document is printed in the displayed order here Selecting two documents switches their order Job List Check Job Selected Documents SMFPO7040422200 elect two documents to switch the combini
367. onal specify the owner name To change the owner touch Change Owner and then select a different owner When selecting Group specify the owner account In the Change Owner page select a different owner account bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations Screen 2 2 Select item and enter setting Bookmark 2 Utility gt Bulletin Board User Box gt New Back ira gt Auto Document Delete Tine vn iw One Touch Wer Bon fe y er Box y crente User Ee E MA 4 Bulletin Board User Box Save Her 04 10 2007 14 14 M 99 Memory a Relay User Box Auto Document Delete Time Description Specify the length of time for documents to remain before they are deleted counting from the registration gt Up to five relay user boxes can be registered When registering or editing specify the following items Q Detail To change settings for a registered user box select the user box and touch Edit After touching Edit the user box number cannot be changed To delete a registered user box select the user box and touch Delete Specify the settings ES Use the keypad to type in the User Box nunber and relay password Utility gt Relay User Box gt New A s lM Utility e siaa 4 user Box nane 3 0 O One Touch User Box Reg Bestinavion 4 gt S Create User Box A Tame Sibrea 4 04 10 2007 14 15 R
368. ons When moving the machine A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property gt Do not ignore these safety advices Caution Symbol e Whenever moving this product be sure to disconnect the power cord and other ca bles Failure to do this could damage the cord or cable resulting in a fire electrical shock or breakdown e When moving this product always hold it by the locations specified in the user manual or other documents If the unit falls it may cause severe personal injury The product may also be damaged or malfunction Before successive holidays When the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is not installed A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property gt Do not ignore these safety advices Caution Symbol e Unplug the product when you will not use the product for long periods of time bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 9 Installation and operation precautions Regulation notices CE Marking Declaration of Conformity for users of the European Union EU This product complies with the following EU directives 2006 95 EC 2004 108 EC and 1999 5 EC directives This declaration is valid for the area of the European Union This device must be used with a shielded network cable The use of non shielded cables is likely to result in interference with radio communications and is prohibited under CISPR rules and lo
369. ontal position adjustment with a value between 0 1 mm and 50 0 mm Select item and specify the settings using the keypad or keys Scan Settings gt Print Position gt Fine Tune Left amp Right Adjustment Left Right Top Botton No Adjustment No Adjustment 50 0 i 50 0 0 1 B Era EN EN ra Top amp Bottom Adjustment Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete 1 vl ni cl IRMA 6 76 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 14 Application Stamp Composition Stamp 3 Add preset text such as URGENT to pages T Select stamp type Scan Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Stamp Ho y Stamp Type Preset Stamps Broadcast Destinations Pages Text Size wo Print Position Delete Text Color Black f Check Job Y Settings 4 y 04 22 2007 17 03 Mi vl ml cll xl Memory 100 Stamp Type Preset Stamps gt Select a stamp such as URGENT PLEASE REPLY or DO NOT COPY Pages 3 Select the pages to be printed on either All Pages or 1st Page Only Text Color 3 Selecta printing color from Black Red Blue Green Yellow Cyan and Magenta The stamp will be printed in selected color Scan Settings gt Stamp gt Text Color Select Color Black o vod Derete j Sheena vni cli PA bizhub C
370. op tional finisher FS 519 Output Tray Select the output tray where the finished copies are to be fed Center Staple amp Fold Select this setting to fold the printed copies and bound them with staples before feeding them out The Center Staple amp Fold setting can be used if the optional finisher FS 609 is in stalled Staple Select one of these settings to bind the cop ies with a staple in the corner or with two staples I 1 1 l Punch Holes are punched 4 holes in the copies for filing them eee o 0o o0 o The following procedures describe how to select Finishing settings A Reminder The Staple settings are available only if the optional finisher is installed The Punch settings are available only if the punch kit is installed on the optional finisher 3 54 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 Available Finishing Settings Standard FS 519 FS 519 FS 519 Punch kit Punch kit Saddle stitcher Sort O O O O Group O O O O Offset O O O O Staple x O O O Punch x x O O Center Staple 8 Fold x x x O Half Fold x x x O Select Output Tray x O O O FS 519 FS 609 FS 609 Separator Punch kit Punch kit Mailbin Sort O O O O Group O O O O Offset O O O O Staple O O O x Punch O x O x Center Staple amp Fold x O O x Half Fold x x x x Select Output Tray O O
371. or the insertion sheets and then touch OK Copies vil mil cl el cnory ton 8 Under Insert Type touch either Copy or Blank If Copy is selected the original is copied with the specified paper inserted for the specified page If Blank is selected the specified paper is inserted after the specified page 9 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears 10 Specify any other desired copy settings 11 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 12 Press the Start key 3 120 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 26 Inserting copies of a different original for a specified page Insert Image function A multi page original later scanned from the original glass can be inserted at the specified location in an original first scanned with the ADF The inserted original is added after the specified pages Q Detail A separate original can be inserted at a maximum of 30 locations within an original of up to 999 pages In double sided originals one double sided page is considered to be two pages one for the front and one for the back 4 729 i REPORT m REPORT B 1 A 1 A 1 Load the original into the ADF For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 For an original that exceeds 100 pages refer to Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting
372. orarily interrupted so an original can be copied with different copy settings This is convenient for quickly making a copy Position the original to be copied For details on loading the original refer to Loading the original into the ADF on page 3 28 Press the Interrupt key Interrupt eS ca If ajob is being printed the message The job is stopping appears The indicator on the Interrupt key lights up in green and printing of the current job stops 9 What settings are selected when the Interrupt key is pressed 3 When the Interrupt key is pressea all functions and settings are reset to their defaults 22 Why is the Interrupt key not available gt The Interrupt key cannot be pressed while an original is being scanned Select the desired copy settings 4 Press the Start key Printing for the interrupting job begins After the interrupting job has finished printing press the Interrupt key The indicator on the Interrupt key goes off The copy settings return to those specified before printing was interrupted Y Note If the interrupting job is cancelled printing for the interrupted job automatically restarts bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 79 Copy Operations 3 17 Registering copy programs Mode Memory Frequently used copy settings can be stored together as a program to easily be recalled A maximum of 30 programs can be registered A name of up to 16 characters
373. original refer to Placing the original on the original glass on page 3 29 When loaded in the y orientation When loaded in the G orientation 3 Close the ADF or the original cover 4 Inthe Basic screen touch Duplex Combine e E Copies Job List Ready to copy Original Setting Density Application Duplex Combine 01 01 191 ETS Auto Paper Select Be yea 3 Z E C msmo J semarate scan J auto rotate orr ans 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 yl ml cll xl The Duplex Combine screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 35 Copy Operations 5 Touch 1 Sided gt 2 Sided Ready to copy Copies gug EaPer 100 0 iz yl ml cl ll Duplex Combine Original gt Copy Combine 1 Sided gt 1 Sided 1 Sided gt 2 Sided No 2 Sided gt 1 Sided 2 Sided gt 2 Sided nel Binding Position A oe ainveim y z ct 23 02 2007 22 30 Memory 100 6 Touch Binding Position select the binding position for the copy and then touch OK geYgcEaPer 100 0 Up Specify the binding position If the original Copies is not set upright select the direction Duplex C e gt Binding Position Original Binding Position Output Binding Position AB Ba Left Bind Right Bind I a 23 02 2007 22 31 Memory 100 7 8 Touc
374. orized service representative If you keep on using it as is a fire or electrical shock could result e Do not keep using this product if this product has been dropped or its cover damaged e A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property 3 Do not ignore these safety advices Caution Symbol burns When checking the inside of the unit for malfunctions such as a paper misfeed do not touch the locations around the fusing unit etc which are indicated by a Caution HOT caution label e The inside of this product has areas subject to high temperature which may cause Consumables A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death 3 Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol e Do not throw the toner cartridge or toner into an open flame The hot toner may scatter and cause burns or other damage O A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property 3 Do not ignore these safety advices Caution Symbol e Do not leave a toner unit or drum unit in a place within easy reach of children Licking or ingesting any of these things could injure your health e Do not store toner units and PC drum units near a floppy disk or watch that are sus ceptible to magnetism They could cause these products to malfunction O 2 8 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precauti
375. ormatted here indicate subsequent steps of a sequence of actions An illustration inserted A As here shows what operations 2 Text formatted in this style provides additional assistance must be performed 3 Text formatted in this style describes the action that will ensure the desired results are achieved Tips A Note Text highlighted in this manner contains useful information and tips to ensure safe use of the machine amp Reminder Text highlighted in this manner contains information that should be reminded Q Detail Text highlighted in this manner contains references for more detailed information bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 1 5 Introduction 1 4 Special text markings Stop key The names of keys on the control panel are written as shown above Display texts are written as shown above Y eee Note The machine illustrations shown in this manual can vary and depend on the machine configuration Descriptions of originals and paper The descriptions used in this manual for originals and paper are explained below Whenever original and paper dimensions are mentioned in this manual the value shown as Y in the illustration refers to the width and the value shown as X refers to the length Lengthwise Ga If the width Y of the paper is shorter than the length X the paper has a vertical or portrait orientation indicated by ta Crosswise W If the width Y of the pa
376. ouch Yes beside Save amp Print Job List Select desired User Box to save document Copies You can also change the document name ch To print while saving touch Save Print Check Job gt Application gt Save User Box SefectoPe 100 0 fil 000000001 2 Box1 Document Name SharedDoc1 Save amp Print Yes Ev vl mil cll xl IAS bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 155 3 Copy Operations 9 Touch OK To cancel the Save in User Box function touch No The Application screen appears again 10 Specify any other desired copy settings 11 Press the Start key If Yes beside Save amp Print was selected the scanned original is copied and the document data is saved in the specified user box If No beside Save 8 Print was selected the data for the scanned original is saved in the specified user box 3 156 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 37 Overview of Utility mode parameters This section describes the buttons available when the Utility Counter key is pressed Y Note The buttons that appear n the Utility mode parameters differ depending on the specified settings List of Utility mode parameters First level menu Second level menu Third level menu 1 One Touch User Box Registra tion 1 Create One Touch Destination 1 Address Book 2 Group 8 E mail Settings 2 Create User Box 1 P
377. ox and apply any settings that have been changed Cancel Click this button to cancel any settings that have been changed and close the dialog box Help Click this button to display the help for each item on the currently displayed dialog box Add Favorite Setting Click this button to save the current settings and to view them at a later time Edit Favorite Setting Click this button to change the saved settings Default Click this button to return the default setting View When the Paper View button is selected a preview of the page layout as specified in the current settings is displayed and a preview image of the print job can be checked When the Printer View button is selected a printer figure is displayed showing any op tions such as the paper tray that are installed on this machine 8 172x11 8 5x11 in Y 8 1 2x11 8 5x11 in Printer Printer Information Starts up the PageScope Web Connection to confirm the printer information This is avail able when communication with this machine is enabled bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 3 Print Operations Parameter details PCL PS drivers for Windows The print setting screen is the screen to set printer driver functions Click the Properties or Preferences button on the Print dialog box or right click the printer icon of the Printers window or the Printers and Faxes window and then specify Print Setting Document Defaults
378. pecify the scan settings touch Scan Settings Job List Broadcas Destinat Check Job Settings Specify the settings 1ex Duplex Resolution BddaseHent 200x200dpi Fine File Type Density PDF Document Name HeeemHo000 PDF i Multi Page E f E 04 22 2007 16 52 Mi Memory 100 To specify the original settings touch Original Settings Job List Specify the settings ginal Settings aregifar Direction Settings Original Direction dic Shor a fD Mixed Original lo Z Folded Original Check Job Settings Long Original 04 22 2007 16 22 M E Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 13 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 4 5 To specify the communication settings touch Communication Settings Job List pecify the settings a Use Document gt Send gt Communication Settings Li a URL Notification Setting 4 2 Gommunication hethod ial Delete Setciings Check Job Settings A 04 25 2007 16 12 M vl mil cll Kl frei 99 17 1 E Mail Encryption Digital Signature close Position the original To check the advance preview press the Proof Copy key p 6 27 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Press the Start key Start bizhub C353 C2
379. pecify the starting page number Starting Chapter Number 3 Specify the starting chapter number Page Number Type gt Select the format for page numbers Text Color 3 Selecta printing color from Black Red Blue Green Yellow Cyan and Magenta 1 Delete 1 yl wll cll ki The stamp will be printed in selected color The specified color is applied to date time and page number Scan Settings gt Page Number gt Text Color Select Color Black 04 22 2007 17 02 M Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 75 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Text Size gt Select a size of characters to be printed from Minimal and Std Specify the size of the stamp Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete _ EE vl mi cll ki 1 04 22 2007 17 02 M Menory 100 Print Position Print Position gt Select a desired printing position Specify the settings Job List er EN Settings gt Page Number gt Print Position Print Position Top Left Top Right No Adjustment tii Fine Tune Broadcast Destinations 1 z Botton Left Botton Bottom Right Adjust Position 4 Delete Check Job Settings A 04 22 2007 17 02 t vi ml cll ki frees 100 Print Position Fine Tune 1 To make fine adjustments touch Adjust Position 2 Specify vertical horiz
380. per is longer than the length X the paper has a horizontal or landscape orientation indicated by J bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 Installation and operation precautions Installation and operation precautions 2 Installation and operation precautions Safety information This section contains detailed instructions on the operation and maintenance of this machine To achieve optimum utility of this device all operators should carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual Please read the following section before connecting the machine to the supply It contains important information related to user safety and preventing equipment problems Please keep this manual in a handy place near the machine Make sure you observe all of the precautions appear in each section of this manual KM_Ver 01E_C Y Note Some parts of the contents of this section may not correspond with the purchased product Warning and precaution symbols The following indicators are used on the warning labels or in this manual to categorize the level of safety warnings A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death 3 Do not ignore these safety advices A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property 3 Do not ignore these safety advices Meaning of symbols Symbol Meaning Example Meaning A triangle indicates a danger against This symb
381. ppears 2 Touch Center Staple amp Fold 23 02 2007 Memory Auto Paper Select Auto Color Nd MO acne Finishing Separate Scan Auto Rotate OFF 19 43 100 Job List Check Details eady to copy Copies Offset Y Y cs a vil mil cd kl icnory tox The Center Staple amp Fold screen appears 3 70 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 Touch the button for the desired Center Erase setting To erase the area along the center touch Erase To not erase the area along the center touch None F wist Ready to copy he Check Job nishing gt Center Staple amp Fold Ces JM Center Erase geyece 70 7 Check Details 27 07 2007 11 36 vu mil cll ll M 100 When the Center Staple amp Fold setting is selected the following factory default settings are automatically selected 1 Sided gt 2 Sided Sort Booklet Recommended zoom ratio 70 7 when the Booklet function is selected When the Center Staple Fold setting is selected the following Finishing settings are not available Group Offset Staple Punch To cancel the Center Staple amp Fold setting touch No If Erase is selected under Center Erase an area of 10 mm along the binding is erased If paper misfeeds often occur when None is selected under Center Erase select Erase to reduce the num
382. r BOX 2 cssseecceessseeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseneneeeeesenenaeeeeeseeenees 5 44 Whatis Secur Print User BOX aaa aa tir aa a dealer aaraa 5 44 Authentication pro edure Dustin ad ia 5 44 Authentication procedure 2 iii A A E a a EE A aa 5 44 PET uri A ese al 5 45 Deletingr si A EE he Ee ee Sen E ENG he dead 5 45 Encrypted PDF User Box System User BOX ccssssseeceesseeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeneneneeeeeeseneeeeeesseneeeeeeesanes 5 46 What is Encrypted PDF User Box 0 cecseseeeseeeeseeeeeeseeeeeseneeseseceseseeeeessesenseoeenesceesessensesseeenesees 5 46 Encrypted PDF User Box SCreem inicia ii aiii 5 46 PENN oct dit e tod las Sido Era e 5 46 DIA a nana a Ae 5 46 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Contents 5 6 1 Transmission functions A 6 3 FUNCHON types ctas tare adidas 6 3 Precautions for using fax function G3 oooconccccnnccanoncconancnonannnonoronnnnnr coran cnn rre 6 3 Precautions for USING Network fAX ooooccccncoccccccconoccccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnncnn cnn nn aA ra E aAA rra rra Eaa Aa eai arii Rei 6 3 Precautions for using Internet fax c ccccceeseeesneeseseeeeesseeeeeeeeeesceesesecenssceeeeseceassecseasoessseeesesscneeeseeees 6 4 Precautions for using IP Address Fax cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeecaaeeeeeceaaaeeeeesaeaeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeenaeee 6 4 6 2 OVO MVC EA T ste cc cecwe decgec tice decades tecaced ccccedebce de etanceits TT 6 5 6 2 1 Available Network Scan functions coom
383. r Save key again 18 Access key If user authentication or account track settings have been applied press this key after entering the user name and password for user authentication or the account name and password for account track in order to use this machine 19 Brightness dial Use to adjust the Brighthess of the touch panel 20 User Box key Press to enter User Box mode While the machine is in User Box mode the indicator on the User Box key lights up in green 21 Fax Scan key Press to enter Fax Scan mode While the machine is in Fax Scan mode the indicator on the Fax Scan key lights up in green 22 Copy key Press to enter Copy mode As a default the machine is in Copy mode While A the machine is in Copy mode the indicator on the Copy key lights up in green Reminder Do not apply extreme pressure to the touch panel otherwise it may be scratched or damaged Never push down on the touch panel with force and never use a hard or pointed object to make a selection n the touch panel 3 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 1 2 Basic settings screens When the machine is ready to begin making copies after being turned on the Basic screen appears 3 To activate a function or to select a setting lightly touch the desired button in the touch panel Basic screen
384. r apply reference permission level to destination Utility gt Apply Levels to Destinations gt Program Utility One Touch User Box Reg y to Destinations y Apply Levels 86 b stinations y Program 04 22 2007 18 08 Mi Memory 100 No Destination MEU 0001 testi Level 0 0002 test2 Level 0 0003 test3 Level 0 Apply Level A 6 148 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 16 User Settings 6 16 1 Displaying the User Settings screen 1 To display the User Settings screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel 2 Touch User Settings Job List Total Black Color Meter Count Check Details E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 2 utirity 2 User Settings J 3 Administrator Settings 4 Check Consumable Life 4 04 22 2007 18 09 M Memory 1007 Q Detail In the Utility screen you can also select a setting by using the keypad to enter the number next to the desired button For 2 User Settings press the 2 key in the keypad 6 16 2 Custom Display Settings Customize the Scan Fax screen Default Tab Scan Fax Settings 3 Specify settings for the default screen for Fax Scan mode Default Address Book Job List Utility User Settings y Custom Display Settings y Scan Fax S
385. r fo fe fs fe fits te fa yU wll cll Kl Peedi 7 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next three screens that appear The Basic screen appears again 3 102 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 21 5 Selecting a setting for oversized paper Wide Paper settings By specifying paper one size larger than the document as wide paper the document can be copied at the center so that there is no loss of the document image Wide paper can be specified for tray 1 2 3 4 or the bypass tray The following procedure describes how to specify the setting for wide paper loaded into the bypass tray Q Detail Only standard sized wide paper can be specified for tray 1 2 3 4 When specifying wide paper for the bypass tray non standard sized paper can be specified When using non standard sized paper enter the paper size In the Basic screen touch Paper ey Copies Sob List Ready to copy orion Sta RR aa Duplex Combine user Rees Status 0101 Auto Paper Select Auto Color 191 La 2 lt yl ml cll ll 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 The Paper screen appears Touch the button for the bypass tray To set the paper size for tray 1 2 3 4 touch the button for the corresponding paper tray gt z Copies JobList Ready to copy 4 Original Setting Beaaince Application grg EPer 100 0 iJ Check Details
386. r nn ran n nn nnr nn rar nr rar rara 6 82 6 10 16 Application Send amp Printarar aea daa 6 83 Send amp PNE ense esatean aa eaa chan aE aaa eA oaaao rap ten ecbencateash daedudzerbantcpachsbecevacencdacevbaannnelgdeye 6 83 GODICS eiii E T E eee cee Modest eh 6 83 Simplex Duplexs tisse dsse EEE T EE ET 6 83 NN 6 83 Staple POSITION SCUING ics isciicecscegsssscetiasceecaieseseenseaisadeetuanciensatinacasciaaseceedcacdeedec cacaiegiaaddernanddeaaceaa 6 83 6 10 17 Application TX Stamp G3 IP I FAX 02 cceeseesseeeseeeeceeeeeeceeeeeaeeeseeesaaeeaeeeeaeeeaeessaeeeseeseeeseaeeseaeeeeeeas 6 84 DAS O OO 6 84 Printing a DX Sta Ad o ed doo eee 6 84 6 10 18 Document Name E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV I FAX oococoooccococccoconnccnnnnnornnrnnnnnrnnrnnrnnnnn nos 6 84 6 11 Original SettingS oonmnmnncconmnccnccrrr e 6 85 6 11 1 Special Original Mixed OrigiNal coomnccnnncnnnnccnnnonnnccncnnrrnnnnnrnn rn nn r anna ren 6 85 6 11 2 Special Original Z Folded Original cccsecsesceesesseeeeesceesesceeesnsneeeseneeseceeeesneeeeeseeeeeseeeseseeaees 6 85 6 11 3 Special Original Long OrigiNal acom a laa 6 85 6 11 4 Direction Settings Original DireCtion 0 00 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeseaeeeeeeeeeseaeeseneeeeneneeeeeaa 6 86 6 11 5 Direction Settings Binding Position oooooonncccnnnoccnnnccnnnonnnnnnoncnnnrn conan nr nnnr nn narrar rra nn nn 6 86 6 11 6 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX G3 oooooconoocconocccon
387. r to produce any particular result Adobe shall not be liable for loss or damage arising out of this Agreement or from the distribution or use of the Software or any other materials ADOBE AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING THE SOFTWARE EXCEPT FOR ANY WARRANTY CONDITION REPRESENTATION OR TERM TO THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE SAME CANNOT OR MAY NOT BE EXCLUDED OR LIMITED BY LAW APPLICABLE TO YOU IN YOUR JURISDICTION ADOBE AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS OR TERMS EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER BY STATUTE COMMON LAW CUSTOM USAGE OR OTHERWISE AS TO ANY OTHER MATTERS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS INTEGRATION SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION The provisions of Sections 4 5 and 6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement howsoever caused but this shall not imply or create any continued right to use the Software after termination of this Agreement LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT WILL ADOBE OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES CLAIMS OR COSTS WHATSOEVER OR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS EVEN IF AN ADOBE REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS DAMAGES CLAIMS OR COSTS OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY THE FOREGOING LIMITATION
388. rack Verify Authentication settings before printing Popup Authentication Dialog when printing 1 Select the FAX Cover Sheet check box in the FAX Transmission Popup dialog box 2 Click the Settings button The FAX Cover Sheet Settings dialog box appears 3 Select the size of the cover sheet from the Cover Size drop down list FAX Cover Sheet Settings Cover Sheet Settings Untitled v Add Edit Preview Basic Recipient Sender Image Style Style 00 Ei M Subject I Date ES c I Pages Comment Cover Size Match Output Size 2 Default Cancel Hep 4 Onthe Basic tab specify the format of the cover sheet and subject of the fax Style Select the format design of the cover sheet Subject Enter the subject of the fax to be sent Up to 64 characters can be entered in the Subject text box Date Specify the date Select a format or enter any format If entering a format up to 20 characters can be entered in the Input Arbitrarily text box Pages Specify the number of pages to be sent Comment Entes the text to be displayed in the comment box Up to 640 characters can be entered in the Comment text box and returns are converted into two characters bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 47 Print Operations 5 Specify the recipient information on the Recipient tab FAX Cover Sheet Settings Cover Sheet Settings Basic Recipient S
389. receive G3 fax 3 Select the destinations from the touch panel of the machine for broadcast the data Also you can add data using edit function available with the Scan function Receiver Sender Polling By sending a polling command you can receive original data from other fax machines polling RX Also you can save original data to be transmitted upon receiving polling command from other fax machines polling TX You can save data to either the Polling TX User Box or Bulletin Board User Box for polling TX Receiver Sender Viewing Bulletin board Polling Registering bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 2 3 Available Network Fax functions Internet Fax The Internet Fax function sends and receives scanned originals as an attached file TIFF format via the intranet enterprise networks or Internet This communication via intranet or internet largely reduces the communication cost as compared with general fax messages gt Specify the destination E Mail address to send the E Mail message E Mail attached Original file TIFF format Intranet Internet Internet receiving SMTP server POP server E
390. rection settings functions can be used in combination For example the original may contain pages of different sizes or zigzag folded pages 6 11 1 Special Original Mixed Original 3 Select this setting when originals of different sizes are loaded together into the ADF The scan speed is decreased since the size of each page is detected before it is scanned 6 11 2 Special Original Z Folded Original gt Select this setting to detect the size of a zigzag folded original by the length fed through the ADF 6 11 3 Special Original Long Original gt Select this setting for originals with the longitudinal side longer than the standard size bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 85 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 11 4 6 11 5 Direction Settings Original Direction gt Select the orientation of the original After scanning the data is processed so that it is correctly oriented Select the original direction This is not applied to fax transmissions 1 1 ma E 04 22 2007 17 09 M vll ull cll Kl Memory 100 Direction Settings Binding Position 3 Select the binding position such as punching positions or stapling positions on the original Binding Position Deseo 000 riginal Settings gt Binding Position 1 1 Delete Settings 4 vil wll cll i P Q Detail This function also corrects the orientation when scanning a double sided
391. reen ob List Use the keypad to type in the document size Copies 1 Check Job Application gt Set Range gt Custom Size A4 D 100 0 2 E e 1 yi sl ell ll 13 11 2006 21 08 ance Memory 100 Photo Size screen wut Ready to copy gi Check Job 2 Application gt Set Range gt Photo Size A4 D 100 07 EB ED E E E oc vi vi ol xl o bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 139 3 Copy Operations Can sizes in inches be displayed Touch or to display a different list of sizes Can any size be specified Any size can be specified from the Custom Size screen Touch X or Y to select the dimension and then use the keypad to specify the correct value To enter a value press the C clear key and then use the keypad to type in the new value vid vey What happens when a value outside of the allowable range is specified The message Input error appears If Input error appears or if the value was incorrectly entered press the C clear key in the keypad and then specify the correct value ve 7 Inthe Basic screen touch Paper and then select the paper tray loaded with the paper Copies A4 D 100 0 vil wll cll xl PAA If settings were specified in the 2 4 8 Repeat screen touch Zoom in the Basic screen and then specify the zoom ratio setting eady to copy Copies Original Setting Density Application a co a A4 D 10
392. rint to display the following screen Job List To change document print settings choose 4 options If you are ready to print press Se ecb2Pe 100 0 1 e PR 04 10 2007 16 17 M Menor 7 yi ml cll ki Print 2 Sided 2 the folloj tl Application Page Margin Caa en No Part Name Description 1 Basic Specifies the basic settings such as number of copies and 1 sided 2 sided 2 Application Specifies more difficult settings such as page margin sheet insertion and stamp Copies 3 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies The number of copies can be specified between 1 and 999 Basic Sefec aPer 100 0 Finishing 4 04 10 2007 16 17 M Memory 99 yi ml cll ki rim e To change document print settings choose from the following tl options If you are ready to print press Start se Document gt Print Application Page Margin A Cancel start Q Detail To reset the number of copies to 1 press the C button 5 24 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 5 4 8 1 Sided 2 Sided gt Select whether 1 sided or 2 sided copies of the document are to be printed TP Job List STO change document print settings choose fron the fol loving options If you are ready to print press Start Use Document
393. rmat High Quality Provides higher quality images but the data size becomes large Standard Default Provides images of data size and quality of a mid level between High Quality and High Compression High Compression Provides lower quality images but the data size becomes small TZ Job List Select job setting Utility gt User Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting Compression Lever Sta dard High Quality Color TIFF Type TIFFCTINZ High Compression Utility y User Settings Scan Fax Settings 09 21 2007 23 06 Mi Memory 100 Color TIFF Type E Mail User Box SMB FTP WebDAV 3 Select the compression method to be used when saving the TIFF format data in color Ifthe data that seved with TIFF modified TAG can not opened by applications change the setting to TIFF TTN2 factory default Utility gt User Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting ESmbressi n Level Standard TIFFCTTN2 Color TIFF Type mmo e TIFF nodified TAG 09 21 2007 23 06 M Memory 100 6 156 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 PageScope Web Connection Operation PageScope Web Connection Operation 7 PageScope Web Connection Operation By logging on to PageScope Web Connection in User mode the following functions can be specified Q Detail For other det
394. rol Number Start Number 00000001 Default Cancel Help Function name Description Characters Embeds the selected character string in a pattern A preregistered character string common stamp or a character string registered on this machine registered stamp can be specified Date Time Embeds the selected date and time in a pattern By clicking the Edit button under Format you can specify the display type or the time format Serial Number Embeds the serial number of this machine in a pattern Distribution Control Number Embeds the copy number in a pattern when printing multiple copies By clicking the Edit button under Start Number you can specify the start number or the dis play type Job Number Embeds the print job number in a pattern for documents that are automatically paginated Text Size Specifies the text size of a pattern Angle Specifies the pattern angle bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 Edit Copy Protect Print Item f Copy Protect C Stamp Repeat Copy Protect Pattern Emboss Text Pattern Overwrite Front Overwrite Background Pattern Pattern 1 Text Background Color BB black Adjust Color Default Function name Description Copy Protect Embeds a hidden pattern that appears on copies Stamp Repeat Prints a text pattern The followin
395. rom the touch panel Company Name gt Enter the company name from the touch panel Department 3 Enter the department name from the touch panel OR AND STARTS WITH ENDS WITH 3 Select search conditions from OR AND STARTS WITH and ENDS WITH Type in a keyword and select 4 A desired conditions ES Job Details yl ml cll ki 05 07 2007 NS Memory 100 6 54 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 9 16 Off Hook G3 3 Use this button for manual transmission Q Detail When using off hook operations memory transmission is disabled When Contirm Address TX is specified the Off Hook function is not available Manual transmission 1 Set the original in place 2 Specify settings for scanning as needed 3 Touch On Hook to hook up and to display a screen for specifying the destination 0 Direct Input 0 A Touch Send 5 Specify the destination 6 Touch Start Q Detail To specify the destination select from Address Bookj Direct Input Job History or Program bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 55 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 Scan Settings 3 Touch Scan Settings to specify detailed settings for scanning 6 10 1 Basic Original Type 3 Select the type according to the contents of the original The original type can be selected from the following Job List
396. roup Select the icon to be displayed in the destination list E Utility gt New gt Select Icon 09 21 2007 Memory a 23 05 M 100 a gt on a Q Detail The icons are used in the image panel function which can be operated when the optional LK 107 is installed Check Program Settings 3 Check the address book list registered in the group Job List Check Job Settings No of Destinations Utility gt Edit Group gt Check Job Settings Speed Dial Nane E0002 Tokyo E0003 Osaka A0006 testi 04 22 2007 Memory 1 01 amp 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 139 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 11 E Mail Settings E Mail Subject E Mail l FAX Up to 10 subjects for E Mail and Internet fax can be registered A registered subject can be selected when sending gt To register a new subject touch New Job List Utility gt E Mail gt E Mail Subject No Subject Set as Default Utility 01 data_PHOTO 02 doc Default One Touch User Box Reg Create One Touch Destination Set as Default E Mail Settings E 04 22 2007 17 59 Mi Memory 100 E Mail Subject Detail To check a registered subject select a desired subject name and then touch Check Job Settings To change a registered subject select a
397. roup M wist Ready to copy Pontes Check Details vl wll cll kil AAA To separate each set of pages touch Yes under Offset Touch OK The Basic screen appears again bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 57 3 Copy Operations 3 12 3 Selecting the output tray VY The output tray can be selected only if optional finisher FS 519 is installed 1 In the Basic screen touch Finishing eady to copy joa Original Setting Bensits Application Ra e Status 4 anar rife Or 0 Select AE a aj MN io veais vil mil ciki FA The Finishing screen appears 2 Touch Output Tray wrist Ready to copy ae SUES EPer 100 0 Offset J o J 00 vil mil ciki FEA 3 Touch the button of the desired output tray 3 58 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 A Touch OK and then touch OK again ob tist Ready to copy ae check sob Select Output Tray E 100 0 13 Pra 29 01 2007 13 20 vil mll ell il Memory 100 The Basic screen appears again 3 12 4 Stapling copies Staple settings Copies can be fed out stapled either in the corner or at two places Y Reminder Copies can be fed out stapled either in the corner or at two places only when the finisher is installed When Finisher FS 519 is installed Tray Paper Weight Paper Size L
398. rs again Press the Start key Copying begins with the recalled copy settings eee Note To stop recalling a copy program press the Reset key or the Mode Memory key or touch Cancel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 19 3 19 1 Displaying function descriptions Help Descriptions of the various functions and details of operations can be viewed There are two methods for displaying the Help screens e Main Help screens from the Basic screen Help screens for settings from screens other than the Basic screen Overview of Help screens The following items are provided in the Help Menu screen Help Menu screen 1st level Help Menu El Job List Bookmark i 1 Function gt 4 Function Map 4 S AS 2 Bea eat 5 fnrsrmacaon y 13 11 2006 20 03 Memory 100 EES Item Description Function Use to search for descriptions from a Help menu divided by the function types and names Search by Operation Use to search for descriptions from a Help menu divided by the operations Function Map Displays the Function Map screen which contains a chart of the available func tions and settings Name and Function of Parts Displays the Help menu for the name and function of each part Use to check the description of the main unit and its options Service Admin Information Displays the name extension
399. s P and T can be entered in the FAX Number text box To send a fax overseas be sure to enter the country code first Change the transmission mode as necessary ECM Specifies the ECM Error Correction Mode If the V 34 Mode check box is selected the ECM check box cannot be cleared International Transmission Mode Slows the speed when sending faxes overseas Select this check box if errors occur when sending faxes overseas V 34 Mode Specifies the Super G3 fax mode For normal fax operations leave this check box selected Clear it only if it is not possible to transmit in the recipient s mode The fax numbers that are registered in the phone book can be specified by clicking the Add From Phone Book button For details refer to Selecting a recipient from the phone book on page 4 44 The names and fax numbers that were entered can be added to the phone book s Simple Entry folder by clicking the Register To Phone Book button 4 42 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Click the Add Recipients button To add multiple recipients repeat steps 6 and 7 Up to 100 recipients can be added To delete a recipient from the list click the Delete From List button 8 tf necessary click the Fax Mode Setting Details button to specify the fax mode setting details or select the FAX Cover Sheet check box to create a fax cover sheet For details refer to Specifying the trans
400. s yl ml cll k Communication Scan Settings Settings 04 22 2007 16 14 M Memory 100 On the Address Search tab p 6 53 Job List EE To search for a destination in the LDAP server choose Search or Advanced Search Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book Direct Input Job History Pees Off Hook Receive I Fax Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings yl ml cll k Advanced Search Scan Settings 16 13 M Memory 100 04 22 2007 6 24 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 3 Specify scan settings p 6 56 original settings p 6 85 and communication settings p 6 89 To specify the scan settings touch Scan Settings T Job List O Specify the settings or ane 7 5 200x200dpi Fine Book Scan File Type Density Application PDF Document Name 4 A Destinations Simplex Duplex Resolution Vv PDF Delete Multi Page Check Job Settings y vo wll cll xl PS u 1 00000000D Memory 100 To specify the original settings touch Original Settings Broadcast Destinations Original Direction TO Menor O TO Mixed Original y FR Z Folded original Binding Position na fF 1 1 Delete yl wll cll ki 04 22 2007 16 22 M Memory 100
401. s No of 000 y Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job sees Address Book Direct Input Job History Seren Off Hook eS 5 1 Fax THO LES Last 0009 1234567890TOKYO 0010 11223344 OSAKA Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete 4a Scan Settings 4 Original Settings Settings y yl sl ell kl 04 22 2007 16 14 M 1 Memory 100 3 Specify scan settings p 6 56 original settings p 6 85 and communication settings p 6 89 To specify the scan settings touch Scan Settings Specify the settings Scan Settings Destinations Original Type Simplex Duplex Resolution RU88EERent Be Erase j BROES E 200x200dpi Photo Fine Book Scan File Type Density Application PDF B Document Name y cmaumoooo0 A PDF Delete Multi Page Separate Scan ly 1 1 Check Job Settings A yl sl ell ll 04 22 2007 16 52 M Memory 100 To specify the original settings touch Original Settings Broadcast Destinations Mixed Original Z Folded Original Binding Position 1 1 CS Check Job Settings yl sl ell ll 04 22 2007 16 22 M na fF Despeckle Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 4 5 To specify the communication settings touch Communication Settings Job List pecify the settings a Use
402. s Copies 1 C Collated Pages All 8 From 1 to 1 O C PDF Preview KONICA MINOLTA C353 pI gas Function name Option Description Copies 1 to 999 Specifies the number of copies to be printed Collated ON OFF Do not specify this function Select Output Method and then specify Collate Pages Specifies the print range to print 4 22 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 5 3 Output Method Printer KONICA MINOLTA C353 Presets Standard Output Method iy m Paper View O Detailed Information 8 1 2x11 v 8 1 2x11 U En a PA O Printer Information mM Collate Offset Output Method Print Ps l User Authentication Account Track f Detail Settings Default 2 PDF w Preview Cancel Function name Option Description Collate ON OFF Specifies whether to print multiple copies by collating them Offset ON OFF When printing multiple copies shifts the output posi tion of each set Output Method Print Prints immediately Secure Print Saves the document to be printed in Secure Print User Box of this machine When printing entering the ID and password is required in the control panel of this machine Select this option when printing highly con fidential documents Save in User Box Saves the document to be printed in the user box on this machine
403. s refer to Preview on page 5 43 5 42 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 Preview 1 On the Document Details screen touch Preview to display the preview image of the saved document The document can be viewed at full size or at a size of 2 4 or 8 times the normal size 2 Select the display size 3 Use the scroll bars in the right end and bottom end of the image to view the desired section of the image 7 Displays the first page of the enlarged thumbnail preview Check Job Preview Change Zoom Ratio 2x Zoon 4x Zoon 8x Zoom Job Details ECCERE Q Detail With documents containing multiple pages only the image of the first page can be checked The contents of a document saved with encryption cannot be previewed bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 43 Box Operations 5 7 Secure Print User Box System User Box 5 7 1 What is Secure Print User Box Documents being sent for print jobs by protecting with an ID and password are saved in this box The ID and password must be entered in order to print a document The authentication procedure may vary depending on how Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error displayed by touching Security Settings and then Security Details in Administrator Settings is set For details consult the administrator of this machine 5 7 2 Authentication procedure 1 Take an appropriate oper
404. s an option Y Do not load originals that are bound together for example with paper clips or staples W For details on the types of originals that can be loaded into the ADF refer to Originals on page 3 110 Y Do not load more than 100 sheets or so many sheets that the top of the stack is higher than the t mark otherwise an original misfeed or damage to the original or machine may occur However a original that exceeds 100 pages can be scanned in separate batches For details refer to Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan setting on page 3 31 VY Ifthe original is not loaded correctly it may not be fed in straight or an original misfeed or damage to the original may occur VY Ifthe original is loaded in any orientation other than with the top of the original toward the back of the machine be sure to select the original orientation Slide the lateral guides to fit the size of the original L Place the original in the original feed tray in the order to be scanned with the side to be scanned faces up Load the original pages so that the top of the original is toward the back or the right side of the machine 3 28 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations Adjust the lateral guides to the size of the original Lateral guides 3 6 2 Placing the original on the original glass Vv Vv For details on the types of originals that can be placed on the original glass refer to Originals on
405. s injury or even death 3 Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol e Connect the power cord to an electrical outlet that is equipped with a grounding ter minal 2 6 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Installation and operation precautions Installation A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death gt Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol Do not place a flower vase or other container that contains water or metal clips or oth er small metallic objects on this product Spilled water or metallic objects dropped in side the product could result in a fire electrical shock or breakdown Should a piece of metal water or any other similar foreign matter get inside the prod uct immediately turn OFF the power switch unplug the power cord from the power outlet and then call your authorized service representative OY A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property gt Do not ignore these safety advices Caution Symbol e After installing this product mount it on a secure base If the unit moves or falls it may cause personal injury Q e Do not place the product in a dusty place or a site exposed to soot or steam near a kitchen table bath or a humidifier A fire electrical shock or breakdown could result O e Do not place this product on an unstable or tilted benc
406. s not available when programming jobs Instead select Sort 1 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 When saving scanned data in a user box some scanned data may be lost if more than 10 000 pages are saved in the box 2 Touch Application and then touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled Copies Job List Ready to copy Basic Original Setting Density Application ay Check Details yl ml cll ll O Pr AJA aurgee2 00 0 aij Bh D E 2 y Page Margin 13 11 2006 20 37 Memory 100 Image Adjust E Stanp Conposition 4 Booklet y Save in User Box The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 Copy Operations 3 Touch Program Jobs and then touch OK Copies Tee t Bp OHP Interleave Cover Sheet Insert Sheet a 17 Check Details vl mil cll xl IA 4 Select the desired copy settings and then press the Start key To print a single copy or to display the preview image to be checked press the Proof Copy key Scanning begins 5 Touch Fix and then touch OK Scanning is complete
407. s on a printer or a monitor using this ICC Profile do not completely match the TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper 2 Any and all copyrights of this ICC Profile shall remain in TOYO INK therefore you shall not transfer provide rent distribute disclose or grant any rights in this ICC Profile to any third party without the prior written consent of TOYO INK 3 In no event will TOYO INK its directors officers employees or agents be liable to you for any consequential or incidential either direct or indirect damages including damages for loss of business profits business interruption loss of business information and the like arising out of the use or inability to use this ICC Profile 4 TOYO INK shall not be responsible for answering any question related to this ICC Profile 5 All company names and product names used in this document is the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holder This ICC Profile made by GretagMacbeth ProfileMaker and granted TOYO INK certain license to distribute by GretagMacbeth AG TOYO Offset Coated 2 0 TOYO INK MFG CO LTD 2004 8 20 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Appendix 8 6 DIC STANDARD COLOR PROFILE LICENSE AGREEMENT IMPORTANT PLEASE READ THIS STANDARD COLOR PROFILE LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE DIC STANDARD COLOR PROFILE INCLUDING THE DIC STANDARD COLOR SFC1 0 1 DIC STANDARD COLOR SFC1 0 2 DIC STANDARD COLOR SFM1 0 2
408. same size as the OHP transparencies 4 Select Transparency as the paper type for the bypass tray and then touch OK For details on specifying the paper type settings refer to Specifying a setting for special paper on page 3 106 i Copies ts eady to copy i 1 Check Job 0 Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size Cara le ano ea Wide Paper lt vl md MM Memory A 3 112 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 5 Touch Application and then touch Sheet Cover Chapter Insert To cancel changes to the settings for all Application functions press the Reset key All changes to the settings are canceled sop uist Ready to Copy Copies crecio MOI eS application A AIA ZF ALA Ehept r Yns re 4 Edit Color Book Copy Repeat 4 E a J Stanp Conposition Save in User Box Check Details vil wll cl Kl FA The Sheet Cover Chapter Insert screen appears 6 Touch OHP Interleave Job List T Ready to copy Copies Application gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 2 A4 D 100 0 t E y A OHP Interleave Cover Sheet Insert Sheet j di J i y neat Check Details vll md chi AO The OHP Interleave screen appears bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 113 3 Copy Operations Select the paper tray loaded with t
409. scemieveescupeebeceseseecdeevecs 6 12 6 6 1 Scan Network fio A Aeterna ua ES EN 6 12 6 6 2 FAX GS ani A A A A bs 6 16 6 6 3 Recalling A PO AM ic a aci lid 6 20 6 6 4 Broadcast ic e od 6 23 6 7 Using Advanced Previo ia enn 6 27 6 7 1 Preview SC A A cine a Renee eet a eae Re 6 27 Preview View Pages EEE EE EEEE AE TEE aca niles Eeucesiven EEE E 6 27 Preview View Pages Change Setting eeecceeeseeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeesesaeeeesneeeeseeeeeeneeeereneeenens 6 28 Prewiew VieW Status ocios ATE A 6 28 6 7 2 Sending using Advanced Preview cccsseccescceeeeeeeeeseeeeeseneeseseeensceneeesenseseseeeeeseeeneseeeeseeeeeneneeenees 6 29 6 8 Menu tree in Fax Scan Mode ccccseeeseeecsseeeceeeeessneceeeeessnneeeeeessaneeeeeeseaaneneesseesneneesesesnnneaeeseseas 6 31 Address Book tab cinta iiie 6 31 Direct Input TAD cciccciescictezais aces E E coaidha ites E E E 6 32 Job HIStory tab dvi a Gehadbles tad deen dde 6 33 Address Search tab i ave neva A a ee ee 6 33 lA tines smut cuutecvevcececdtveveducaauuanadeadhensutadedauecavscaisusstsusiicseseuresptactevuhipesc 6 34 Scan Settings picnic A ada dla AE E alien 6 34 Original A A 6 36 Communication Settings iran ei 6 37 6 9 Initial screen for fax SCaN operations ommmoccccnnonncccncnnnnnnccnrnnnnnn crecen 6 38 6 9 1 Srl Obi A Ad E a ADE 6 38 6 9 2 AdOress BO0Kisiii iaa 6 39 Search Address Pei A A a ad ET 6 39 SONS e o aid Ed 6 40 Search D tail Sari da ae ae 6 41
410. screen is displayed the smallest available number is displayed Name T Use the keypad to type in the number Job List o clear your entry press C Utility gt FIP gt New Utility Wes ean a Z Create One Touch Destination Host Address Address Book File Path Public New 10 16 2007 22 15 Mi 100 Memory 3 Enter the registration name of the Address Book using up to 24 characters from the touch panel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 125 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Host Address gt Enter the host address for the destination server in the format of a host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address Fora host name enter 63 characters or less a Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the host name Press C to erase the entered host name FEEL DODO MIC BBLBEDEO B y 09 21 2007 22 53 Mi BAN ox Memory 100 Detail When the input format is switched to the IP address input mode after the host name was entered the host name Is cleared Touching Input Host Name after entering the IP address holds the input IP address and displays it in the character input screen Before entering a host name check that the DNS setting is correctly specified File Path 3 Enter the path to the saved file using up to 96 characters from the touch panel User ID 3 Enter the user ID for logging on to the destination computer using up to 47 charact
411. se of this machine User Authentication cccccccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeees 3 12 3 2 6 Controlling each account s use of this machine Account Track cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeees 3 16 3 3 Loading paper into tray 1 1 is 3 19 3 4 Loading paper into the LOT il 3 21 3 5 Loading paper into the bypass tray cccssseeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeseseeeeeeeseseeaeeeeesneneeesenseeeeeeeeeas 3 23 3 6 Feeding the original adi 3 28 3 6 1 Loading the original into the ADF 0 ccccccceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesegaeeeeeseseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeetes 3 28 3 6 2 Placing the original on the original glass oooconnncccccnnnncccccnnonanccccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnn cnn nana nnnn cnn anna ncnnnnnns 3 29 3 6 3 Scanning the original in separate batches Separate Scan Settidg ooocccnnnicccicncnnacccccnnnnnnncnnnnn 3 31 3 6 4 Scanning a multi page original from the original glass 3 7 Selecting a Paper Setting ccommmccccconnnccccnnnnnnnacannnnnnanannnnnns 3 7 1 Automatically selecting the paper size Auto Paper Setting ooooocccccnnnnncccccnnnnnncccccnnnnnnancncnonannnns 3 40 3 7 2 Manually selecting the desired paper size ooooonoccccccccnnonccccncnnnannccnonnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnn cnn nn nnnnn cnn cn nnnnnnnccnnnns 3 41 3 8 Specifyi ng a ZOOM Setting iii adi s 3 42 3 8 1 Automatically selecting the zoom ratio Auto ZOOM Setting ocooocccnnnccnnoncccnanancnanannnnnrnnnnarenonnnns 3 42 3 8 2
412. ssion speed Q Detail This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling TX Polling RX Bulletin ECM OFF gt Cancel ECM mode to send data The ECM mode is an error resend method of communication defined by the ITU T International Telecommunication Union As faxes equipped with the ECM mode communicate by checking if the sent data has an error they can prevent image blurring by the noise on the phone line When there are a lot of noises communication time may be slightly longer than it is when ECM OFF is selected This machine automatically returns to the ECM ON status when it completes transmission Q Detail Data is sent in the ECM mode unless ECM OFF is selected for this machine This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling RX Polling TX V 34 OFF Bulletin Registration Bulletin Polling RX bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 89 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations V 34 OFF V 34 is a communication mode used for super G3 fax communication There are cases when the communication is not possible in super G3 mode depending on the telephone line conditions when the recipient s machine or this machine is connected to the line via a private branch exchange It is recommended that you set V 34 to off before sending a fax This machine automatically returns to V 34 mode when it completes transmission Q Detail This function cannot b
413. t Operations Function name Option Description Image Shift ON OFF Prints by shifting the entire print image Click the Im age Shift Settings button to specify the image shift values Image Shift Set Units Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size tings Front Side Back Side Specifies the shift direction and values For 2 sided printing clearing the Same Value for Front and Back Sides check box allows you to set different values between the front and back sides Y Note Combination provides options 2 x 2 3x3 4 x 4 to print a sheet of document into multiple sheets of paper The function is only for the PCL driver The Skip Blank Pages function is only for the PCL driver The positions of binding margins vary according to the Binding Position setting bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 7 4 Print Operations 4 2 3 Finish tab 2 Printing Preferences Layout Favorite Setting Default Setting v _ Staple Output Tray Default _ Center Staple and Fold Punch Paper Arrangement Fold Prioritize Arranging Papers uN ES Printer View Printer Information i
414. t as Default Body gt Entera body using up to 256 characters Job List elect item and enter setting EAS lity gt E Mail Body gt New No 02 Utility Body A Create One Touch Destination E Mail Settings y E mail Body y New 04 22 2007 17 59 Mi cancel ok Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 141 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 15 13 Scan Fax Program Register a combination of destination to which data is sent frequently scan setting original setting and communication setting in program If these items are registered in program you can call the registered destination and the Scan Setting mode Original Setting mode and Communication Setting mode by simply touching the Mode Memory key Q Detail Up to 400 normal programs and 10 temporary programs that are used temporarily can be registered in program f 4710 programs have been already registered delete an unnecessary program and then register new one Register Scan Fax Program 1 2 Press the Fax Scan key on the control panel and then specify Scan Settings Original Settings and Communication Settings for program registration Press the Mode Memory key Select an unregistered key and then touch Register Program The Register Scan Fax Program screen appears Job List he current scan fax settings with name will _ _ _ programmed Specify the settings
415. t list of paper sizes ff Job List Select the finished copy size Check Job Application gt Poster Mode gt Paper Size pr 100 0 1 2 a EB E 3 EB ERB E CJ ME E vll ml chi PEA 3 142 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations Touch Zoom use the keypad to type in the desired value and then touch OK pecify the Zoom ratio of the finished copy using the keypad Press C to set the zoom to 100 0 Application gt Poster Mode gt Zoom Sefece 100 0 il 13 11 2006 21 20 Cancel OK vil mll ell il Memory 100 Check the original size and then touch OK Ifthe original size cannot be detected automatically or to specify the original size touch Original Size and then specify the original size from any of the screens Touch Photo Size to display the Photo Size screen To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Original Size screen I Job List Ready to copy Check Job l TE Custom Size Photo Size j i 13 11 2006 21 21 vil mll ell ll Menory 100 Custom Size screen Job List se the keypad to type in the document size A4 D 100 0 210 0 nm 30 0 432 0 AE m 30 0 297 0 vol wll cll ll 13 11 2006 21 21 Cancel 0K Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 143 3 Copy Operations Photo Size screen Job List eady to copy A4 D 100 02 Em ee A
416. t page of chapters using the keypad Copies 4 EZ Touch Sort to sort pages in ascending order lication gt Sheet Cover Chapter Insert gt Chapters SefeceoPe 100 0 Chapter Paper Copy Insert vll mil cl xl IAS If Copy Insert is selected Chapter Paper appears Touch Chapter Paper select the paper to be used for the first page of the chapter and then touch OK ob List The insert paper size is different from Copies he original document size orientation Matching 4 m Paper Chapter Paper 2A4D Chapter Paper vl mil cll xl IA Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears Specify any other desired copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies O ON 0 Press the Start key 3 126 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 28 Scanning originals with different settings and printing copies all together Program Jobs function Loaded original pages can be scanned with different settings and their copies can be printed together Different Zoom or Paper settings can be specified for a part of the original or Finishing settings or anumbering function can be set after the entire original is scanned and then all copies can be printed together Original 1 Original 2 Original 3 ES gt Note 100 original batches can be set The Group Finishing setting i
417. t to save documents in Job List Select the desired User Box to save document If you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Group ser Box 4 system User Box User Box information External Memory Enter User Box No 04 25 2007 15 44 Ki Menory 99 yi ml cll ki 5 16 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 3 3 Description of the Save Document screen To save press Start You can also change the Document Name 4 Check Job User Box Information User Box No 000000001 User Box 000000001 boxo Document Nane SMFP07041013330 User Box Name box01 To save press Start Tyee You can also change the Docunent Nane Publie EBM Box Scan Settings A Original Settings 1 ml cl xl PARAS a O A YU ME cU KE Bene 99 On the Save Document screen settings can be specified for the following Item Description User Box For Public Personal Group and Annotation User Boxes you can change the user box where docu ments are saved To change it touch User Box to select the desired user box It is not possible to select a user box to save documents contained in an external memory Document The on screen keyboard appears in the touch panel Enter a document name from the touch panel Name Scan Set Specify details for scanning documents tings Orig
418. ta and scan it again delete the last part of the data and print or delete all of the original data To cancel changes to the settings touch Cancel Scanning begins After scanning is finished touch Fix and then touch OK 2 Is there more information about the settings 3 Refer to the appropriate section After all original pages have been scanned touch Finish A message appears requesting confirmation that scanning is finished bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 129 Copy Operations 9 Touch Yes and then touch OK If No was selected touch Change Setting to change the copy settings Finished scanning user Name Status Are you finished scanning the originals Job Details 11 2006 ml cll k Henory 100 100 Scanned Batches Number of Sets 10 Specify any other desired copy settings Touch Proof Copy to copy 1 set Use the keypad and C to change the of sets Finish Scanning gt Change Setting Basic Settings Print List user Name Status Use individual settings Delete Job Details l ll cll ki 13 04 2007 Memory 19 15 100 Application Image Shift Stamps Composition A Touch Print List and then specify the printing method for the entire scanned original be applied to nned user Name Status All Simplex Delete Job Details mi cll 13 11 2006 Memory 20 52 100
419. table items differ depending on the options that are installed Paper Type Paper type available on this ma Selects the paper type for printing chine Can be changed only when the paper tray is set to Auto When the paper tray is not set to Auto the paper type registered by Paper Settings for Each Tray is effective 4 4 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Function name Option Description Output Method Print Prints immediately Secure Print Saves the document to be printed in Secure Print User Box of this machine When printing entering the ID and password is required in the control panel of this machine Select this option when printing highly con fidential documents Save in User Box Saves the document to be printed in the user box on this machine Save in User Box Print Saves the document in a box and prints at the same time Proof Print After one copy of the document has been printed this machine stops printing temporarily Select this option to avoid misprinting a large volume of print jobs ID amp Print Saves the document to be printed in the ID amp Print User Box on this machine When printing user au thentication must be performed via the control panel of this machine User Settings Specifies the ID and password or the file name and box number when performing Secure Print or Save in User Box Authentication Ac count Track
420. ter Insert screen appears A Touch Cover Sheet Copies ai Bl OHP Inter leave A Cover Sheet J Insert Sheet A di J i y i d Check Details vl wll cll xl IA The Cover Sheet screen appears 3 116 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 5 Select the desired cover page settings To cancel the setting and select the default press the Reset key To cancel the Cover Sheet function touch No The default setting for the paper tray loaded with cover pages can be specified from the Utility mode Copies A4 D 100 0 Jj Oj Front Copy Front Blank Back Copy Back Blank Check Details A yU wll cll Kl FPE 6 it desired touch Paper under Front Cover or Back Cover The corresponding Cover Paper screen appears Select the paper tray loaded with the paper for the cover pages Copies Application gt Cover Sheet gt Front Cover Paper Machine Y A4 DB A4 D 100 0 Check Details vil ul cl xl P 8 Touch OK and then touch OK in the next two screen that appears 9 Specify any other desired copy settings 10 Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 11 Press the Start key bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 117 3 Copy Operations 3 25 Inserting different paper into copies Insert Sheet function Different paper such as colored paper can be inserted for specified
421. ter the sub power switch is turned on For details refer to Scanning during warm up on page 3 9 After the machine has finished warming up the scanned image will be printed 3 8 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 2 2 Scanning during warm up 1 Press the sub power switch For details on turning on the machine refer to Turning off the machine on page 3 10 The indicator on the Start key lights up in orange After the warm up message is displayed the Basic screen appears The indicator on the Start key lights up in blue Check that the message Warming up Ready to scan appears on the touch panel Job List TIRAS AE Copies Check Job 3 i Original Setting Bensitg Application Duplex Combi Auto Paper A Ar Auto Color 0 191 ETS MIT yl ml cll ki APA Finishing os Scan Auto Rotate OFF 23 02 2007 Memory 19 50 100 Position the original to be copied For details on positioning the original refer to Feeding the original on page 3 28 Specify any other desired copy settings Using the keypad specify the desired number of copies Press the Start key The original is scanned and the job is added to the list of queued jobs Ifthe Copy Operating Screen parameter in Utility mode was set to Yes touch Next Copy Job to display the Basic screen Job List Please wait color Paper Rome
422. ters from the touch panel User ID 3 Enter the user ID for logging on to the destination computer using up to 21 characters from the touch panel Password gt Enter the password for logging on to the destination computer using up to 63 characters from the touch panel bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 129 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Host Address gt Enter the host address for the destination server in the format of a host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address Fora host name enter 63 characters or less Press C to erase the entered host name Job List E Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the host name Utility IPv6 Address Input SADA DO MC Pz fx fe fv fib fin fe y E 09 21 2007 22 56 u Memory 100 B E ox Q Detail When the input format is switched to the IP address input mode after the host name was entered the host name is cleared Touching Input Host Name after entering the IP address holds the input IP address and displays it in the character input screen Before entering a host name check that the DNS setting is correctly specified File Path 3 Enter the path to the saved file using up to 96 characters from the touch panel Proxy gt Select whether to use a proxy server SSL Settings 3 Select whether to use the SSL Port Number 3 Enter the port number Range 1 to 65535 6 130 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2
423. the Export Laws you represent and warrant that you are not a citizen or otherwise located within an embargoed nation including without limitation Iran Iraq Syria Sudan Libya Cuba North Korea and Serbia and that you are not otherwise prohibited under the Export Laws from receiving the Software All rights to use the Software are granted on condition that such rights are forfeited if you fail to comply with the terms of this Agreement GOVERNING LAW This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws in force in the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents This Agreement will not be governed by the conflict of law rules of any jurisdiction or the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods the application of which is expressly excluded All disputes arising out of under or related to this Agreement will be brought exclusively in the state Santa Clara County California USA GENERAL You may not assign your rights or obligations granted under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Adobe None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by any act or acquiescence on the part of Adobe its agents or employees but only by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized signatory of Adobe When conflicting language exists between t
424. the button that includes the first letter of the user box name to display a list of user boxes starting with the selected letter A user box can be selected from this screen Job List elect the User Box to save document Copies Check Job Search User Box nn oo EE oo E 1g 000000001 Box1 Check Details cancel 13 11 2006 22 18 vil wll cll ll Memory 100 Touch OK 3 154 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 6 Check the name of the document to be saved To change the name that is automatically specified touch Document Name Job List E Select desired User Box to save document Copies A You can also change the document name 7 To print while saving touch Save amp Print Check Job Application gt Save User Box elect P 100 0 iz 000000001 el Box1 Document Name SharedDoc1 vl mil cll kil ARS After typing in the name touch OK For details on typing in text refer to Entering text on page 8 3 document name Press C to erase the entered document name Application gt Save in User Box gt Document Name CKMBT_C55006111322170 ta iv Je Ve We fy lu is Fo rr Pie Te PEPPER op List Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Copies sl cll ll 13 11 2006 22 19 K ON OK Memory 100 8 Select whether or not a copy will also be printed when the data is saved To print a copy t
425. the bypass tray is set Reminder If paper other than the specified paper size is loaded a paper misfeed may occur since the paper size s not automatically detected Q Detail For tray 2 12 1 4x 18 La is available bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 97 Copy Operations 3 21 3 Specifying a non standard paper size Custom Size settings Non standard sized paper can be loaded into the bypass tray If wide paper is loaded it will be necessary to enter the paper size 1 In the Basic screen touch Paper Copies Ngee Status bea Auto Color reia PO y ia Fp eras PM ch ki tenory toon The Paper screen appears 2 Select the button for the bypass tray sw List Ready to copy ss heck Job Original Setting Bensity Application eyecare 100 0 17 f crece tas 7 yU wll cll kil Pr 3 Touch Change Tray Settings 3 98 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 4 Touch Custom Size i Copies sust f Ready to copy i Check Job Change Tray Settings gt Bypass Paper Type Paper Size A4 D 100 0 Plain Paper _ 172 iz x 2 Soon Special Paper Auto Detect Wide Paper 28 Sde vl mil cll xl IAS The Custom Size screen appears Type in the length X and width Y of the paper Make sure that X is selected and then use the keypad to type in the length of side X betwee
426. the composition to be printed by clicking the Settings button Settings For details refer to Eding copy protect on page 4 32 Date Time ON OFF You can print the date and time on a document You can specify items pages and positions to be printed by clicking the Settings button Settings For details refer to Editing date time on page 4 34 Page Number ON OFF Prints the page number You can specify items pages and positions to be printed by clicking the Settings button Settings For details refer to Editing page number on page 4 34 Header Footer Printer setting 1 20 Prints the header and footer Select header footer in formation from the list specified in the printer You can specify items and pages to be printed by clicking the Settings button Settings For details refer to Editing header footer on page 4 35 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 31 Print Operations Eding copy protect Copy Protect Print item Composition Copy Protect Type Y Characters Invalid copy 1 C Date Time Serial Number Job Number Distribution Control Number Position Text Size Normal Angle 0 degrees Default _ Do not show this window when setting Cancel Function name Description Characters Embeds the selected character string in a pattern A preregistered character string common stamp
427. the copy Minimal setting An original image can be printed slightly smaller 93 0 than the original size and centered in the copy Y The zoom ratio of the Minimal setting can be changed between 90 0 and 99 9 1 In the Basic screen touch Zoom ll Ready to copy copies Duplex Combi a OD Ra e Status Select 191 E nA Scan Auto Rotate OFF Job Details yl ml cll A 23 02 2007 Memory 19 43 100 The Zoom screen appears 2 Touch Minimal job tist f Ready to copy Copies Original Setting Bensi ty Application e q eem Fixed Zoom Set Zoom Ratio oy 115 4 122 4 141 4 a B4 A3 A4eB4 84 A3 200 0 Check Details Enlarge iaa B5 B4 SESCEAPeET 100 0 o 86 6 816 70 7 AS B4 A3 A4 50 0 Reduce PAI Ad vl mil cll xl IAS 3 Touch OK The Basic screen appears again 3 44 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 3 8 4 Selecting a preset zoom ratio Enlarge and Reduce settings The most suitable zoom ratios for copying from common standard original sizes to standard paper sizes are preset 1 2 3 In the Basic screen touch Zoom Ready to copy sob ist Original Setting Density Application Copies user Name EA Auto paper Select E amp Jet Duplex Combine 0 0 191 Separate Scan 23
428. the job to be retransmitted 2 Touch Fax Q Detail Select document s WIEBE Choose action after selecting document s Check Job Fax Retransmit Preview ane Status Fax Retransmit User Box Action Job Details vl ml cll xl Detail View 04 22 2007 17 20 Mi Memory 99 To save the job in the retransmit user box Incomplete TX Hold must be specified in advance in Administrator Settings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 103 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 14 Menu trees in User mode Items that can be specified in user settings are as follows This menu tree includes items related to network scan G3 fax and network fax 6 14 1 One Touch User Box Registration Job List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 2 s se e ose First level menu Second level menu Third level menu Fourth level menu 1 Create One Touch 1 Address Book 1 E Mail p 6 109 No Destination Name E Mail Address Index Icon 2 User Box p 6 112 No Name User Box Index Icon 3 Fax p 6 115 No Name Address Line Settings Index Icon 4 PC SMB p 6 120 No Name User ID Password Host Address File Path Reference Index Icon 6 104 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations First le
429. tion is specified 4 8 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations 4 2 4 Cover Mode tab Basic Layout Finish 2 Printing Preferences Printer View Stamp Composition Quality Other Favorite Setting Front Cover I Back Cover Ok fd Add Untitled X I Per Page Setting Default Function name Front Cover Option ON OFF Blank Print Description Attaches a front cover page You can specify it when Auto is not selected for the paper tray Front Cover Tray Tray1 4 LCT Bypass Tray Selects the paper tray for the cover The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Back Cover ON OFF Blank Print Attaches a back cover page You can specify it when Auto is not selected for the paper tray Back Cover Tray Tray1 4 LCT Bypass Tray Selects the paper tray for the back cover The selectable items differ depending on the options that are installed Per Page Setting ON OFF Inserts paper between pages and switches the paper and tray for each page Edit List allows you to create a list by setting conditions by page Edit List List Name Selects the name of the list to be edited The settings are listed Edit List Name Renames a list Up Down Moves the selected condition row up or down Move the rows so that the page numbers are arranged in as cending order A
430. tly larger than AS To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes be sure to set the custom paper sizes in Custom Size Settings first For details on registering a non standard paper size refer to How to add a custom size Mac OS X on page 4 20 To print data of the size as large as the standard size by selecting W for each standard size paper for Original Size the data can be centered and printed on papers larger than the original size For example if you want to center and print 8 1 2 x 11 size data on 11 x 17 size paper create data in the size of 8 1 2 x 11W and then specify 8 1 2 x 11W for Original Size and specify Paper Tray as the tray to be used with the printer driver On the machine side load 11 x 17 size paper into the tray to be used select the tray in Basic screen Paper select Change Tray Setting Wide Paper on the control panel specify 8 1 2 x 11W and then check that Auto Detect is selected in Custom Size and 11 x 17 is displayed When 12 1 4 x 18 size papers have been loaded 12 1 4 x 18 must be selected in Custom Size To print on a custom size use the bypass tray select Change Tray Settings Wide Paper select 8 1 2 x 11W and then select the paper size to use from Change Size bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 4 21 Print Operations 4 5 2 Copies amp Pages gt In the File menu select Print Printer Presets Standard Copies amp Page
431. to print and transmit displays the following screen As an example the following procedure describes the public user box 1 2 Selected z i j B 5 E 6 17 13 E E va 4 7 vill cll cn PAN 11 10 98 No Part Name Description 1 Displays the user box number and name 2 a When seven or more documents are saved use the EN and KN keys to switch the displayed lists 3 Print Specifies the print information of the selected document p 5 24 4 Send Specifies the recipient and sending information of the selected document p 5 36 5 Combine Specifies the binding order and print information of the selected document p 5 29 6 Bind TX Specifies the binding order and sending information of the selected document 7 Document De Enables checking of detailed information and a preview image of a document tails 8 Select All Selects all documents in the user box 9 Reset Resets all documents in the user box 10 Detail Switches the display format of the saved document View Thumbnail Thumbnail View Displays a thumbnail of the first page page number and the document View name Detail View Displays the time stored user name and document name Pressing the title of the Time Stored sorts the list in ascending descending order of the time stored 11 Displays the list of documents saved in the user box 5 22 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Box Operations 5 4 4 When a password is specified for the user box Whe
432. ttached Paper weight Paper size Maximum number of folded sheets 60 g m to 90 g m B5 ca A4 B4 A3 La 200 sheets or 20 sets Number of bound pages Examples of the possible number of bound pages are listed below 2 to 15 sheets of 90 g m paper maximum of 60 pages Detail In order for copies to be bound at the center or folded in half all of the following conditions must be met The paper width must be between 182 mm and 297 mm The paper length must be between 257 mm and 431 8 mm In the Basic screen touch Finishing eady to copy bus Check Job 1 _ Original Setting Density Application Hane Status page a al y vu ml cll xl rr The Finishing screen appears Touch Center Staple Fold Copies euyeceorer 100 0 E vimi cd xl AAA The Center Staple Fold screen appears 3 68 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations Specify the settings for binding pages To staple copies at the center in two places touch Yes below Center Staple and No below Half Fold To bind copies at the center touch Yes below Center Staple and Yes below Half Fold Job List E Select center staple fold Copies Check Job nishing gt Center Staple Fold Center Staple Half Fold Sefece 70 7 0 5 4 7 2 Check Details vl md MM Memory toon Ifa cover sheet is added with the Cover Sheet function the cover sheet 60 g m to 209 g m can be stapled W
433. ublic Personal User Box 2 Bulletin Board User Box 8 Relay User Box 8 Limiting Access to Destinations 1 Apply Levels Groups to Destina tions 2 User Settings 1 System Settings 1 Language Selection 2 Measurement Unit Settings 3 Paper Tray Settings 4 Auto Color Level Adjust 5 Power Save Settings 6 Output Settings 7 AE Level Adjustment 8 Auto Paper Select for Small Orig inal 9 Blank Page Print Settings 2 Custom Display Settings 1 Copier Settings 2 Scan Fax Settings 8 Copy Screen 4 Fax Active Screen 5 Color Selection Settings 6 Left Panel Display Default 7 Search Option Settings bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 3 157 Copy Operations First level menu Second level menu Third level menu 2 User Settings 3 Copier Settings Auto Booklet ON when Fold amp Staple Auto Zoom For Combine Booklet Auto Sort Group Selection Default Copy Settings When AMS Direction is Incorrect Default Enlarge Display settings Separate Scan Output Method Enlargement Rotation Auto Zoom Platen Auto Zoom ADF Specify Default Tray when APS Off Select Tray for Insert Sheet Print Jobs During Copy Operation Automatic Image Rotation 4 Scan Fax Settings JPEG Compression Level Black Compression Level
434. uch No Job List Select the area of the document to be erased nter frame erase width using the keys n Settings gt Book Copy gt Frame Erase Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete Sectas yl ml cll ki 1 07 17 2007 11 41 Y Memory z Detail f a width to be erased around the original is specified with Frame Erase in the Book Copy screen the same settings are also applied to Frame Erase in the Frame Erase screen bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 67 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 10 9 Book Scan Book Copy 3 Select this method for scanning a page spread original In addition the binding position and erasure of unnecessary parts can be specified Detail Specify the size of the page spread as the scan size Book Copy cannot be selected for fax transmissions 012 Scapnig ato for dociment spre Scan Settings gt Book Scan gt Book Copy BELETRA Tane EA A ds k Separation E ES Center Erase 1 Erase vod FEJ 2 Delete Position Left Bind J Serene vi ml cll i IA Book Spread 3 Select this setting to scan a page spread as a single page Separation 3 Select this setting to scan a page spread as two separate pages left and right Front Cover gt Select this setting to scan the first page as the front cover Front Back Covers 3 Select this setting to scan the first page as the front
435. uch Sort To remove a page number that has been specified touch the button for the page to be removed and then press the C clear key If the original scanned from the original glass has more pages than the number of pages specified in the Insert Image screen the extra pages of the insertion original are printed at the end of the original If the original scanned from the original glass has fewer pages than the number of pages specified in the Insert Image screen the missing insertion pages are not printed If the same page number is specified twice two insertion original pages are added at the specified location If the specified page number is greater than the total number of pages in the main original the corresponding insertion original page is added at the end of the original copy Touch OK and then touch OK in the next screen that appears Specify any other desired copy settings Using the keypad type in the desired number of copies 3 122 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 8 9 10 11 12 Press the Start key Scanning begins Job List Scanning is stopped Place document you wish to insert on the glass and press Start Job No lex s Color Paper Zoon Bone ine Auto Color 2A4 D 100 When scanning is finished touch Finish Nare status Copy PrintWait Number of Sets Number of Or Insert Document pols 13 11 2006 20 47
436. uching OK a screen appears prompting you to enter the fax number again Enter the fax number and then touch OK Enter fax number again to confirm Utility gt Fax gt New Utility Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public Fax y New 09 21 2007 22 43 M Memory 100 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 117 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Line Settings gt Specify transmission settings for the line Job List Bookmark Utility y Address Book Public y Fax y y Line Settings Select the fax transmission conditions Utility gt New Fax gt Line Settings ESER S Select Line ECM OFF v34 OFF E 04 22 2007 Memory 17 48 100 Item Overseas TX Description Specifies a slow transmission speed to send a Fax to an area in bad commu nication ECM OFF Cancels ECM mode and cuts communication time to send data The ECM mode is an error request repeat method communication defined by ITU T International Telecommunication Union As faxes equipped with the ECM mode communicate by checking if the sent data has an error they can prevent image blurring by the noise on the phone line V 34 OFF V 34 is a communication mode used for Fax communication of super G3 There are cases when the communication is not possible in super G3 mode depending on the telephone line conditions when the r
437. unction you must install the optional fax kit onto this machine In addition you must enable the fax kit on the Configure tab after installation Create the data you want to send using any application From the File menu select Print From Printer Name select xxxxxxx FAX Click the Preferences button or the Properties button to change the fax driver settings as necessary By clicking the Preferences button or the Properties button in the Print dialog box you can specify the settings of each model in the FAX Printing Preferences dialog box that appears For details refer to Setting up the fax driver for Windows on page 4 50 Click the Print button The FAX Transmission Popup dialog box appears Enter the recipient s name and fax number in the Name and FAX Number text boxes FAX Transmission Popup Recipients Entry Name KKKKKKKK A FAX Number 09876543210 J Intemational Transmission Mode IV V 34 Mode Add Recipients o Add From Phone Book Register To Phone Book Recipient List Name FAX Number Company Department ECM Current Recipients 0 100 rro I FAX Cover Sheet B setos Fax Mode Setting Details Default Alphanumeric P T or 0 9 or sign lt H gt lt gt or Y lt gt can be used t Help Up to 80 characters can be entered in the Name text box Up to 38 characters numbers O through 9 hyphen
438. unctions Scanning refers to the operation of reading images of an original fed through the ADF or placed on the original glass The Scan functions can be used to temporarily store the scan data on the internal memory of the machine and transmit the data over the network Scan to E Mail Scanned data can be sent to a specified E Mail address gt Select the destinations from the touch panel of the machine for sending the scanned data as an E Mail attachment Original ES Machine SMTP server POP server Internet FTP TX Scanned data can be uploaded to a specified FTP server 3 Enter the FTP server address login password and other information from the touch panel of this machine The data uploaded to the FTP server can be downloaded from a computer on the network Original ES Machine Download Scan data FTP server Internet bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 5 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations SMB TX Scanned data can be sent to a shared folder on a specified computer 3 Enter the host name file path and other information from the touch panel of the machine Original ES Scan data Save to a shared folder Save in User Box Scanned data can be saved in a user box created on the hard disk of t
439. unctions of the machine precautions on its use and basic troubleshooting procedures In order to ensure that this machine is used correctly and efficiently carefully read this manual as needed The illustrations used in this manual may appear slightly different from views of the actual equipment Energy Star Lottie As an ENERGY STAR Partner we have determined that this machine meets the ENERGY STAR Guidelines for energy efficiency What is an ENERGY STAR product An ENERGY STAR product has a special feature that allows it to automatically switch to a low power mode after a period of inactivity An ENERGY STAR product uses energy more efficiently saves you money on utility bills and helps protect the environment bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 1 3 Introduction 1 2 Software licence agreement This package contains the following materials provided by KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC KMBT software included as part of the printing system the digitally encoded machine readable outline data encoded in the special format and in the encrypted form Font Programs other software which runs on a computer system for use in conjunction with the Printing Software Host Software and related explanatory written materials Documentation The term Software shall be used to describe Printing Software Font Programs and or Host Software and also include any upgrades modified versions add
440. vel menu Second level menu Third level menu Fourth level menu 1 Create One Touch Destination 1 Address Book 5 FTP p 6 124 No Name Host Address File Path User ID Password Anonymous PASV Proxy Port Number Index Icon 6 WebDAV p 6 128 No Name User ID Password Host Address File Path Proxy SSL Settings Port Number Index Icon 7 IP Address Fax p 6 132 No Name Host Address Port Number Destination Machine Type Index Icon 8 Internet Fax p 6 135 No Name E Mail Address RX Ability Destination Index Icon 3 Group p 6 138 Name Select Group Icon 4 E Mail Settings 1 E Mail Subject p 6 140 2 E mail Body p 6 141 3 Limiting Access to Des tinations 1 Apply Levels Groups to Destinations 1 Address Book p 6 147 2 Group p 6 148 3 Program p 6 148 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 105 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 14 2 User Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection gt 2 METEO s 5 04 22 2007 17 42 amp Memory 100 First level menu Second level menu Third
441. wing functions cannot be selected at the same time Memory transmission Cover 2 Sided Scan Settings Simplex Duplex Frame Erase Book Copy Scan Size Mixed Original Polling TX Polling RX Bulletin Timer TX bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 87 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 11 7 Despeckle 3 Select this setting to reduce the effect that dust on the left partition glass has on images when the original is loaded into the ADF E Specify the settings Original Settings SP si ar Direction Settings Original Direction tauk Menoro T Mixed Original jj 4 Z Folded Original Binding Position abia 1 delete 1 EE vi wll cl ci Ara Q Detail The scanning speed will be reduced if the Despeckle setting is selected Clean the left partition glass when it becomes extremely dirty 6 88 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 12 Communication Settings 6 12 1 Line Settings G3 gt Specify settings for a fax transmission line elect the fax transmission conditions Communication Settings gt Line Settings Check Dest amp Send Select Line ECM OFF v 34 OFF a vod Delete ETE yll wll cll ki 04 22 2007 17 10 M Memory 100 Overseas TX 3 To send a fax to an area under a poor state of communications specify a slow transmi
442. x 3 Touch the System User Box tab and then touch Annotation Number to select your desired box External Memory Scanned data can be directly saved in the external memory connected to the machine 3 Check that an external memory is plugged into the USB slot and then touch External Memory on System User Box tab Q Detail Saving document to an external memory is disabled cannot be saved at factory default It is also disabled cannot be saved in the user function setting when the user authentication is specified To save a document to an external memory change the Administrator Settings to allow documents to be saved in an external memory bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 5 15 5 Box Operations 5 3 2 Initial screen of Save Document Public Personal Group user box Selecting the Public Personal Group User Box tab lists the boxes where documents can be saved 3 Select a box you want to save documents in Select the desired User Box to save document you know the User Box number enter it using the keypad Public II o TO BS2FBox 000000001 box01 Job List User Box Information 000000001 fca 000000002 User Box No box01 boxo2 000000001 User Box Name box01 Type Bse Box Enter User Box No 04 10 2007 13 33 M Cancel OK vil mil cll Kil P SE EE System User Box Selecting the System User Box tab lists the boxes where documents can be saved 3 Select a box you wan
443. y yi ml cll ki 5 8 3 Printing 1 Select the document to be printed and then touch Print 2 Enter the password specified in the PDF file when printing E select document s Tira Choose action after selecting document s Action SKMBT_06110918 MEN 11 20 TESTI photo data 11720 PRINT UNION EN EX Cancel yi ml cll ki 11 21 2006 Menor 5 8 4 Deleting 3 Select the document to be deleted and then touch Delete 5 46 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 6 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 6 6 1 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations amp Note The fax and network fax funtions are only available if the optional fax kit installed Transmission functions Function type This machine can send and receive scanned images over the network or telephone line This user manual contains descriptions of the following functions Function type Options Network Scan functions e Scan to E Mail e FTPTX e SMB TX e Save in User Box e WebDAV TX e Web Service Fax function e G3 fax transmission reception e Polling Network Fax function e Internet fax I FAX e P Address Fax A Reminder When turning off the main power switch and turning it on again wait for 10 seconds or longer after power off and then turn on the power again The machine may not operate correctly if it
444. y 100 Address Type appears by touching Search if Default Address Book displayed by touching Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings on the User Settings is set to Address Type elect the conditions for searching dress Book Address Book gt Search Destinations Registered destinations can be searched by index character Index A Registered destinations can be searched by specifying name or destination 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 vini cl xl oo 30 amp 1 Detail Search Note For the method to register destinations in Address Book refer to One Touch User Box Registration on page 6 108 For details on settings refer to Default Address Book on page 6 157 6 40 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations Search Detail Search Enter the destination name or part of the address to search for the corresponding address 3 Select Name or Address and enter the search text i Select if you wish to search by name or erti by destination Search Result 0 2 Address Book gt Search gt Detail Search Broadcast Destinations Name j Address 4 1 Delete EFE yl wll ell ll 04 22 2007 16 23 Mi 1 Memory 100 Detail Search Search Options When a condition is selected in the Detail Search screen search options appear 3 Select options to be added for the search and
445. y Levels 4 Security Details 5 Enhanced Security Mode 6 HDD Settings 7 Function Management Settings 8 Stamp Settings 0 Diver Password Encryption Set ting next screen 1 License Settings 1 Get Request Code 2 Install License 3 List of Enabled Functions 4 Check Consumable Life Print List 6 Banner Printing Allow Restrict 3 160 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Print Operations Print Operations PR eee 4 Print Operations 4 1 Common settings PCL PS drivers for Windows The following describes the common settings and buttons that are displayed on all tabs ONICA MINOLTA PCL Printing Preferences Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quality Other 8 1 2x11 8 5211 in 8 1 2x11 8 5211 in Favorite Setting Default Setting Y Add Edit r Original Orientation Portrait C Landscape Driginal Size Dutput Method Es Print X User Settings 61 21 Ej Authentication Account Track Paper Size Same as Original Size X Copies Zoom 25 400 L E BA Ex Printer View Printer Information Auto 100 BB IV Collate C Manual Paper Tray I Offset Auto Paper Type Plain Paper X A En ES A Paper Settings for Each Tray Default Item Description OK Click this button to close the dialog b
446. y settings 3 46 bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 Copy Operations 3 10 Selecting a combined copy setting Original images of multiple pages 2 4 or 8 pages can be combined and printed on a single page reducing paper use The following three combined copy settings are available Q Detail When select the combined copy setting copies are produced with the most appropriate zoom ratio recommended zoom ratio selected for the original and paper size The zoom ratio that is selected can be changed manually x Note As the factory default Auto Display Zoom Ratio is selected The Auto Zoom for Combine Booklet parameter in Utility mode can be set so that the recommended Zoom ratios are not used In that case specify the zoom ratio manually Setting Description 2in1 Select this setting to print two original Horizontal pages on one page 1 P 1 E 2 Vertical 1 2 4in1 Select this setting to print four original Horizontal pages on one page The page arrange 3 ment Numbering Direction setting can be specified Els 1 FE 4 2 EE 3 E a Vertical 8in1 Select this setting to print eight original Horizontal pages on
447. your authorized service representative before connecting other equipment on the same wall outlet Overload could result in a fire S066 A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property gt Do not ignore these safety advices Caution e The outlet must be near the equipment and easily accessible Otherwise you can not pull out the power plug when an emergency occurs Power plug A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause serious injury or even death gt Do not ignore these safety advices Warning Symbol e Donot unplug and plug in the power cord with a wet hand as an electrical shock could result e Plug the power cord all the way into the power outlet Failure to do this could result in a fire or electrical shock e e A CAUTION Ignoring this cautions could cause injury or damage to property 3 Do not ignore these safety advices bizhub C353 C253 C203 FE2 2 5 Installation and operation precautions Caution Symbol e Donot tug the power cord when unplugging Pulling on the power cord could damage the cord resulting in a fire or electrical shock e Remove the power plug from the outlet more than one time a year and clean the area between the plug terminals Dust that accumulates between the plug terminals may cause a fire o Grounding A WARNING Ignoring these warnings could cause seriou

3 - Central European University

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents